213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31iso4217:GBP213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31iso4217:GBPxbrli:shares213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332019-12-31213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:CapitalReserveMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember213800DVUG4KLF2ASK332020-01-012020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember
JTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Sharing together
STRATEGIC REPORT
1 HIGHLIGHTS
2 JTC OVERVIEW
3 OUR SHARED OWNERSHIP CULTURE
4 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW
8 INVESTMENT CASE
9 OUR MARKET DRIVERS
11 OUR BUSINESS MODEL
12 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
17 INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT SERVICES
19 PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES
21 INORGANIC GROWTH STRATEGY
26 KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
28 ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE
42 RISK MANAGEMENT
44 RISK TYPES
45 PRINCIPAL RISKS
50 VIABILITY STATEMENT
GOVERNANCE
52 CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION
53 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
55 GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
56 ACTIVITIES OF THE BOARD
57 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
59 NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
63 BOARD EVALUATION
64 AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
67 REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
93 DIRECTORS’ REPORT
96 DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
98 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
103 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
103 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
104 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
104 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
105 CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
105 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
141 INVESTOR RELATIONS INFORMATION
142 GLOSSARY
Contents
Scan the code or visit us at:
www.jtcgroup.com
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
Propelling the business
forward together
HIGHLIGHTS
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
– Revenue up 28.2% to £147.5m (2020: £115.1m), reflecting strong net
organic growth of 9.6% (+17.5% gross) and inorganic growth of 18.6%
– Underlying EBITDA up 25.0% to £48.4m (2020: £38.7m) with an
underlying EBITDA margin of 32.8% (2020: 33.6%) and 34.4% in
thecore business excluding acquisitions (2020: 35.7%)
– Annualised new business wins totalling £20.9m (2020: £17.9m),
comprising £13.1m in ICS and £7.8m in PCS, which included our
largestever single mandate (c. £2.5m per annum)
– Strong underlying cash conversion in line with guidance at 87%
(2020: 91%)
– Dividend up 13.6% at 7.67p per share (2020: 6.75p)
– A robust balance sheet, which was further strengthened by £144.8m
gross proceeds from two equity fundraises, which includes an undrawn
£69.3m out of the available £225m banking facilities secured during
theyear with no debt falling due for repayment before 2024. Pro-forma
net debt at period end was 2.0x underlying EBITDA
STRATEGIC HIGHLIGHTS
– Continued demonstration of the resilience of the business
model,achieving the Group’s 34th consecutive year of growth
withbalancedperformances from both Divisions
– Shared Ownership distribution of £20m to our global
employee-ownerworkforce
– Strong demand for JTC’s services as demonstrated by organic
growthand new business performance
– Executing on our inorganic growth strategy with seven high
qualityacquisitions completed in the year, including substantial
scalingof theICS business in the US market
OUTLOOK
– Medium-term guidance maintained; net organic revenue growth
of8%– 10% per annum; underlying EBITDA margin of 33% – 38%;
cashconversion of 85% – 90% and net debt up to 2.0x
underlyingEBITDA
– Continued focus on the integration of recent acquisitions, with
allsevenon track, after an activeyearofinorganic growth
– A positive start to the year, with the Group remaining well invested
todeliver continued growth and operational improvements
– M&A pipeline remains healthy and disciplined approach will continue
with particular focus on the US, UK, Ireland and mainland Europe
REVENUE (£M)
+28.2%
2020 115.1
2021 147.5
UNDERLYING
BASIC EPS (P)**
+17.4%
2020 21.77
2021 25.55
FINAL DIVIDEND
PER SHARE (P)
+0.92
2020 6.75
2021 7.67
UNDERLYING
EBITDA (£M)*
+25.0%
2020 38.7
2021 48.4
NEW BUSINESS
WON (£M)
+16.8%
2020 17.9
2021 20.9
NET DEBT (£M)
+£37.5m
2020 75.8
2021 113.3
UNDERLYING
EBITDA MARGIN (%)
-0.8pp
2020 33.6
2021 32.8
LIFETIME VALUE
WON (£M)***
+17.6%
2020 170.7
2021 200.8
* Items classified as non-underlying are
detailed in note 7 of the financialstatements.
Non-underlying items are defined as specific itemsof
incomeorexpenditure that are not of a continuing operational nature.
** Underlying basic EPS reflects the profit for the year adjusted to remove
the impact of non-underlying items, amortisation of acquired intangible
assets and associated deferred tax, amortisation of loan arrangement fees
and unwinding of net present value discounts.
*** Lifetime Value Won (LVW) is 10 times annualised value of work won
minus value of attrition in past year.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
1
JTC OVERVIEW
JTC is a publicly listed, global professional services business
with deep expertise in fund, corporate and private client
services. Every JTC person is an owner of the business and
this fundamental part of our culture aligns us with the best
interests of all our stakeholders. Our purpose is to maximise
potential and our success is built on service excellence,
long-term relationships and technology capabilities that
drive efficiency and add value.
OUR PEOPLE DRIVE JTC
JTC has a highly qualified
teamof professionals
providinga global service
1,300+
employee-owners
CLIENT SERVICE EXCELLENCE
We win and retain clients
basedon our quality
7,000+
clients
GLOBAL REACH
Our service offering spans all
key international markets
50+
major service lines
PRIVATE CLIENT
SERVICES (PCS) DIVISION
Provides trust, corporate and banking
services for global wealth management
firms, family and private offices and
UHNWand HNW individuals.
INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT
SERVICES(ICS) DIVISION
Provides fund, corporate and banking
services toinstitutional clients, primarily
fundmanagers, listed companies
andmultinationals.
PRIVATE
CLIENT SERVICES
We specialise in a holistic approach to
protecting assets across countries and
generations, including through our dedicated
JTC Private Office. Applying a deep
understanding of our clients’ needs, we support
them for the long-term through family
governance, global compliance, structure
formation and maintenance.
FUND
SERVICES
We are expert in a wide variety of fund types
and services across a diverse range of asset
classes and leading funds jurisdictions.
We partner with our clients and provide support
throughout the lifecycle of a fund, including
complex and ongoing reporting and
regulatory compliance.
CORPORATE
SERVICES
Working with private companies, public
companies, family offices and individuals, we
provide a sophisticated range of corporate
services and employer solutions, including
structure formation, company secretarial and
compliance work.
38%
of revenue
35%
of revenue
27%
of revenue
7
,
0
0
0
+
6
,
0
0
0
+
Our clients work
with us for
10+ years on average
20
21
5
0
+
4
0
+
Our services are
used by clients from
100+ countries
20
21
1
,
3
0
0
+
1
,
1
0
0
+
Our people serve
clients from
30 offices globally
20
21
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
2
OUR SHARED OWNERSHIP CULTURE
£14m
shared
5%
initial
holding
TOTAL VALUE
£350m+
100%
OWNERSHIP
1998
A NEW WAY
Nigel Le Quesne creates JTC
Shared Ownership and
establishes it with half
of his own equity.
GOING PUBLIC
2nd Shared Ownership award
made when the Group lists on
the LSE. JTC begins its
Odyssey era business plan.
2018
C
L
IE
N
T-FA
C
I
N
G
B
E
H
A
V
IOU
RS
CULT
U
RA
L
VA
L
UES
E N T R E P R E N E U R I A L
O U T L O O K
C O M P A N Y B E F O R E
I N D I V I D U A L
S T A K E H O L D E R
M E N TA L I T Y
M E R I T O C R A C Y
M A X I M I S E
I N D I V I D U A L
P O T E N T I A L
‘A B O V E A N D
B E Y O N D ’ S E R V I C E
‘ C A N D O ’
AT T I T U D E
‘ W A N T T O W I N ’
M E N TA L I T Y
Shared Ownership for every employee
liesatthe heart of our culture. It binds us
together, creates a long-term perspective
andmakes us Stronger Together.
In the Galaxy era, we aim
todouble the size of the
business from 2020 results.
This means revenue of
£230m+ and underlying
EBITDA of £78m+.
£20m
shared
2021
SHARED OWNERSHIP
AS A PUBLIC COMPANY
3rd Shared Ownership award
made when the business
doubles in size since IPO.
JTC begins its Galaxy era
business plan.
HOW JTC SHARED OWNERSHIP WORKS
All permanent employees are automatically
part of the Shared Ownership programme.
Scores are calculated annually for each person
based on their length of service; seniority and
appraisal score. Appraisal scores are based
50:50 on achievement of goals and behaviours.
When a multi-year business plan, or era, is
completed and if the Company has achieved
or exceeded its goals, the Shared Ownership
programme will consider making an award
from the Employee Incentive Plan (EIP) to all
eligible employees.
In addition – and in line with JTC’s meritocratic
approach to progression – a Deferred Bonus
Share Plan (DBSP) and Performance Share Plan
(PSP) provide added incentive for those who
have taken on leadership roles.
THE JTC ‘MAGIC WHEEL’
Over 20 years old, it is as valid today as when
it was created. We believe that by living these
values and behavioural traits, we can protect
and nurture Shared Ownership and grow our
company for the benefit of everybody. And vice
versa, the concept of Shared Ownership is
what inspires the values and behaviour.
“ With all our
peopleas owners
of the business,
theinterests of all
our stakeholders
arealigned.”
NIGEL LE QUESNE
£12m
shared
2012
LOCAL TO GLOBAL
1st Shared Ownership award
made when a minority stake is
sold to PE firm CBPE.
JTC begins its Malbec era
business plan.
Including direct ownership and Shared
Ownership awards, JTC has generated
£350m+ of total valueforemployee-
owners since 1998
In 2019, JTC's Shared Ownership
programme became the subject
ofaHarvard Business School
MBAcasestudy
100% of permanent employees
areowners of the business through
JTC'sShared Ownership programmes
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
3
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW
Great people, great culture,
strong performance
Nigel Le Quesne
Chief Executive Officer
PEOPLE, CULTURE AND
SHAREDOWNERSHIP
Last year I wrote about the overall resilience
of the business and how it enabled us to
navigate the challenges of the pandemic while
continuing to grow in line with our established
medium-term guidance. I referenced our well-
invested infrastructure, experienced management,
track record of navigating previous macro
events and our scale and diversification. I also
highlighted that the most important ingredient
of all was our people and our culture. JTC’s
Shared Ownership model – where every
employee is an owner of the business – is now
in its 25th year and is more important to us
than ever. With that in mind, a key achievement,
probably our proudest in 2021, was the £20m
Shared Ownership award made to our global
team in July. The award was a reflection of the
progress made under our Odyssey era business
plan, which ran from our IPO in 2018 to the
end of 2020. And while it was our first distribution
as a listed business and our first in shares, it
Revenue
£147.5m
Underlying EBITDA
£48.4m
was the third in our history and brought the
total value generated for JTC employee owners
since 1998 to over £350m. To prove that the
concept remains valid as a public company
and to be able to share the success achieved
since listing with everyone was very satisfying.
Our sector leading staff turnover (see page
27) and the record 26 industry awards won
across the Group in 2021 are evidence of our
unique culture and the quality of the JTC brand.
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
2021 was a great first year for our current
business plan, the Galaxy era, where our aim
is to double the size of the Group relative to
where we ended 2020. We once again delivered
performance in line with market expectations
and medium-term guidance, with revenue
growth to £147.5m (2020: £115.1m), achieving
£48.4m of underlying EBITDA (2020: £38.7m)
at an underlying Group margin of 32.8%
(2020: 33.6%) and 34.4% when acquisitions
are excluded (2020: 35.7%). It was particularly
pleasing to achieve net organic growth of 9.6%
(2020: 7.9%) driven by record new business
wins of £20.9m (2020: £17.9m) alongside
inorganic growth of 18.6% (2020: 8.0%), which
reflected our busiest year yet for M&A.
GROWTH
In our Galaxy era, we expect two thirds of our
growth to be inorganic, so the seven acquisitions
completed – the most we have ever achieved
in a single calendar year – gets us out of the
blocks quickly. The quality businesses in Segue,
SALI and most recently EFS, also supported
our strategic push into the US, which is now
our second-largest jurisdiction by revenue.
Overall, these seven additions mean the
JTCglobal team now extends to more than
1,300 colleagues. As we grow our platform,
we will respect its integrity and underlying
strength and in 2022 we will continue to
consolidate the acquisitions made in 2021,
whileremaining alert to the potential of further
high quality deals.
Achieving net organic revenue growth of 9.6%
near the top end of our guidance range of 8%
– 10% was a strong result. Our record new
business wins of £20.9m included the largest
9.6%
Net organic
revenue growth
18.6%
Inorganic
revenue growth
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
4
single mandate the Group has ever won, with a
value of c.£2.5m per annum, which we expect
to start delivering revenue from H2 2022.
Considering the ongoing travel restrictions that
affected new business development activities
and the fact that most of our acquisitions came
towards the end of the year and therefore had
little time to impact the organic growth figures,
these results show very welcome and encouraging
demand for our services. As we move through
2022, an increasing focus will be placed on
leveraging our growing range of services and
solutions tocreate an internal market that
provides a richer and deeper range of services
to existing clients, increasing share of wallet and
making client relationships even ‘stickier’ over
their lifetime.
INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT
SERVICESDIVISION
Revenue increased 43.6% to £92.7m (2020: £64.6m)
with a 55.8% increase in underlying EBITDA
to £28.0m (2020: £18.0m). Pleasingly, and in
keeping with the progress that began in 2020
with our Blueprint margin expansion programme,
the underlying EBITDA margin increased 2.3pp
to 30.2% (2020: 27.9%). Net organic growth
increased to 11.5% (2020: 6.9%) with the
annualised value of new business wins £13.1m
(2020: £13.4m).
M&A activity in 2021 was particularly focused
on increasing scale and capability in the US,
Ireland and the UK. The seven deals completed
in the year, which were all primarily orientated
towards the ICS offering, met these jurisdictional
targets, with RBC Cees, INDOS, Ballybunion
Capital, SALI Fund Services, Segue Partners,
EFS and perfORM all adding scale, expertise
and quality.
“ 2021 was a great first year for the Galaxy
era, with strong organicgrowth and a
record seven acquisitions.”
With so many first-class acquisitions in the
US, we are well placed to capitalise on
opportunities in that market, and the US is
now the ICS Division’s second biggest jurisdiction,
providing a solid platform from which to grow
the JTC brand. The growth of our UK office in
2021 demonstrates an ability to widen our
service offering around the mandates we
attract, while in the EU, we have been particularly
successful in attracting new business to our
Luxembourg office.
With regard to our ambitions to be recognised
as the fund and corporate services firm of
choice, we have begun to deliver our strategy.
With the acquisition of Cees, we are already
the market-leading provider in the Employer
Solutions sector, while in Jersey, London and
the Netherlands, we are developing a reputation
for providing top-quality service to high value,
blue chip clients.
Overall, the ICS Division made very positive
progress on our plan for the Galaxy era and I
am confident we are firmly on the path to
establishing JTC as the number-one partner
for expert solutions for fund and corporate
services clients. Our restructured cross-
jurisdictional operating model will help us
maintain our margins, while continually
enhancing service delivery and supporting
growth via technology.
PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES DIVISION
Revenue increased 8.4% to £54.8m (2020: £50.5m)
with a small decrease in underlying EBITDA to
£20.4m (2020: £20.7m). The underlying EBITDA
margin decreased 3.8pp to 37.2% (2020: 41.0%)
but remains at the top end of our guidance
range of 33% – 38% and reflects continued
investment in the PCS platform to support
future growth and manage an increasingly
complex regulatory environment. Net organic
growth was 7.1% (2020: 9.0%) with the
annualised value of new business wins a record
£7.8m (2020: £4.5m), including the Group’s
largest ever single win providing ‘white label’
services to a US-based global bank and its
clients. As noted last year, we continue to
attract work from global financial institutions
who trust us to provide services for their
individual private clients and this trend for
major corporates to opt for a lighter operating
model by partnering with JTC is an area where
we expect to seefurther opportunities.
The Division has invested in people, technology
and other infrastructure to support this type
of work and has the necessary expertise to
scale its capabilities further.
In addition, the experience of our PCS
management team has been reflected in the
growth of several of our regional offices,
notably South Dakota, Cayman, Guernsey and
Dubai, which provides welcome diversification
alongside our continued strength in Jersey.
The development of new services and in
particular those focused on the areas ofregulatory
and tax compliance is an example of how we
are able to leverage the ever increasing volume
of international legislation and regulation as
a growth driver for the business.
The PCS Division continues to be the pre-
eminent private client practice and a leader
in its markets, as evidenced in part by a record
15 award wins in the year. The focus for 2022
will be multi-faceted and include further
development of the PCS service offering, an
increased emphasis on cross-selling, including
with key ICS service lines such as Employer
Solutions, and our nascent strategic expansion
into the US domestic market, which we believe
has exceptional potential on both an organic
and inorganic basis. All of this will be supported
by an agenda to cement the JTC brand as the
hallmark of quality and excellence in the PCS
trust company space.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
5
ALCHEMY
As we develop and expand our offering, we have the
opportunity to create an internal market that will drive
organic growth within our existing client book, adding
value by expanding and extending long-term relationships.
Developing our capabilities and services, and cross-selling
within the business, is nothing new, of course, but
formalising our approach can help make the most of
our increasing suite of complementary services.
ORACLE
This is about taking a next-generation approach to
business development and marketing. We will build on
our practitioner-led approach and draw on best-in-class
approaches from around the Group to develop a powerful
Group-wide capability and infrastructure that is another
accelerator of organic growth.
DIVISIONAL BALANCED SCORECARD (DBS)
This is a framework for effective, reliable and consistent
performance management of key commercial, relationship
and risk metrics across the Group. DBS brings a set of
uniform standards to help us appraise and reward the
talent within our business to the levels we set ourselves.
TALISMAN
As a people business, we want to ensure that every JTC
person has the opportunity to develop and maximise
their potential. Building upon the solid foundations
ofthe JTC Academy, we will enhance and expand our
talent development programmes to ensure we create
opportunities for and retain our potential future leaders.
We will tie this to long-term succession planning, letting
our people know we have recognised them and are
developing them accordingly.
CHANGE FOR GOOD
As we grow, we face an ever more complex external and
internal risk environment. Investing in our operational
governance capabilities to keep abreast of this will ensure
we remain fit for purpose as we grow, and are seen as
a leader in this area.
R
i
s
k
,
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
a
n
d
b
e
t
t
e
r
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
d
e
l
i
v
e
r
y
C
H
A
N
G
E
F
O
R
G
O
O
D
DBS
Group-wide management
tool, creating better balance,
consistency and clarity of
objectives to better coach
and recognise success
TALISMAN
Developing our
people and talent
at JTC
ORACLE
Driving organic
growth – next gen
BD & Marketing
ALCHEMY
Driving organic growth –
cross-sales & internal market
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT
As mentioned, our priorities for 2022 will be
shaped around consolidating our acquisitions
and large business wins, and we have therefore
identified and started a series of initiatives
thatwill further strengthen our global platform
and ensure we remain fit for growth through
the Galaxy era and beyond. These projects,
which include an enhanced and refreshed next
generation approach to business development
to accelerate organic growth, enhanced
financial reporting aimed at improving future
behaviours and further enhancements to our
talent management programme, build on
existing capabilities. These are interconnected,
such that the sum of their impact on the
business will be greater than their individual
component parts:
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
6
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
EVOLUTION OF OUR LEADERSHIP TEAM
At JTC we continue to follow our tried and
tested ‘evolution, not revolution’ approach.
We also continue to favour promotion from
within and place great value on industry
client-facing experience. With this approach
in mind, with effect from January 2022, Iain
Johns took up the role of Group Managing
Director and Jon Jennings the role of Deputy
Group Managing Director. The new posts
are inaddition to their current responsibilities
as Group Heads of our PCS and ICS
Divisionsrespectively.
These changes have been primarily driven
by the exciting opportunities presented by
the ever increasing connections and cross-
pollination opportunities arising between
our Divisions.
More generally, at JTC we look to build holistic
managers using our ‘Christmas Tree’ model of
management, which recognises that all leaders
in the business hold responsibilities spanning:
– Client service excellence and delivery
of commercial results
– Leading, managing and developing
people and teams
– Responsibility for proactively managing
governance andrisk
This model ensures JTC leaders take a balanced
approach and focus on what is best for the
long-term success of the Group. The only
distinction, as people progress through the
ranks on a meritocratic basis, is an ever
increasing span of control.
By taking on these new Group-wide roles,
Iain and Jon will increase their spans of control
beyond their respective Divisions and be able
to work more closely with each other and
me as the CEO, as well as with our excellent
Group Operations teams, to drive the business
forward and implement strategies that will
sustain our growth, develop our global platform
and most importantly, support our Shared
Ownership culture.
NIGEL LE QUESNE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Client service
excellence and
commercial results
Leading, managing and
developing people
and teams
Proactively
managing
governance and risk
IAIN JOHNS
GROUP HEAD OF PRIVATE
CLIENTSERVICES & GROUP
MANAGINGDIRECTOR
JON JENNINGS
GROUP HEAD OF INSTITUTIONAL
CLIENT SERVICES & DEPUTY GROUP
MANAGING DIRECTOR
RISK
JTC has always had an excellent record in
managing the risks associated with being a
leading regulated professional services business.
Throughout 2021 the senior risk team have
focused a large amount of their time and effort
on developing and enhancing our Risk & Compliance
function globally as the approach and expectations
of external parties has hardened. I have highlighted
for some time now the increasing complexity
and burden of international regulation and how
this inevitably brings a degree of challenge to
a business such as ours. It does also however,
provide huge opportunity. We are, in many
respects, a governance business and a substantial
part of the value that we offer clients is our
understanding of – and ability to work effectively
within – an ever evolving and complex international
framework. It has never been more important
to the long-term success of the Group, or more
compelling to clients and partners, to be able
to offer a robust, well-organised and expert set
of capabilities in this area. More detail can be
read in the Risk Management section on page42.
In addition, we have seen long-term emerging
risks come into greater focus, and in particular
transition risks associated with the world moving
to a low carbon future. At JTC we are proud to
play our part by becoming a Carbon Neutral+
organisation in 2021 as part of our own journey
and we also see tremendous opportunity for
the Group as a result of the positive changes
driven by the ESG agenda. More detail, including
our first TCFD disclosures, can be read in the
ESG section on page 28.
At the time of writing, the conflict in Ukraine
continues and it is unclear how or when it will
come to an end. As a Group, we have limited
exposure to Russia, Ukraine or Belarus with
no operations there and limited exposure
amongst a small number of clients to those
countries. However, we are acutely aware of
our responsibilities in relation to sanctions
compliance and enforce all such measures
rigorously. As a compassionate organisation,
we are appalled at the humanitarian suffering
and have made direct donations to the UNHCR
and Save the Children.
OUTLOOK
Two phrases I often repeat are that we like to
keep things simple at JTC and that it’s all about
making this a better business every year.
In 2021 I am confident that we did both.
Building on our strong foundations and business
resilience, we executed well on our organic
and inorganic growth strategies to drive the
business forward and deliver a strong start to
our Galaxy era business plan. We have proved
that our Shared Ownership model is a genuine
differentiator and have successfully adapted
it as a listed business, and I am delighted that
we were able to celebrate the fruits of long-
term success with all our people. Our two
Divisions continue to provide balance and
diversification to the Group and are generating
more cross-pollination opportunities than ever
before. We also materially increased our
presence in a number of key growth markets
and won more new work from clients than
ever before.
Looking ahead, we have taken time to step
back from all that was achieved in 2021 and
map out the next important steps that will be
needed to ensure our well-invested platform
and talented global team are ready and equipped
to deliver continued high performance. We are
pleased with the integration and business
performance of recent acquisitions, with all
seven on track. The project to maximise the
opportunity to internalise SALI’s fund accounting
work is now progressing and will generate
revenues from Q2 2022. While much of the
focus will be on improving and integrating
what we have, we also remain of the view that
the sector is primed for consolidation and that
our proven approach to identifying, securing
and integrating high quality acquisitions is a
key part of creating long-term value for JTC
and our stakeholders.
In concluding, I return to the most important
part of JTC, our people and our Shared Ownership
culture. I would like to thank every member
of the team for their commitment and hard
work in delivering such a strong performance
in 2021. We have an exceedingly talented
group of employee-owners, all of whom I am
very proud to work alongside.
NIGEL LE QUESNE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
7
5
6
7
8
1
3
4
EXPERIENCED AND
ENTREPRENEURIAL
MANAGEMENT TEAM
DESIGNED
FOR GROWTH,
ORGANIC AND
INORGANIC
HIGHLY VISIBLE
RECURRING
REVENUE AND
STRONG CASH
CONVERSION
WELL DIVERSIFIED
ACROSS CLIENTS,
SERVICES &
GEOGRAPHIES
PROVEN
TRACK RECORD
OF M&A AND
INTEGRATION
STRONG
COMPLIANCE
& RISK
MANAGEMENT
WELL-INVESTED
SCALABLE
GLOBAL
PLATFORM
DEMAND CREATED
BY LONG-TERM
MARKET TRENDS
2
155+
YEARS
Combined sector-specific
experience of senior
management team
8.6%
Net organic revenue
growth*
15.6%
Inorganic revenue
growth*
89%
Underlying cash
conversion*
7,000+
Clients in over 100
countries. Top 20
clients represent only
15.3% of revenues
25
Acquisitions since 2010
with13 since IPO in 2018
1
Paid claim (which was
less than £200k) on our
Professional Indemnity
insurance in 34 years
135%
Growth in employee-
owner headcount
sinceIPO in 2018
23.4%
Revenue CAGR
overlast10 years
OWNERSHIP FOR
ALL CULTURE
A long-term
investment
We believe that JTC represents an exceptional
long-term growth investment prospect.
Our 34 year track record of consistent
revenue and profit growth, including through
periods of significant macroeconomic
challenge, speaks for itself. We believe that
eight key factors define and underpin the
JTC investment case and apply both now
and in the medium to long-term.
INVESTMENT CASE
* Last 3 year average.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
8
OUR MARKET DRIVERS
Long-term trends
supporting our growth
Operating in a fragmented global industry,
we serve a variety of markets and estimate
that the global addressable market is worth
at least $12bn in annual revenue (ICS $9.5bn
and PCS $2.5bn). These markets are subject
to a number of shared long-term trends,
which offer significant growth opportunities
for our business.
ADDRESSABLE GLOBALMARKET
$12bn
$9.5bn
$2.5bnPCS
ICS
Pace of change
Near-term impact
Long-term impact
INCREASED REGULATION
The growing complexity and scope of regulation
and tax compliance is making expert advice
vital to all our client groups. The risk of errors
or omissions due to misunderstanding or lack
of awareness is greater every year. Therefore
outsourcing is increasingly attractive, using a
specialist partner that is constantly on top of
the latest regulatory changes, and that can
both navigate them and find opportunities
within them.
Pace of change
Near-term impact
Long-term impact
GROWING PROPENSITY
TO OUTSOURCE
As complexity increases, the long-term benefits
of outsourcing increasingly outweigh building
in-house capabilities. For smaller clients it offers
instant access to expertise, and for larger, the
opportunity for a leaner operating model.
The propensity to outsource increases as the
relevant regulatory and tax environments
becomes more complicated and the core
competency of the client can be readily separated
from the associated administration.
Pace of change
Near-term impact
Long-term impact
OPPORTUNITIES THROUGH
TECHNOLOGY
Technology can enable a better client experience,
improve speed and efficiency by automating
tasks that were previously manual and mitigate
risks such as data inputting errors. It also leads
to a greater focus on human expertise, as skilled
people have more time for roles that make use
of their knowledge and understanding of the
nuances of legislation and regulations, to provide
a more valuable service to clients.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR JTC
As a large global operator, we have the scale
and resource to help clients comply with the
higher standards demanded by growing regulatory
scrutiny, which also creates barriers to entry
for competitors. We are able to maintain our
knowledge of developing regulations, and
expand and revise the services we provide,
bringing multiple revenue opportunities.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR JTC
We can demonstrate we have the scale and
capabilities to offer a comprehensive, expert
service, with highly qualified, experienced staff
and appropriate technology. We will always
have everything in place to ensure clients
understand that outsourcing to JTC means
certainty on costs, increased accuracy, and
the freedom to focus on core activities.
There arenow major opportunities in the US,
as institutionaland private clients become
more inclined tooutsource.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR JTC
We continue to focus on best-in-class technology
across the Group and in training our people
to utilise and maximise the full benefits of our
systems. We use technology to improve and
expand our services, while still offering clients
the in-depth expertise only human insight and
relationships can provide. In short, we combine
the best people with the best technology to
get the best results.
Key Fact:
17
Jurisdictions where JTC is regulated
Key Fact:
£2.5m+ pa
Largest initial outsourcing mandate wonFY21
Key Fact:
100%
Employees able to work remotely
KEY
HIGH
MEDIUM
LOW
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
9
OUR MARKET DRIVERS CONTINUED
Pace of change
Near-term impact
Long-term impact
CONTINUED MARKET
CONSOLIDATION
Our historically fragmented industry is changing.
Increasing regulatory complexity, a desire for
cross-jurisdictional solutions and the increasing
importance of technology are creating client
demand for greater scale and breadth from
service providers. Consolidation enables a
multi-sector, multi-jurisdiction capability and
is an accelerating trend in our industry. With an
estimated 2,000+ providers in the UK and
Europe and 1,000+ in the US, this will continue.
Pace of change
Near-term impact
Long-term impact
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL
AND GOVERNANCE
Inflows to sustainable funds are increasing
across all regions of the world and ESG assets
are forecast to expand to 57% of European
mutual funds by 2025.* Rapidly evolving and
varied ESG standards present enormous
challenges for companies, creating demand
for credible and expert third party providers
who can help develop ESG strategies and
policies, and appropriate reporting and
disclosure frameworks.
Pace of change
Near-term impact
Long-term impact
GLOBALISATION AND
RISINGGLOBALWEALTH
There is now easier communication,
co-operationand flow of capital across
international borders, as well as growing
GDPand personal wealth. Corporates
operate and invest globally, fund managers
seek access to international pools of capital
and both private and institutional investors
want to pursue strategies that best fit their
goals, and operate more internationally than
ever before. This all leads to increased demand
for providers of professional services that
can advise and work acrossborders.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR JTC
We are poised to take advantage, and maintain
a strong pipeline of M&A opportunities, many
originated directly. These span both Divisions
and all types and sizes, from bolt-ons to
complex bank carve outs and transformational
deals. Having acquired 25 businesses since
2010, we have a tried and tested methodology
for integrating companies efficiently onto
our global platform. Our Shared Ownership
culture and reputation for being straightforward
to deal with makes us a popular acquirer.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR JTC
As a business with Shared Ownership at the
heart of its culture, our approach to ESG is
based on compelling principles and a strong
corporate purpose. As an outsourced provider,
we are ideally placed to become a highly
credible supplier, while our strength in
providingexpertise on complex regulatory
and reporting frameworks means we are
ideally placed to offer technology-enabled
ESG advisory and administration services to
a wide range ofclients.
WHAT THIS MEANS FOR JTC
We have a scalable global platform with an
established presence in all key jurisdictions
and develop new services organically, as well
as acquiring strategically. We are able
toofferboth institutional and private clients
seamless services as they operate and expand
across multiple jurisdictions. We dothisthrough
long-term relationships that average 10+
years, enabling us to grow alongside our
clients and their increasing wealth.
Key Fact:
25
Businesses acquired in 11 years
Key Fact:
1,500
Tonnes of carbon offset FY21
* Source: PwC Luxembourg.
Key Fact:
+28.3%
Forecast growth in UHNWI by 2026*
* Source: 2022 Knight Frank Wealth Report.
KEY
HIGH
MEDIUM
LOW
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
10
WITH ALL OUR PEOPLE AS OWNERS
THE INTERESTS OF ALL OUR
STAKEHOLDERS ARE ALIGNED
WE GROW ORGANICALLY BY
OFFERINGSERVICE EXCELLENCE
AND A SUITE OF SOLUTIONS
WITH LONG-TERM RELATIONSHIPS
WE MAINTAIN A WELL-INVESTED
AND SCALABLE GLOBAL PLATFORM
THAT SUPPORTS CONSISTENT
LONG-TERM GROWTH
WE MAKE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS
ANDINTEGRATETHEMSEAMLESSLY
SOTHATINOURWORLD2+2=5
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
WHAT WE DO AND HOW WE GENERATE VALUE
Ownership
Alignment
Growth
CLIENTS
We partner with our clients to help
them achieve their goals and meet
theirexpectations of the highest
levelsof service delivered with
integrity,energy and dedication
OUR PEOPLE
We make every employee an owner,
creating an environment where people
can maximise their potential and be
partof creating something meaningful
and long lasting
INTERMEDIARIES
We work symbiotically with
intermediaries oncommon clients,
becoming a trustedextension of
theiroffering and they of ours
M&A OPPORTUNITIES
We provide a home and a platform
forgrowth that is compelling across
thefull range of M&Aopportunities
OUR KEY INPUTS
OUR STRATEGIC STRENGTHS
VALUE WE CREATE FOR STAKEHOLDERS
Our business model is built on our
SharedOwnership culture and driven
byour Purpose; to help maximise the
potential of every client, colleague
andpartner with whom we work.
We create value by aligning with
the interests of our stakeholders and
committing to long-term relationships.
We grow through a compounding strategy
that combines consistent organic growth,
disciplined acquisitions and the continuous
pursuit of operational excellence.
CLIENTS
$200bn client assets we
aretrustedtoadminister
10+ years average
clientrelationship
£43m future value of
additionalwork for existing
clientsgenerated in 2021
EMPLOYEES
£20m Shared Ownership
awardin2021
91% retention rate in 2021
100% permanent employees
areowners of the business
SHAREHOLDERS
30% dividend as %
ofunderlyingPAT
25.55p Underlying EPS in 2021
ROCE > WACC within 12-36 months
CHARITIES AND COMMUNITIES
£187k donated to
goodcauses in 2021
Carbon Neutral+ status
achievedin 2021
INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT
SERVICES (ICS) DIVISION
Provides fund, corporate
andbanking services to
institutional clients, primarily
fund managers, listed companies
and multinationals.
PRIVATE CLIENT
SERVICES(PCS) DIVISION
Provides trust, corporate and
banking services for global
wealth management firms,
family and private offices and
UHNW and HNW individuals.
CORPORATE SERVICES
Working with private companies, public
companies, family offices and individuals,
weprovide a sophisticated range of
corporate services and employer solutions,
including structure formation, company
secretarial and compliance work.
FUND SERVICES
We are expert in a wide variety of
fundtypes and services across a diverse
range of asset classes and leading funds
jurisdictions. We partner with our clients
and provide support throughout the
lifecycle of a fund, including complex and
ongoing reporting and regulatory compliance.
PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES
We specialise in a holistic approach
toprotecting assets across countries
andgenerations, including through
ourdedicated JTC Private Office.
Applying a deep understanding of our
clients’ needs, we support them for the
long-term through family governance,
global compliance, structure formation
andmaintenance.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
11
Investing in the future to create
aneven stronger platform for growth
REVENUE
In 2021, revenue was £147.5m, an
increase of £32.4m (+28.2%) compared
with 2020.
Whilst the macroeconomic environment
during the first half of 2021 provided
less conducive conditions for new
business, H2 was strong and helped
us deliver net organic growth of 9.6%
in the year (2020: 7.9%). Our rolling
three year average is now 8.6% and
continues to be within our medium-
term guidance range of 8 – 10% net
organic growth. Included in the year
was our largest ever single new business
win (estimated at c. £2.5m per annum)
which evidences our ability to secure
significant new mandates from large
institutions. The size and complexity
of the mandate has necessitated
meaningful upfront investment which
impacted margins in the PCS Division
in 2021 and we expect revenues to
commence in H2 22.
The growth in 2021 was driven by
gross new business of 17.5% (2020: 16.7%),
inorganic growth of 18.6% (2020: 8.0%)
and attrition of 7.9% (2020: 8.8%).
The lower attrition was notable but
this is consistent with the rolling three
year average which was also 7.9%.
The retention of revenues that were
not end of life increased to 97.4%
(2020: 96.6%). Consistent with prior
years, the not end of life attrition is
being driven by less complex clients
that are seeking lower cost solutions.
The rolling three year average retention
of not end of life revenues was 97.2%.
ICS net organic growth was 11.5%
(2020: 6.9%) with a rolling three year
average of 9.3%. We have experienced
the expected recovery in revenue with
particularly strong growth in the UK,
Cayman, and Luxembourg. Attrition for
the Division in the year was 8.7%
(2020: 8.3%) which included 6.3% for
end of life losses.
PCS net organic growth was 7.1%
(2020: 9.0%) with a rolling three year
average of 7.8% (2020: 7.4%). We continue
to see growing demand for our increasing
suite of services and were pleased to
have recorded the largest ever new
business win for JTC alongside strong
revenue growth in Cayman, Guernsey,
Mauritius and the US. Attrition in PCS
was 6.9% (2020: 9.4%) and was a
significant drop to the prior period
when we consciously chose to exit a
number of BVI structures. The rolling
three year average attrition is 7.9%.
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
Martin Fotheringham
Chief Financial Officer
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
As reported Underlying*
2021 2020 Change 2021 2020 Change
Revenue (£m) 147.5 115.1 +28.2% 147.5 115.1 +28.2%
EBITDA (£m) 26.6 34.9 -23.8% 48.4 38.7 +25.0%
EBITDA margin 18.0% 30.3% -12.3pp 32.8% 33.6% -0.8pp
Operating profit/EBIT (£m) 9.0 21.0 -57.2% 30.8 24.9 +23.9%
Profit before tax (£m) 27.8 11.2 +147.2% 24.9 20.1 +23.7%
Earnings Per Share (p)** 20.49 9.02 +127.2% 25.55 21.77 +17.4%
Cash conversion 79% 91% -12pp 87% 91% -4pp
Net debt (£m) -117.2 -76.0 -41.2 -113.3 -75.8 -37.5
Dividend per share (p) 7.67 6.75 +0.92p 7.67 6.75 +0.92p
* For further information on underlying results see appendix to CFO Review.
** Average number of shares (thousands) for 2021: 130,044 (2020: 116,737).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
12
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
2020 Revenue* JTC decision Moved service
provider
End of life/no
longer required
Net more from
existing clients
New clients Acquisitions 2021 Revenue
£112.7m (£0.6m) (£2.1m)
(£5.6m)
£11.2m
£7.2m
£24.7m £147.5m
REVENUE BRIDGE (PLC)
Lost Won
£49.5m
(£0.2m)
(£1.2m)
(£1.9m)
£3.7m
£2.9m
£2.0m £54.8m
2020 Revenue*
JTC decision Moved service
provider
End of life/no
longer required
Net more from
existing clients
New clients Acquisitions 2021 Revenue
REVENUE BRIDGE (PCS)
Lost Won
£63.2m (£0.4m) (£0.9m) (£3.7m)
£7.5m
£4.3m
£22.7m
£92.7m
2020 Revenue* JTC decision Moved service
provider
End of life/no
longer required
Net more from
existing clients
New clients Acquisitions 2021 Revenue
REVENUE BRIDGE (ICS)
ACQUISITIONS
Acquisitions contributed £24.7m of new revenue in the year which is detailed as follows:
PLC ICS PCS
SALI (Q4 2021) £1.6m £1.6m –
Ballybunion (Q4 2021) £0.4m £0.4m –
PerfORM (Q4 2021) £0.1m £0.1m –
Segue (Q3 2021) £0.3m £0.3m –
INDOS (Q2 2021) £2.3m £2.3m –
RBC cees (Q2 2021) £16.6m £16.6m –
Sanne Private Clients (Q3 2020) £2.0m – £2.0m
NESF (Q2 2020) £1.3m £1.3m –
Anson Registrars (Q1 2020) £0.1m £0.1m –
Total £24.7m £22.7m £2.0m
When JTC acquires a business, the acquired book of clients is defined as inorganic. These clients
continue to be treated as inorganic for the first two years of JTC ownership.
NEW BUSINESS/PIPELINE
JTC secured new work with an annual value
of £20.9m (2020: £17.9m) and £9.8m of this
was recognised during the period (2020: £9.0m).
The divisional split of new work won was ICS
£13.1m (2020: £13.4m) and PCS £7.8m
(2020: £4.5m). The PCS new business wins
were strong and pleasingly we are seeing an
increase in the size of mandates won. Whilst overall
new business wins increased, we continued to
see delays in the take-on of ICS business,
particularly in the first half of the year, as
investors continued to be deterred by the
uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment.
As previously referenced, we have increased
our share of larger client mandates and these
more complex assignments typically take
longer to on-board.
The enquiry pipeline increased by £2.4m
(+5.3%) from £45.5m at 31 December 2020
to £47.9m at 31 December 2021.
* 2020 revenue presented as constant
currencyusing 2021 average rates.
Revenue growth, on a constant currency basis, is summarised as follows:
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
13
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
Underlying EBITDA margin
32.8%
UNDERLYING EBITDA AND
MARGINPERFORMANCE
Underlying EBITDA in 2021 was £48.4m, an
increase of £9.7m (25.0%) from 2020. The underlying
EBITDA margin for the Group was 32.8%
(2020: 33.6%).
As anticipated, continuing investment in clients,
people and systems alongside the integration
of the seven acquired businesses in 2021 resulted
in a small drop in the EBITDA margin. The acquisitions
we made in the first nine months of 2021 were
strategically important but immediately dilutive
to the existing Group margin. Significant progress
has been made in delivering margin improvements
in 2021. The overall impact of the businesses
we acquired in Q4 will improve the Group
margin. However, the volume of acquisitions
in 2021 is such that we need to continue to
invest in our platform to maximise the opportunity
for our growing global capabilities. Management reiterate
their medium-term guidance on the underlying
EBITDA margin of 33% – 38%.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION
The depreciation and amortisation charge
increased to £17.6m in 2021 from £13.8m in
2020. £2.4m of this increase was as a result
of acquired intangible assets and £1.3m of the
increase was as a result of an increased charge
for right-of-use assets reflecting the increased
footprint of the business.
STATUTORY OPERATING PROFIT
The Group recognises that statutory operating
profit is a more commonly accepted reporting
metric and hence shows these results for the
benefit of external stakeholders.
ICS’s underlying EBITDA margin increased from
27.9% in 2020 to 30.2% in 2021. This demonstrates
the progress made in the implementation of a
revised operating model in the Division as well
as the improvement in profitability during the
year of the acquisitions made in H1 21.
PCS’s underlying EBITDA margin decreased from
41.0% in 2020 to 37.2% in 2021. The Division
continues to perform well and the drop in margin
reflects the continuing investment in clients,
people and systems. Throughout H2 21 we
made a significant investment in a large client
mandate for which revenue will be reflected
from H2 22. We have also seen increasing
amounts of time spent handling regulatory
oversight and this is consistent with what we
have witnessed across the industry.
Statutory operating profit is impacted by a
variety of non-underlying items which are
detailed below.
PROFIT BEFORE TAX
The reported profit before tax was £27.8m
(2020: £11.2m).
Adjusting for non-underlying items, the
underlying profit before tax for 2021 was
£24.9m (2020: £20.1m). The improvement
reflects the strong growth in revenues although
the margin decreased in the year.
ICS underlying EBITDA margin
30.2%
PCS underlying EBITDA margin
37.2%
NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS
Non-underlying items incurred in the year totalled a £2.9m credit (2020: £8.9m debit) and is comprised of:
2021
£m
2020
£m
EBITDA
EIP 14.5 –
Acquisition and integration costs 6.6 3.3
Revision of ICS operating model 0.4 0.4
Other costs 0.3 0.1
Total non-underlying items within EBITDA 21.8 3.8
Profit before tax
Items impacting EBITDA 21.8 3.8
(Gain)/loss on revaluation of contingent consideration (20.9) 6.5
Loss/(gain) on settlement of contingent consideration 0.7 (0.2)
(Gain) on bargain purchase of RBC cees (5.4) –
Foreign exchange losses/(gains) 0.9 (1.2)
Total non-underlying items within profit before tax (2.9) 8.9
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
14
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
We announced the distribution of the EIP
awards during H2 21, these were made in JTC
shares and have been reflected in the full-year
results. The expense of £14.5m relates to the
first tranche of the award which vested upon
grant and a proportion of the second and final
tranche which vests in 2022. The remaining
expense will be recognised in 2022.
Acquisition and integration costs were
significantly higher (+£3.3m) than the prior
period and this reflects the increased number
of transactions completed (seven in 2021, two
in 2020).
The movement in the revaluation of the contingent
consideration is due to the requirement to revalue
the equity-settled financial liability in relation
to the NESF acquisition. When we purchased
NESF, we ensured that there was a two year
capped earn-out and that all future contingent
consideration would be settled in JTC equity.
The earn-out hurdle was set at an annual target
of $3.2m of EBITDA and, based upon our latest
forecasts, we do not expect that this will be
achieved. We have therefore credited operating
profit with the £20.9m reversal of contingent
consideration that had previously been accrued.
The loss recognised in the prior year was due to
an increase in the share price estimate for the
previously anticipated earn-out.
The gain on bargain purchase relates to the
RBC cees acquisition and reflects the fact that
the price paid for this business was less than
the fair value of the assets acquired.
TAX
The net tax charge in the year was £1.1m
(2020: £0.7m). The cash tax charge is £2.6m
(2020: £1.8m) but this is reduced by significant
deferred tax credits of £1.4m (2020: £1.1m)
as a result of movements in relation to the
value of acquired intangible assets held on the
balance sheet.
The Group continuously reviews its transfer pricing
policy and updates this to reflect the evolving
nature and increasing complexity of the business
and the way it operates. The policy continues to
be fully compliant with OECD guidelines.
The Group continues to monitor the likelihood
of the proposed introduction of minimum
global tax rates and we believe that it is too
early to be able to accurately assess the impact
such a change would have on JTC.
UNDERLYING EARNINGS PER SHARE
Underlying basic EPS increased by 17.4% and
was 25.55p (2020: 21.77p). Underlying basic
EPS reflects the profit for the year adjusted to
remove the impact of non-underlying items,
amortisation of acquired intangible assets and
associated deferred tax, amortisation of loan
arrangement fees and unwinding of net present
value discounts.
CASH FLOW AND DEBT
Underlying cash generated from operations
was £38.4m (2020: £35.3m) and the underlying
cash conversion was 87% (2020: 91%).
This continues to reflect the predictability and
highly cash generative nature of our business,
and we maintain our medium-term market
guidance range of 85% – 90%.
Underlying net debt at the year end was
£113.3m compared with £75.8m at 31 December
2020. Underlying leverage is therefore 2.34x
underlying EBITDA (2020: 1.96x) and this
increase was expected as five acquisitions
completed in the final four months of 2021.
The pro-forma net debt at year end was 2.0
times underlying EBITDA. Excluding the impact
of any additional acquisitions in 2022, the
strong cash generating nature of our business
should result in a significant decrease in leverage
by the end of the year.
In total, the Group raised gross proceeds of
£144.8m from two equity fundraises in 2021.
This strengthened our balance sheet and
allowed us to capitalise on a high quality
pipeline of M&A opportunities during the
second half of the year.
On 6 October 2021 the Group entered into a
new £225m revolving credit and term loan
facilities agreement with an initial three year
maturity together, with two one year extension
options. This new facility was used to repay
the existing facility and provide financing for
the SALI and EFS acquisitions.
£300.5m £9.2m
£104.1m
£187.2m £143.3m
£43.1m
£69.3m
£0.8m
£155.7m
New banking
facility
£144.8m
Equity
fundraise
Proceeds
utilised
Fees/
issue costs
Repay existing
facility
Net
proceeds
SALI Other
acquisitions
Excess
cash
Undrawn
facility
The gross proceeds from the two fundraises
and new facility were used as follows:
MARTIN FOTHERINGHAM
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
15
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW CONTINUED
Appendix:
Reconciliation of Reported results to APMs
In order to assist the reader’s understanding
of the financial performance of the Group,
alternative performance measures (APMs)
have been included to better reflect the
underlying activities of the Group excluding
specific items as set out in note 7 to the
financial statements. The Group appreciates
that APMs are not considered to be a
substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measures
but believes that the selected use of these
may provide stakeholders with additional
information which will assist in the
understanding of the business.
4. UNDERLYING PROFIT AND EPS
Management have updated the definition of
non-underlying items to include foreign exchange
(losses)/gains (see note 7 to the financial
statements) in order to reflect the underlying
performance of the Company. This has removed
the impact of gains and losses on intercompany
loan balances and (losses)/gains on the Group’s
former Euro loan facility.
As a result of the volume and nature of
acquisitions, management reviewed and updated
the definition of underlying basic EPS to exclude
the impact of the amortisation of acquired
brands and software. This change ensures that
underlying EPS continues to measure performance
excluding the impact of all intangible assets
and liabilities created through the IFRS 3
‘Business Combinations’ accounting standard.
The above resulted in the update of the 2020
comparative for underlying profit before tax
(previously £21.4m and now £20.1m) and
underlying EPS (previously 22.49p and now
21.77p).
1. EBITDA
2021
£m
2020
£m
Reported EBITDA 26.6 34.9
Non-underlying items
Acquisition and integration costs 6.6 3.3
Revision of ICS operating model 0.4 0.4
EIP 14.5 –
Other costs 0.3 0.1
Underlying EBITDA 48.4 38.7
3. UNDERLYING NET DEBT/LEVERAGE
2021
£m
2020
£m
Cash balances 39.3 31.1
Bank debt (152.6) (104.4)
Other debt – (2.5)
Net debt (113.3) (75.8)
Underlying EBITDA 48.4 38.7
Leverage 2.34 1.96
2. CASH CONVERSION
2021
£m
2020
£m
Net cash generated from operations 28.9 27.6
Non-underlying cash items 7.7 6.3
Income taxes paid 1.8 1.4
Underlying cash generated from operations 38.4 35.3
Acquisition normalisation* 3.6 –
Normalised underlying cash generated from operations 42.0 35.3
Underlying EBITDA 48.4 38.7
Underlying cash conversion 87% 91%
* Acquisition normalisation refers to the following: In 2021, £3.6m of RBC cees revenues were billed in
advance and collected in Q1 21 by the previous owners in advance of JTC ownership.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
16
INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT SERVICES
JON JENNINGS
GROUP HEAD OF
INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT SERVICES
&
DEPUTY GROUP
MANAGING DIRECTOR
Institutional
Client Services
A YEAR OF PROGRESS
2021 was a strong year for the ICS Division,
with growth in revenues to £92.7m (2020: £64.6m),
and EBITDA of £28.0m (2020: £18.0m) at an
EBITDA margin of 30.2% (2020: 27.9%).
This represents good progress towards our
Galaxy era objectives and we are on track to
achieve our goal of establishing JTC as the first
choice for partner-led, technology-enabled
solutions for fund and corporate services
clients. I described in detail last year how we
were reconfiguring our operating model to
enhance service delivery and support growth,
creating both more internal efficiency and
greater levels of client service excellence from
our pan-jurisdictional teams. One year on we
have delivered further improvements to our
margins, all driven by an unrelenting attention
to detail and our commitment to simplifying
the complex by getting the right people doing
the right things in the right places.
RECORD ACQUISITIONS
We completed a record seven acquisitions
during the year: RBC cees (Channel Islands
and UK), INDOS (UK and Ireland), Segue
Partners (US), Ballybunion Capital (Ireland),
SALI Fund Services (US), perfORM (UK) and
EFS (US). All of these transactions fit with our
strategy of acquiring high quality businesses
that enhance our geographical reach and scale,
add strength and depth to our service offering,
and bring with them industry professionals of
the highest calibre.
We are excited and very positive about the
impact of our expanded US presence through
the addition of Segue, SALI and EFS, all of
which were announced in the second half of
the year. While our core US business continued
to face a number of headwinds, including the
ongoing impact of Covid and a low interest
environment, it nevertheless made good year
on year progress in terms of both organic
growth and margin improvement. Now we are
in the process of ensuring that we capitalise
on the opportunities these acquisitions present
in what is both the largest and fastest growing
institutional markets in the world.
ICS has grown and evolved rapidly over the
past three years, with 12 acquisitions in the
Division since our IPO in 2018. Areas of particular
strength include our operations in Cayman,
Luxembourg, Jersey, the UK and South Africa.
It is pleasing to note that our established
jurisdictions continued to grow organically,
not least through the operational improvements
described above, while our more recent and
developing platforms also made good progress,
often due to our proven and disciplined approach
to integration.
HIGHLIGHTS
– Continued progress with margin
improvement to 30.2% underlying EBITDA
– Strong integration progress with the
RBCcees business, now re-branded as
JTCEmployer Solutions
– Deepening of US platform with the
addition of Segue Partners, SALI Fund
Services and EFS
– Further build-out of Irish and UK platforms
UNDERLYING
EBITDA MARGIN
(%)
+2.3pp
2020 27.9
2021 30.2
REVENUE (£M)
+43.6%
2020 64.6
2021 92.7
LIFETIME VALUE
WON (£M)
-2.9%
2020 129.8
2021 126.0
UNDERLYING
EBITDA (£M)
+55.8%
2020 18.0
2021 28.0
LVW is 10 times annualised
value of work won minus
value of attrition in past year.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
17
The RBC cees acquisition demonstrates the
potential of another business line within
corporate services. In 2021 we successfully
re-branded it to JTC Employer Solutions, and
it is a particularly strong example of where
our inorganic growth strategy has captured
significant value for the Group that will continue
to compound over the long term. We have
also successfully migrated INDOS’ ESG services
to the JTC brand and in 2022 will launch an
expanded range of ESG services designed to
enhance and grow our relationships with
existing JTC clients and attract new business
to the Group.
Through the acquisitions of INDOS andBallybunion,
we have substantially expanded our platform
in Ireland, which began with a greenfield
corporate services offering in 2020. This growing
Irish presence complements our existing fund
services offering in the Channel Islands, the
UK and Luxembourg. It also creates important
opportunities with the US market, for clients
needing a European structure, and who feel
closely connected to Ireland historically and
culturally. In addition, the Investment Limited
Partnership (ILP) regime in Ireland was updated
in 2021 to attract increased private capital
into the country and post period end webecame
one of only two third party Alternative
Investment Fund Managers (AIFMs) to have
supported the launch of an ILP. We will continue
to invest in this important jurisdiction.
The growth in new capabilities and service
offerings has also seen an increase in – and
understanding of the power of – cross-selling
and collaboration across the ICS Division itself,
and also to and from the PCS Division. This is
generating ever greater awareness and
understanding of the benefits that come from
working across the Group as a whole, something
we will be building on in the coming years.
It also has the effect of transitioning JTC, from
an external perspective, to a trusted adviser
role rather than merely a service provider.
We are recognised as experts in complex areas.
ORGANIC GROWTH
Our new business development in the year
was strong, with an annualised value of £13.1m
in business won. This was marginally behind
the 2020 figure, which benefited from two
large mandates of over £1m. The new business
pipeline remains strong and we continue to
invest in our business development and
marketing capabilities.
We have also continued to develop and evolve
our service offering, with our UK business now
recognised for market-leading Transfer Agency
services as well as our governance and support
services for listed companies. Our Netherlands
office – in partnership with London – achieved
rapid growth in Special Purpose Acquisition
Company (SPAC) services, as well as a raft of
service lines in support of Dutch M&A activity.
Including Jersey and Luxembourg, we are now
providing SPAC services in four different
jurisdictions and in Luxembourg were the first
firm of our type to provide services to SPACs.
INSTITUTIONAL CLIENT SERVICES CONTINUED
“ Our work to improve efficiency continued,
delivering +2.3pp in underlying EBITDA
to30.2%for the year.”
REALISING OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCIES
Operationally we made strong progress in
2021 with internal margin-enhancing projects.
We restructured to work in pan-jurisdictional
teams, where the changing working habits
brought on by the pandemic have actually
helped, with remote team collaboration
becoming more normal. We have found it
improves everyone’s client-facing skills and
knowledge. We have also deployed new
technology, automating processes that were
previously manual, and this has yielded
measurable success and demonstrated an
ability to scale, which we can introduce
throughout the Division more widely in 2022.
With the improved client knowledge allied to
automation, client on-boarding processes, for
example, can be achieved by far fewer people,
and much more quickly. The best people using
the best technology is a powerful combination.
We also appointed a Divisional Chief Operating
Officer and an ICS Finance Director, to increase
our capacity for operational programme
management without affecting senior client-
facing personnel. We have centralised the
client on-boarding team, and a phased roll-out
is underway. We have also made improvements
to our global pricing forum to ensure consistency
across the Division. Our teams around the
world continued to provide outstanding service,
and I am pleased to report sector-leading levels
of employee retention.
LOOKING AHEAD
Our work in 2022 will be about building on what
we achieved in 2021, the first year of our Galaxy
era. In particular, we will focus on integrating
our acquisitions and developing our US business.
We will also keep a strong focus on maintaining
the progress we have made in margin improvement,
as well as on developing our proposition and
sales capabilities, to make the most of our
expanding range of services.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
18
PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES
IAIN JOHNS
GROUP HEAD OF
PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES
&
GROUP MANAGING DIRECTOR
Private
Client Services
A SOLID YEAR’S PERFORMANCE
The Division had a solid year, with growth in
revenues to £54.8m (2020: £50.5m) and delivering
EBITDA of £20.4m (2020: £20.7m) with an
underlying EBITDA margin of 37.2% (2020: 41.0%).
Importantly, we delivered 7.1% net organic
revenue growth (2020: 9.0%), which remains
ahead of sector expectations in general and
represents an exceptional year relative to peers,
especially as we achieved it in the face of some
strong regulatory and economic headwinds,
and against comparatives from an exceptional
close to 2020. It demonstrates that our leading
PCS proposition continues to generate strong
organic growth, with healthy new business
flows from new and existing clients.
Our regional approach to business development
has brought strong growth and we will continue
with this successful model, prioritising specific
projects in the Americas, Caribbean, Asia
Middle East and Africa (AMEA) and Europe.
We have been scaling our global platform for
further growth through investment in technology,
operations and our senior team.
COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE
We strive for excellence in everything we do,
always looking for ways we can improve and
offer more value to our clients. This forward-
looking approach will continue to be a
contributing factor to our success as we
anticipate what services our clients want, then
we make sure we deliver to the highest standards.
Our reputation for guaranteed premium quality
service helped us to win some significant new
mandates in 2021. We also won 15 team and
individual industry awards during the year,
which again reflects the standard of service
delivered by our global private client team.
This included the inaugural ePrivateClient
Excellence Award for the Best Trust Company.
These awards back up our belief that we are
the world’s pre-eminent trust company.
Our focus on excellence will be a key part of
our strategy in 2022 and beyond.
INCREASING REGULATION
In line with wider industry trends, there have
been greater levels of regulatory activity and
we anticipate this continuing in the medium
to long term. This is undoubtedly good for JTC
as a large part of our appeal to clients is our
ability to navigate complex and evolving
regulatory frameworks. However, while there
are costs associated with remaining at the
forefront of developments, we believe this is
HIGHLIGHTS
– Record new business wins of £7.8m
including largest ever initial client
mandate of£2.5m p.a.
– 7.1% net organic growth and margin
of37.2% underlying EBITDA
– Continued investment in talent and
infrastructure to drive future growth
– Further development of regional offices
and breadth of service line offering
UNDERLYING
EBITDA MARGIN
(%)
-3.8pp
2020 41.0
2021 37.2
REVENUE (£M)
+8.4%
2020 50.5
2021 54.8
LIFETIME VALUE
WON (£M)
+82.9%
2020 40.9
2021 74.8
UNDERLYING
EBITDA (£M)
-1.7%
2020 20.7
2021 20.4
LVW is 10 times annualised
value of work won minus
value of attrition in past year.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
19
PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES CONTINUED
the only sustainable approach to take, and the
one that will add the most value to our long-
standing client relationships.
The increase in regulation also brings new
business opportunities for JTC, including the
development of our regulatory reporting
services associated with Automatic Exchange
of Information (AEoI) global legislation.
Clients have to comply with global standards
and disclosures, and as a result they choose
to work with a company that can get it right
for them. We have an expert team to deliver
this, ensuring the highest standard of service
for clients.
EXCEPTIONAL NEW BUSINESS WINS
Our total new business wins of £7.8m
(2020: £4.5m) was an exceptional result, even
when taking into account winning our largest
ever client in Q2 2021. This win is an outsourcing
mandate for a global bank. The process of
on-boarding this client is substantial and
includes up-front investment in technology
and personnel. We anticipate revenues will
begin to flow from the second half of 2022.
That particular win is further evidence of our
ability to compete successfully for large and
complex engagements with major financial
institutions as well as our reputation in the
market for delivering premium service.
We also gained further traction and market
penetration with the diversification of our
service offering, including tax compliance and
regulatory reporting, among others.
TECHNOLOGY FOR GROWTH
To provide these new services efficiently to
major institutions, we must have the requisite
technology in place. We’ve always invested in
our platform in a steady incremental manner
and we continue to do so.
We’re investing in technology to support our
strategy and ongoing projects within the PCS
business, including further enhancements to
our client portal, Edge. This investment will
also ensure that we have the technology to
underpin the continued delivery of client
service excellence, particularly with ongoing
regulatory changes anticipated in the future.
OUR PEOPLE
Levels of collaboration and our JTC spirit remain
strong, which is a key contributing factor to
our success. Staff turnover in the Division
remains low, and we have attracted new,
world-class, talent to the business from around
the industry. This is testimony to our strong
brand and reputation. With a view to the longer
term, we have been active in succession
planning, developing an appropriately managed
talent pool to make sure that we can deliver
the same premium quality service well into
the future.
LOOKING AHEAD
A substantial area of focus in the coming years
will be the development of the US market.
In addition, we will continue to grow our other
established regions; the Channel Islands and
UK, Europe and AMEA. We have developed
strategies for each of our markets to continue
to drive growth organically and through
potential acquisitions. We always look ahead,
considering regulatory changes, technology
requirements and anticipating what our clients
are likely to need in the future and where they
will want services delivered from.
We will also further refine JTC Private Office,
including building our governance services and
luxury-assets practice, and we already have
highly regarded experts within the Division
inmarine, aviation, real estate and art,
amongothers. Our JTC Private Office brand
has already demonstrated value as we are
becoming increasingly known for servicing
larger mandates and as a hallmark for quality.
Our brand proposition has continued to evolve
and lead the market, with our stated aim of
being ‘shapers, not followers’ translating well
into high quality marketing programmes that
promote our expertise and thought leadership.
We will continue to capitalise on our brand,
positioning JTC as the gold standard in private
client work, the hallmark of quality.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
20
INORGANIC GROWTH STRATEGY
A record start to
the Galaxy era
Our Galaxy era multi-year business plan
aims to double the size of the business – in
terms of revenue and underlying EBITDA
– from the position we achieved at the end
of 2020. In working to reach that goal, we
expect around one-third of our growth to
be organic and two-thirds to be inorganic
via our disciplined and proven approach to
M&A. Having made our first acquisition in
2010, we have since completed 25 deals,
of which 13 have been since our IPO in 2018,
making inorganic growth a core competency
of theGroup.
In support of our strategy, we undertook two
successful equity fundraises in 2021 generating
gross proceeds of £144.8m. The first, in April,
was used to strengthen our balance sheet
following acquisitions announced in H2 2020
and to enable us to pursue several opportunities
which required us to be able to transact quickly.
Although we ultimately chose not to progress
all of those deals, we used part of the proceeds,
as well as those from a second fundraise in
October, to finance the SALI acquisition.
We were delighted to receive strong support
from investors, with both fundraises heavily
oversubscribed and also to see participation
from Directors and our Employee Benefit Trust.
With such a full year for M&A in 2021, it is
worth revisiting our approach to inorganic
growth, with a specific emphasis on how we
capture and maximise long-term value.
“ 2021 was a record year with seven acquisitions
completed across a range of target sizes, service
lines and geographies.”
COMPANY KEY FEATURES COMPLETED
CONSIDERATION
– Market leader (Employer Solutions)
– 30+ year client relationships
– Highly qualified and experienced team
– Blue chip client base
– Strong margin enhancement and organic
growth/cross-selling opportunities
April £10m – £20m
– Leading provider of depositary, AML and ESG services
– Expands footprint in UK and Ireland
– Highly expert and experienced team
– Organic growth driver through increasing range
andqualityof ICS services
June £10m – £20m
– Scalable US fund services business
– Expert and dynamic team
– High quality client book spanning a range
ofalternativeasset classes
– Organic growth driver through combination
withwiderUSfootprint
September <£10m
– Leading provider of operational due diligence (ODD)services
– Offering spans key segments of ICS and PCS client base
– UK, Europe and US reach
– Strong organic growth potential
October <£10m
– Irish ManCo and fund services business
– Expert and experienced team
– High quality client book with strong margins
– A key component of building our Irish platform
– Strong ties to the US market
December £10m – £20m
– US fund services business of scale
– Market leader for Insurance Dedicated Funds (IDFs)
– 40+ year client relationships
– Near-term opportunity in combination with EFS
andexisting US footprint
– Medium to long-term growth via IDF ecosystem
participants (blue chip insurers, asset managers,
brokersandUHNWI)
November >£150m
– US fund services business
– Boutique with high degree of expertise in IDFs
– Strong legacy relationship as preferred partner to SALI
– Organic growth driver through combination with wider
JTCfootprint in the US
December <£10m
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
21
1 – ORIGINATION
– Refined criteria and focus
– Highly selective 15:1 deals
reviewedvs.executed
– Reputation for being straightforward
2 – INTEGRATION
– Highly experienced
OperationalDepartments
– Full range from bolt-ons to
highlycomplex carve-outs
– Shared Ownership givesunique
culturalwelcome and incentives
– Disciplined approach tofull
integration–wedoitproperly
3 – EXECUTION
– In-house expertise plus trustedadvisors
– Price discipline is hard wired
– We know when to say no
4 – ENHANCE
– Identify and quantify improvements
fromDay 1
– Making core to JTCenergises
growthinitiatives
– Develop, enhance andcross-pollinate
– What gets measured gets delivered
5 – LONG-TERM VALUE CREATION
– Accelerate and drive
organicgrowth
– Achieve Group marginrange
– Increase share ofwallet
– Achieve market leaderstatus
– ROCE > WACC over12-36 months
X
Y
INORGANIC GROWTH STRATEGY CONTINUED
OUR 2+2=5 APPROACH
Fundamentally, we look to do deals that
make JTC a better business for the long
term and our disciplined inorganic growth
strategy has a number of inter-related
components that help us deliver on this –
our so-called 2+2=5 approach.
7
acquisitions completed
1,050+
clients welcomed
275+
new colleagues welcomed
6
new locations added to network
$75bn+
added to Group AuA
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
22
1 – ORIGINATION
– Understood the seller’s
motivation andperspective
– Successful track record of
similar deals
– Shared Ownership makes
usagood ‘newhome’
– Non-core for the seller
iscore+for JTC
2 – INTEGRATION
– Offered a proven approach to ‘carving
out’ –minimise risk tothe seller
– Immediate fit with JTC core business
is highly energising
– Shared Ownership eases cultural
transition for employees
– No surprises integration plan,
including complex TSA
3 – EXECUTION
– Off market allows us to get close
totheseller and their needs
– Reputation, client satisfaction
andteamretention all key
– Price not the primary driver
– Certainty of execution very important
4 – ENHANCE
– Multi-million p.a. cost savings from Day 1
– Rapidly re-brand to JTC Employer Solutions
– Development roadmap including client portal
– Cross-sales across the wider Group
– Identify, track, measure, repeat
5 – LONG-TERM
VALUECREATION
– Group margininless
than12 months
– Material cost savings
ontheJTCplatform
– Re-invigoration of
organicgrowth
– Blue chip clients with
c.30-40year lifespans
– Pro-Share award win in
firstyear of ownership
– 2+2=5 (at least)
INORGANIC GROWTH STRATEGY CONTINUED
Case Study
RBC cees
acquisition
The specifics of each deal are unique and
nuanced, but to illustrate our 2+2=5 approach
in action we can consider the acquisition
of the RBC cees business, which was
announced in December 2020 and completed
in April 2021.
+300
clients, many blue chip,
30+year relationships
Deeper talent pool
150+
new colleagues
Footprint
expansion
Edinburgh office
Award
winning
in year 1
“ A perfect example of how our inorganic
modelworks from origination through
tothecreation oflong-term value.”
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
23
WENDY HOLLEY
GROUP CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
The art and science
of integration
Vital to the success of our inorganic growth
strategy is integration onto the JTC platform.
This is led by our Chief Operating Officer,
Wendy Holley, and enabled by our outstanding
Group Operations teams.
Our approach enables the market-facing
Divisional teams to focus on client service
excellence, while simultaneously ensuring
that cultural alignment and every last
operational detail are taken care of and
maximum long-term value is captured from
each acquisition.
OUR TEAM
WILLIAM BYRNE
CHIEF GROUP COUNSEL
BECKY HENWOOD-DARTS
GROUP DIRECTOR FINANCE
TRACEY MCFARLANE
COO – PCS DIVISION
DEAN BLACKBURN
GROUP CHIEF COMMERCIAL
OFFICER
MIRANDA LANSDOWNE
GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY
SARAH KITTLESON
GROUP DIRECTOR –
RISK&COMPLIANCE
RICHARD INGLE
CHIEF RISK OFFICER
KENNY RAE
COO – ICS DIVISION
ZACH MUELLER
SENIOR DIRECTOR – M&A
LESLEY BASSFORD
SENIOR DIRECTOR,
GROUPFINANCE
CAROL GRAHAM
GROUP DIRECTOR: GROUP
HUMAN RESOURCES
ADAM JEFFRIES
CHIEF INFORMATION
OFFICER
DAVID VIEIRA
CHIEF COMMUNICATIONS
OFFICER
New colleagues
welcomedin2021
275+
Clients welcomed in 2021
1,050+
“ Our approach to integration sits at the heart
ofcapturing value from acquisitions and we
placea particular emphasis on welcoming
peopleto our unique culture.”
INORGANIC GROWTH STRATEGY CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
24
INORGANIC GROWTH STRATEGY CONTINUED
OUTLOOK
While we have exceptional operational capabilities
to achieve seamless integration, we are always
aware of the need to protect our platform as
it grows. With this in mind, we expect 2022 to
be a year where we focus on consolidating what
was added to the Group in 2021 and, in particular,
on ensuring that we create the optimal
environment to capture the full benefits and
cross-pollination opportunities that were key
drivers of those deals.
That being said, the industry continues to
benefit from long term structural growth
drivers (see page 9) and remains fragmented,
with thousands of participants in a global
market that is estimated to be worth at least
c. $12bn in annual revenues.
Our pipeline of opportunities remains active
and fully aligned to our strategy, as we seek
to add new capabilities that fit our client service
excellence delivery model; enable us to expand
our scale in key growth markets; add talent
and expertise to the Group and enable further
development of our internal market capabilities.
Following a successful refinancing of our debt
facilities in October, and taking into account
the proceeds of our two equity fundraises, our
balance sheet remains strong and we have the
necessary firepower to execute on the near-
term, visible opportunities in our acquisition
pipeline. We remain open to larger deals where
our criteria for generating long-term value for
the Group are met and aim to generate ROCE
inexcess of WACC within 12 – 36 months of
any transaction.
Americas
$4.8bn
EU and UK
2,000+ service
providers
US
1,000+ service
providers
Western Europe
$2.2bn
RoW
$5.0bn
GLOBAL ADDRESSABLE MARKET SECTOR REMAINS HIGHLY FRAGMENTED
c. $12bn 3,000+ service providers
Corporates
$3.9bn
Private Wealth
$2.5bn
Funds
$3.6bn
Capital Markets
$2.0bn
Source: TrustQuay research, 2021.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
25
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
FINANCIAL
REVENUE
Revenue generated based uponwork done.
UNDERLYING EBITDA MARGIN
The EBITDA margin of the underlying business.
UNDERLYING CASH CONVERSION
Our success in turning profits into cash.
LEVERAGE
The relative amount of third party debt we have
inthe business.
DEFINITION Revenue of the business excluding items
considerednon-recurring or not of an
operationalnature or not reflective of the
underlyingperformance of the business.
Underlying EBITDA margin of the business excluding
items considered not of an operational nature
ornotreflective of the continuing underlying
performance of thebusiness divided by revenue.
Net cash generated from underlying activities
dividedbyunderlying EBITDA.
Third party debt less cash, divided by underlying EBITDA.
WHY IT’S
IMPORTANT
Revenue is a reflection of the work we do for clients.
Weseek to deliver a high quality service, do more
workfor existing clients and attract new clients.
Underlying EBITDA margin is our key measure of
howwell our business is performing, including
relativeto the wider industry.
Cash generated allows us to service our debts and
invest in the business (both organically and through
acquisitions) and to pay dividends to shareholders.
We need to manage the business without holding
excessive levels of debt and with sufficient headroom
inour banking covenants.
2021
PERFORMANCE
Revenue growth of 28.2% which comprised 9.6%
netorganic growth and inorganic growth of18.6%.
Decrease of 0.8pp to 32.8%. 87.0% underlying cash conversion (2020: 91.0%). 2.3x underlying EBITDA (2020: 2.0x).
COMMENTARY The PCS Division achieved 8.4% growth and net
organicgrowth of 7.1%. The ICS Division achieved
43.6% growth and net organic growth of 11.5%.
The ICS Division achieved 30.2% (+2.3pp) continuing
the positive trend seen in 2020. The PCS Division
achieved 37.2% (-3.8pp) remaining at the top end
ofourguidance range and reflecting investment
forfuture growth.
Underlying performance in line with guidance and this
continues to reflect the predictability and highly cash
generative nature of our business.
This increase was expected due to the additional
financing used to fund acquisitions made in the latter
part of the year. The pro-forma net debt at year end
was2.0x underlying EBITDA.
TARGET We aim to achieve net organic revenue growth
of8%–10% atGroup level every year.
We aim to deliver an underlying EBITDA margin
intherange of 33% – 38%.
We aim to achieve 85% – 90% cash conversion each year.
We aim to stay within 1.5 – 2.0x leverage.
Wewillexceptionally increase this to 2.5x
whensupported by clear visibility of incoming
cashflowand rapid reduction to below our target.
The JTC Board uses the following KPIs
to measure the performance of the Group
2020
2019
2021
TARGET
9.6%
8 – 10%
7.9%
8.4%
2020
2019
2021
TARGET
32.8%
33 – 38%
33.6%
35.6%
2020
2019
2021
TARGET
87.0%
85 – 90%
91.0%
89.0%
2020
2019
2021
TARGET
2.3
1.5 – 2x 2 – 2.5x
2.0
1.7
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
26
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS CONTINUED
OPERATIONAL
NEW BUSINESS WINS
The annualised value of new business won
(AVNBW) each year.
CLIENT ATTRITION
The amount of business that we lose each year.
STAFF TURNOVER
The number of staff who leave each year that
wedid not want to leave.
SHARED OWNERSHIP
How many of our permanent employees
are owners of the business.
DEFINITION Annualised value of new work won from clients
wherewe have asigned contract.
Work lost that was not end of life. Number of staff who leave in the year that we did
notwant to leave divided by average number of
staffinthe year.
The proportion of permanent employees who are
directowners of the business through our Shared
Ownership programmes.
WHY IT’S
IMPORTANT
Our industry has good growth fundamentals.
Inordertomeet our organic growth targets
weneedtowin new work every year.
We have a high proportion of annuity business.
Minimisingthe number of clients that leave JTC
isakeyindicator of customer satisfaction.
We deliver a high touch service to clients. Maintaining
continuity of staff ensures that we are best able to
meet client needs.
Shared Ownership is our key differentiator. It is
important that staff have a direct stake in our business
to promote a stakeholder mentality and ensure that
their interests are aligned with external shareholders
2021
PERFORMANCE
Another record year for new business wins
withanincrease by value of 16.8% to£20.9m.
Total client attrition was 7.9% (2020: 8.8%)
withregretted attrition of 2.6% (2020: 3.4%).
Turnover of 9.3% at Group level (2020: 5.7%). 100% of permanent employees are owners
ofthebusiness with staff holding c. 20% of
issuedsharecapital.
COMMENTARY The ICS Division won new business with a total
annualised value of £13.1m and the PCS Division
wonnew business with an annualised value of £7.8m,
including JTC’s largest ever single mandate, with
avalueof c. £2.5m p.a.
97.4% (2020: 96.6%) of revenues that were
notendoflife were retained in the period.
A good performance as we continued to support our
people through ongoing pandemic restrictions and
while growing substantially through acquisitions. We
continue to benchmark favourably to peers and the
wider sector.
In July, over £20m worth of JTC shares were awarded
toour people globally, our first Shared Ownership
distribution since listing. This reflected the strong
performance of the Group achieved against the
‘Odyssey era’ business plan from 2018 to 2020.
TARGET We aim to achieve at least a 10% increase in the
annualised value of new business wins year on year.
We aim to keep regretted client attrition at less
than2.5% p.a.
We aim to keep annual staff turnover, as defined,
atlessthan 10%.
100% of permanent employees tobe owners
ofthebusiness.
2020
2019
2021
TARGET >10%
20.1%
54.0%
16.8%
2020
2019
2021
TARGET <2.5%
3.4%
2.6%
2.6%
2020
2019
2021
TARGET
9.3%
<10%
5.7%
9.7%
2020
2019
2021
TARGET
100%
100%
100%
100%
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
27
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE
ESG
introduction
Shared ownership is at the heart of our culture
and we are committed to help create a world
where all stakeholders have the opportunity
to thrive and reach their maximum potential.
As a leading provider of financial services, we
are uniquely positioned to support our clients
as they navigate ever changing legal and
regulatory frameworks and help align capital
flows to address ESG issues and sustainable
long-term value creation. Equally, we recognise
the impact that all businesses – not just those
in carbon intensive industries – have on the
health of our planet.
In order to achieve our objectives, we have
committed to an ESG framework that is based
on our purpose and cultural values. We believe
our culture of Shared Ownership uniquely
positions us as it places the interests of the
collective above the interest of any individual.
This year we are pleased to report for the first
time under TCFD, and for the second time
under the SASB framework. As our approach
to ESG disclosure matures, we seek to apply
the expertise gained to report in a more
granularand target based manner.
We are proud of meeting our target of becoming
a Carbon Neutral+ organisation in 2021, and
in 2022 we will seek opportunities to understand
the impact of net zero targets on our entire
value chain. We also look forward to reaping
the benefits of enhanced ESG oversight at the
Board level, including through my own
appointment to the role of Chief Sustainability
Officer, as well as by strengthening Terms of
Reference in our various sub-committees to
ensure that ESG considerations are at the core
of our strategic decision making.
“ In order to achieve our objectives, we have
committed to an ESG framework that is
basedonour purpose and cultural values.”
WENDY HOLLEY
GROUP CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
&
CHIEF SUSTAINABILITY OFFICER
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
28
WENDY HOLLEY
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER &
CHIEFSUSTAINABILITY OFFICER
VICTORIA GILLESPIE
HEAD OF ESG SERVICES
NIGEL LE QUESNE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
MIKE LISTON
CHAIRMAN
ESG
year in review
Q: HOW IMPORTANT IS THE SOCIAL
CAPITAL ELEMENT OF ESG TO JTC?
Shared ownership sits at the heart of our
culture and has proven to be a differentiator
for over 24 years. As our business continues
to grow, it is important that our people feel
empowered to act to support the needs of our
clients. We encourage employees to think and
act like owners, and seek to develop talent
from within the organisation. This year, our
employees received a £20m award of JTC
shares, a reflection of our strong performance
since IPO and reward for our collective
endeavours to drive the long-term success of
our business. Equally, by encouraging employees
to engage with and contribute to their local
communities, we hope to have a broader
impact on social wellbeing.
Q: WHAT DO YOU SEE AS JTC’S ROLE
INA MORE SUSTAINABLE WORLD?
JTC is perfectly positioned to provide ESG
expertise and support to our client base, and
we see sustainability as a natural extension
of our established service offerings. As a trusted
adviser, we are ideally placed to help our clients
navigate complex regulatory and reporting
frameworks and our strategic acquisition of
Indos last year has strengthened our ability
to service clients in the rapidly evolving ESG
space. Our value proposition is centred around
our ability to manage sophisticated requirements,
and as attention shifts towards a broad range
of ESG objectives, we look forward to helping
clients create sustainable success.
Q: WHAT AREYOUR ESG PRIORITIES
FORTHEYEAR AHEAD?
2022 will be an important year in JTC’s ESG
journey. As well as developing our own ESG
governance framework, we are eager to
showcase our capabilities in providing commercial
ESG services to clients. Our status and obligations
as a listed business, and in particular the public
disclosures we make, demonstrate and bolster
our inherent expertise in the rapidly evolving
ESG market. By marrying our deep expertise
and decades of experience in the funds,
corporate and private client services markets
to our growing ESG capabilities, we will be
able to offer clients a potent and almost unique
combination of skills and experience. While ESG
is inherently about managing and mitigating
risk, we also see great opportunities for positive
and sustainable growth.
Q: WHAT SUSTAINABILITY
ACHIEVEMENTS ARE YOU
MOSTPROUD OF THIS YEAR?
In 2021, we took an important step forward
in our sustainability efforts by becoming a
Carbon Neutral+ organisation. The project
not only allowed us to measure the carbon
impact of our business operations, it has given
us important insight into where we can look
to curb emissions in the future. We chose to
purchase offsets that contribute toward
meaningful projects that have a positive impact
on communities in the UK, Africa, and India.
We also strengthened Board level commitments
to ensure that ESG and sustainability are at
the heart of the firm’s strategic decision making.
Finally, this is our first year reporting under
the TCFD framework and we are proud to see
our corporate disclosures evolve.
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
OUR PROGRESS
FEBRUARY 2021
JULY 2021 OCTOBER/NOVEMBER 2021 DECEMBER 2021
JTC acquires Indos Financial,
bolstering our ESG expertise
andcapabilities.
JTC makes£20m Shared Ownership
award to all employees.
JTC joins Aviva and other
industry leaders in advocacy
efforts ahead of COP26.
JTC becomes a Carbon
Neutral+ organisation.
Indos Acquisition Shared Ownership COP26 Carbon Neutral+
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
29
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
ESG
overview
ESG is a rapidly evolving discipline and to
ensure that we are keeping pace with change,
we have identified focus areas that are most
material to our business and culture. We have
linked our strategic ESG objectives to
supporting targets, allowing us to define
and measure progress over time. Underpinning each
of these objectives and targets is our culture
of Shared Ownership.
In 2021, we made good progress towards our
targets, with a particular focus on understanding
the impact of our business operations on
theenvironment; an emphasis on growing and
developing our employees, and an overall
strengthening of Board level oversight of
ESGmatters. This progress provides a solid
foundation from which we will continue to
build our ESG programme.
OUR PRIORITIES STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES SUPPORTING TARGETS PROGRESS MADE IN 2021
ENVIRONMENTAL – Assess the impact of
JTC’sbusiness operations
ontheenvironment
– Reduce our carbon footprint
– Contribute towards initiatives
and projects that support the
natural environment
– Support our clients in ESG
matters including the rapidly
evolving regulatory landscape
on the path towards net zero
– Measure our carbon footprint
and pursue ways to reduce it
– Commit to becoming carbon
neutral by purchase of
validated carbonoffsets
– Expand internal expertise
andcapacity to service
clientson ESG issues
– Measurably increase employee
awareness of environmental
strategic objectives
– JTC became a Carbon
Neutral+organisation
– Acquisition of Indos brings
strategic talent and sets the
stagefor the expansion of
JTCESGservices
SOCIAL – Apply our culture of Shared
Ownership to best service
theneeds of our clients
– Hire, develop and retain the
best people, helping them
tomaximise their potential
– Help our people achieve
balanced wellness through
ourJTC Wellbeing and JTC
Academy programmes
– Contribute towards the
wellbeing of local communities
where we live and work
– Hire, develop and retain the
best talent in the industry
tosupport ourclients
– Support employee growth and
development with targeted
training and career
development opportunities
– Invest in meaningful charitable
causes and carbon offset
projects that enhance overall
social wellbeing
– Shared ownership
distributionof £20m to
allourpeople globally
– Focus and investment in
training and development
– Internal promotions
andsector-leading retention
– Employee wellbeing and
wellness initiatives including
formalisation of remote
workpolicy
GOVERNANCE – Expand Board level oversight
ofESG strategy
– Formalise Board level review
ofkey ESG priorities
– Prioritise Board composition
toensure diversity of thought,
background, and experience
– Maintain robust risk frameworks
and best-in-class controls
– Enhance Board level oversight
of strategic ESG matters
– Improve Board level diversity
and ESG expertise
– Update Terms of Reference to
formally bring ESG matters
into the direct remit of the
Board and its sub-committees
– Appointment of CSO
(postperiod end)
– Updates to Terms of Reference
to provide Board level
consideration on ESG risks
andopportunities (post
periodend)
– Appointment of a new female
Independent Non-Executive
Director, Kate Beauchamp
(post period end) see page 62
“ ESG is a rapidly
evolving discipline
and to ensure we
arekeeping pace
with change, we
haveidentified focus
areas that are most
material to our
business and culture.”
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
30
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
E
N
V
I
R
O
M
E
N
T
A
L
S
O
C
I
A
L
CLIMATE RISK,
NATURAL CAPITAL,
CARBON EMISSIONS,
ENERGY EFFICIENCY,
WASTE MANAGEMENT
PURPOSE AND CULTURE,
DATA MANAGEMENT AND
SECURITY, ETHICS RISKS,
SUCCESSION, STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT,
BOARD COMPOSITION,
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION,
AUDIT AND RISK
SHARED OWNERSHIP, DIVERSITY
AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY,
HUMAN RIGHTS, COMMUNITY
RELATIONS JTC ACADEMY,
JTC GATEWAY, JTC WELLBEING,
EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Our ESG framework
Over time, we fully expect our ESG framework
to evolve and new elements will be added for
us to define, measure, and track.
SOCIAL
GOVERNANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL
1,500
tonnes of carbon offset
9.3%
employee turnover rate
38%
female members of the
Board(post period end)
1,000
trees planted in Brazil in
lieuofprinted holiday cards
1
JTC purchased its first fully
electriccompany vehicle
58%
of employees are female
£20m
Shared Ownership award
toemployees in 2021
63%
of Board members are
Non-Executive Directors
(postperiod end)
188
employee promotions
150
employees participated
inmanagementtraining
2,500
learning materials
availableinJTCAcademy
£187,000
donated through JTC
Supportsand JTC Active
We have identified key metrics that align with priorities within our ESG framework. By monitoring these metrics, we can
better measure our progress towards meeting our strategic ESG objectives and supporting targets, as detailed on page 30.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
31
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
ENVIRONMENTAL
COMPONENTS OF OUR FRAMEWORK OUR RESPONSE AND CAPABILITIES
Operations
– Carbon emissions
– Energy efficiency
– Waste management
Our strategies in these areas are focused
onefforts to reduce energy usage, increase
office efficiency and ensure compliance with
environmental regulations.
In 2021, we fulfilled our commitment to become a Carbon Neutral organisation.
INDOS, acquired in 2021, remains a service provider signatory to the UN
Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI) and a Carbon Footprint Standard
accredited Carbon Neutral Organisation and we have been able to integrate
expertise and experience across the wider Group.
We are committed to minimising environmental impact wherever practicable
and in the best interest of our stakeholders. Such measures include:
– a commitment to energy efficient office premises and measures including
those that manage lighting, heating, and IT/communications equipment;
– a commitment to digital document management to reduce paper
consumption. New working practices and habits in this area have become
more deeply entrenched as a result of the acceleration of remote working
aspart of the response to Covid-19 and practical realities of a hybrid work
model, particularly where our employees are globally dispersed;
– a commitment to minimise all non-essential travel, in particular air travel,
and the use of alternative technologies, such as video conferencing for both
internal and external purposes. Our use of travel in 2021 continued to be
reduced from pre-pandemic levels. While we anticipate travel will increase
again from 2022 onwards, we believe we will continue to be very effective
with reduced travel;
– a commitment to minimise the use of disposable/single use plastics; including
the Group-wide adoption of glass and ceramic glasses, bottles, cups, plates
and bowls for food and beverage consumption; and
– a commitment to purchase all stationery from responsible suppliers that
arecommitted to sustainable source materials i.e. those that adhere to the
www.fsc.org ‘paper from responsible sources’ and the Rainforest Alliance standards.
Services
– Climate change
– Natural capital
– ESG support for clients
Our strategies in this area include engagement
with our value chain (including investors,
clients and suppliers) and providing support to
clients as they seek to adapt their own business
models to become more sustainable.
As the climate change regulatory environment continues to evolve, we
understand the need to manage transition risk for our business and also
recognise the significant service opportunities that exist within our client base.
In order to prepare for compliance with TCFD, we have enhanced our governance
oversight and employee capabilities related to ESG. Further, several recent
acquisitions have bolstered our expertise that can be leveraged in impact and
socially responsible investing globally. In particular, JTC Americas solutions have
been designed for fund managers focused on impact investing and we believe
the development of these solutions will help improve capital allocation towards
investment impact and compliance, particularly with our ICS Division clients.
JTC America’s solutions are closely integrated with Howard W. Buffett, President
of Global Impact, professor at Columbia University and creator of the impact
rate of return (iRR) algorithm. When combined with iRR reporting, JTC Americas
services help organisations calculate how efficient their investments are in terms
of accomplishing social, environmental and economic (including job creation)
impact goals.
SOCIAL
COMPONENTS OF OUR FRAMEWORK OUR RESPONSE AND CAPABILITIES
Shared Ownership
The foundation of JTC’s culture is ‘Shared Ownership’ which has been in place for over
20years and is a key differentiator in attracting and retaining talent. Further details
canbe found on page 3.
In 2019 the JTC Shared Ownership ‘story’ was made the subject of a Harvard Business
School (HBS) case study: www.hbs.edu/faculty/Pages/item.aspx?num=56820
Employee Engagement
Recruitment
Employee Communications
Learning and Development
(JTC Academy)
Talent Mobility
(JTC Gateway)
Employee Wellness
(JTC Wellbeing)
We understand that our people are a fundamental source of differentiation and
employee engagement is afforded the highest priority within the Group. Finding and
attracting the best talent is managed through a structured approach to recruitment
ona global basis through a strategic Human Resources team that is headquartered in
Jersey, but has representatives in other JTC offices globally. This includes the dedicated
role of Recruitment Manager. JTC conducts regular benchmarking of remuneration and
benefits packages globally, in order to remain competitive within the markets where it
operates. An overview of our approach can be found on the ‘Careers’ section ofour
website: www.jtcgroup.com/careers/
We use a wide variety of employee communication methods to share information about
the business and the markets in which we operate. This includes communication of the
Group’s purpose, cultural values, commercial goals and strategies, performance updates
and market news.
JTC operates three specific global programmes as part of its wider employee engagement
strategy and in support of both recruitment and retention goals. These are:
– JTC Academy- our global learning and development programme
https://www.jtcgroup.com/careers/jtc-academy/
– JTC Gateway- our global talent mobility programme
https://www.jtcgroup.com/careers/jtc-gateway/
– JTC Wellbeing- our employee wellness (physical and mental good health) programme
https://www.jtcgroup.com/about-us/jtc-supports/
With the exception of JTC Gateway, which remained impacted by pandemic travel
restrictions, all of these strategies and programmes advanced and received further
investment in 2021. Even as the impacts of the pandemic continued to influence
working patterns and travel, our teams showed excellent flexibility and ingenuity in
running our business, while finding novel ways to stay connected and engaged with
each other and our culture.
Our ESG framework outlines key considerations for our business and we seek to prioritise the issues that are most relevant to our
business and our stakeholders.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
32
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
SOCIAL CONTINUED
COMPONENTS OF OUR FRAMEWORK OUR RESPONSE AND CAPABILITIES
Employee turnover rate
Our employee turnover rate is one of eight key performance indicators (see page 27)
used by the Board to measure the performance of the Group. We define staff turnover
as the number of staff who leave each year that we did not want to leave and we
target10% or less per year. Staff turnover is important because we deliver a high touch
service to clients over relationships that average 10 years. Maintaining continuity of
staff helps to ensure that we are able to meet client needs over extended periods of
time. Staff retention is also important for our meritocratic internal talent development
programmes and succession planning. Staff turnover in 2021 was 9.3% (2020: 5.7%)
andthis figure is testament to the secure and engaging employment provided by the
Group. It is challenging to find benchmarks for a global business of our type, but we
believe that turnover rates in the region of 15 – 20% are more typical.
Human rights, diversity
and equal opportunity
JTC has defined policies covering:
– modern anti-slavery and human trafficking www.jtcgroup.com/modern-anti-slavery-
and-human-trafficking-statement/;
– equal opportunities www.jtcgroup.com/careers/equal-opportunities/
– dignity at work; and
– social media (inappropriate use/content, business and personal).
Health and Safety
JTC has a defined Health and Safety Policy (and numerous related policies) that are
detailed in the Employee Handbook and are introduced during a new employee’s
induction to the Group as well as being reviewed and revised on a regular basis.
Community Relations
We value and respect the communities in which we operate around the world and
understand the support they provide to our employees, clients and intermediary
partners. We seek to create a positive impact wherever we operate, creating
opportunities for employment, and giving back through charitable donations
oftime,expertise and money (see pages 40 to 41).
We further embraced this commitment to help local communities by purchasing
validated carbon credits in support of a number of projects including tree planting
intheUK and Kenya, renewable energy projects in Brazil and India, and wildlife
conservation efforts in Cambodia.
GOVERNANCE
COMPONENTS OF OUR FRAMEWORK OUR RESPONSE AND CAPABILITIES
Data management and security
Data management and security is an essential component of our scalable global
platform and we treat our responsibilities in this area with the utmost importance.
Extensive details on our approach to data security can be found within our SASB
disclosures on page 35.
Purpose, culture and ethics
JTC’s purpose and culture are based on Shared Ownership and supported by eight
defined ‘Guiding Principles’ that are intended to clearly define the Company’s cultural
values and in turn drive ethical behaviours throughout the organisation. Read more on
page 3.
Board composition and effectiveness
Detail of our Board composition and effectiveness can be found on page 53 and 63. In
addition, wepublish information on our Board, including the Terms of Reference of the sub
committees on our website: www.jtcgroup.com/investor-relations/corporate-governance
Stakeholder engagement
We engage on an ongoing basis with a wide range of stakeholders, including: clients,
employees, investors, intermediaries, regulators, government bodies, industry
associations and charities. Read more on pages 57 and 58.
Executive compensation
ESG matters are now explicitly included in Executive Director targets and compensation,
further details of which can be found in the report of the Remuneration Committee on
page 67.
In addition to executive compensation, JTC’s wider Shared Ownership culture and
programmes are central to aligning the interests of our people with the interests of
ourstakeholders over the long term. Another of our KPIs (see page 26 is to ensure
that100% of permanent employees are owners of the business through these Shared
Ownership programmes.
Succession
The Board’s Executive Succession Plan is based on JTC’s Shared Ownership culture and
places particular emphasis on meritocratic succession from within the business.
Audit and risk, including ethics risk
Full details are provided in the report of the Audit & Risk Committee on pages 64 to 66
and the Risk Management section of the Strategic Report on pages 42 and 43.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
33
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
ESG
timeline
1st Shared Ownership
award of £12m is made
when a minority stake
issold to PE firm CBPE
2012
1987
JTC is founded
As well as maintaining and enhancing our current ESG work,
in2022 and beyond we will focus on setting more Diversity,
Equity and Inclusion (DEI) goals and defining a strategy and
target date to achieve net zero.
Nigel Le Quesne creates
JTC Shared Ownership and
establishes it with half of
hisown equity
2016
1998
2017
2020
2015
2018
2021
JTC Joogle – global
employee intranet
–islaunched
JTC Academy launched
JTC Gateway launched,
Stronger Together
brandinglaunch
JTC acquires Indos Financial
Wendy Holley appointed
JTC’s first Chief
Sustainability Officer
JTC reports under TCFD
forthe first time
JTC launches enhanced
range of ESG Services
2nd Shared Ownership
award of £14m is made
when the Group lists on
theLondon Stock Exchange
JTC Wellbeing launched
Advance to Buy (A2B)
programme launched
3rd Shared Ownership
award of £20m is made
when the business doubles
in size since IPO
JTC becomes a Carbon
Neutral+ company
JTC reports
under SASB for
the first time
‘Maximising Potential’
– global educational
charitysupport
programme –
is launched
2022
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
34
JTC SASB REPORT – PROFESSIONAL AND COMMERCIAL SERVICES
ACCOUNTING METRIC & CODE CATEGORY UNIT OF
MEASURE
DISCLOSURE
DATA SECURITY
Description of approach to identifying
and addressing security risks
Code: SV-PS-230a.1
DISCUSSION &
ANALYSIS
N/A
At JTC, we understand the importance of all of our information assets as well as retaining the trust of our existing and future clients. To support the JTC vision, and help the business
meet its objectives, we are proudly committed to building the protection of assets from the foundations up. We operate a variety of best-in-class systems to deliver and maintain an
impeccable standard of administration and use technology to innovate in both service delivery and efficiency.
Globally there are many different regulatory and compliance requirements as well as Information Security and Risk frameworks. Each one of them has its own set of requirements
and/or recommendations. For JTC we have adopted the National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) Cyber Security Framework and aligned our Policies, Standards and
Procedures to the ‘Information Organisation of Standardisation’ (ISO 27001) suite of Standards. By adopting both the NIST Framework and ISO 27001 Standards, we meet the
regulatory and compliance requirements applicable to JTC and the expectations of clients and investors. Annually we are subject to various regulatory reviews and audits, including
aNIST Assessment and an ISAE 3402 IT general controls testing and assurance audit.
We have a dedicated Information Security Team. Our Group Information Security Officer leads the team and is responsible for defining and delivery of the Group’s Information
Security strategy and approach. The team hold a number of advanced industry recognised certifications and qualifications such as Certified Information Systems Security Professional
(CISSP), Certified In Information Security Management (CISM), Certified in Risk and Information System Control (CRISC), Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA), Certified Data
Privacy Solution Engineer (CDPSE), ISO 27001 certified ISMS Lead Auditor (CIS LA) and ISO 27001 Certified ISMS Lead Implementer (CIS LI).
JTC will always implement the necessary controls to protect all information assets from unauthorised access, assure the confidentiality of information and maintain its integrity.
Description of policies and practices
relating to collection, usage, and
retention of customer information
Code: SV-PS-230a.2
DISCUSSION &
ANALYSIS
N/A
JTC is fully committed to both the spirit and the letter of all of the data protection/data privacy frameworks that apply to it globally. As an award winning, market-leading provider
ofprivate and institutional client services, client confidentiality sits at the heart of our business. We build on this foundation with respect for all of our data subjects’ statutory
dataprotection and data privacy rights. We continually seek to enhance our data protection practices, with a key focus for 2022 being the formalisation of a data privacy controls
framework which aligns with our enterprise risk management approach.
Number of data breaches
Code: SV-PS-230a.3
QUANTITATIVE NUMBER,
PERCENTAGE (%)
No personal data breaches requiring formal notification to an Information Commissioner or a data subject were recorded for the period.
WORKPLACE DIVERSITY & ENGAGEMENT
Percentage of gender and racial/ethnic
group representation.
Code: SV-PS-330a.1
QUANTITATIVE NUMBER,
PERCENTAGE (%)
Executive management (Group Holdings Board & Group Directors) – 17% female, 83% male
All other employees – 58% female, 42% male
U.S. employees – senior management 86% White, 14% Not Disclosed
All U.S. employees – 57% White, 13% Hispanic, 11% Not Disclosed, 8% Asian, 5% Black, 5% Two or more races, 1% Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander
Voluntary and involuntary
turnoverratefor employees.
Code: SV-PS-330a.2
QUANTITATIVE NUMBER,
PERCENTAGE (%)
9.3% voluntary, 1.9% involuntary (* 2020 involuntary turnover was reported as 9% and should have been reported as 4.1%)
Employee engagement Code: SV-PS-330a.3 QUANTITATIVE NUMBER,
PERCENTAGE (%)
At present, we do not record data but plan to enable reporting in the near future.
We have chosen to provide disclosures in line with the Professional & Commercial Services Standard issued by the Sustainability Accounting
Standards Board (SASB). The information disclosed is to assist investors and other stakeholders in understanding the governance and management
of the Group’s environmental and social impacts arising from its activities as well as the ability to create value over the long term.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
35
JTC SASB REPORT – PROFESSIONAL AND COMMERCIAL SERVICES CONTINUED
ACCOUNTING METRIC & CODE CATEGORY UNIT OF
MEASURE
DISCLOSURE
PROFESSIONAL INTEGRITY
Description of approach to
ensuringprofessional integrity
Code: SV-PS-510a.1
DISCUSSION &
ANALYSIS
N/A
The Group has a set of Guiding Principles and core value behaviours that are designed to establish the organisational cultural tone and set the standards we expect our employees to
follow. These clear standards aim to support the Group’s policy of ensuring that business is conducted in a manner that is consistent with our reputation and conducive to maintaining
high standards of integrity in all our business dealings, whilst having the highest regard for the interests of our clients.
The Guiding Principles include the Group’s commitment to:
– full compliance with all legal, regulatory, and other requirements wherever we operate, adopting best practice whenever possible;
– maintaining monitoring and risk management systems and procedures for the effective control of our affairs; and
– open and transparent dealings with our stakeholders including our clients and regulators.
The principles are underpinned by Group Policies which set expected standards in a number of areas linked to professional integrity including Conduct Risk, Anti-Money Laundering,
Countering of Terrorist Financing, Anti-Bribery and Corruption, Sanctions Compliance, Insider Trading, Conflicts of Interest and Whistleblowing. Adherence to these standards is
periodically tested through the Group’s ‘three lines’ model of assurance (read more on pages 42 and 43) and further supported by an employee compliance declaration exercise
undertaken each year.
On an annual basis, each employee’s adherence to the Group’s core value behaviours of accessibility, integrity, commercial awareness, personality, engagement and innovation are
assessed as key contributory factors in the annual appraisal process.
Over and above the internal organisational processes, the Group is currently regulated in 15 different jurisdictions. It is an accepted global practice for regulators to require those
employees who take senior Board roles and responsibilities, either within the Group or on behalf of clients, to submit personal questionnaires or other confirmatory paperworkbefore
assuming such positions. Regulators will then examine such applications and grant licenses only upon satisfaction of local and international checks and regulatory considerations of
fitness, suitability, experience and proven integrity. As such, and in support of the integrity achieved through internal organisational processes, there is considerable and consistent
external regulatory scrutiny of integrity conducted by experienced authorities, often utilising information gateways (e.g. to law enforcement) that would not typically be available
tothe Group.
Total amount of monetary losses as a
result of legal proceedings associated
with professional integrity
Code: SV-PS-510.a.2
QUANTITATIVE REPORTING
CURRENCY
During the reporting period there were no monetary losses to the Group stemming from legal proceedings associated with lack of professional integrity or stemming from other
environmental, social, or governance issues.
ACTIVITY METRICS
Number of employees by: (1) full-time
and part-time, (2) temporary, and
(3)contract
Code: SV-PS-000.A
QUANTITATIVE NUMBER
Full-time – 1,104
Part-time – 126
Temporary – 58
Contract – 14
Employee hours worked, percentage billable
Code: SV-PS-000.B
QUANTITATIVE NUMBER,
PERCENTAGE (%)
For our fee earning employees, hours worked as % of contracted hours was 104%.
Billable time as a % of contracted hours was 82%.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
36
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
JTC is reporting for the first time under the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework, as required
under Listing Rule 9.8.6R (8) on a comply or explain basis. The framework enables market participants to disclose information
that is material in respect of climate-related risks and opportunities so these considerations are integrated into business and
investment decisions.
GOVERNANCE
Disclose the organization’s governance around
climate-related risks and opportunities.
JTC’s ESG framework, which incorporates climate risk, is governed
and overseen by the Board ofDirectors, with operational
responsibility sitting with the executive team and in particular the
Chief Operating Officer. Post period end, JTC has enhanced Board
level oversight of ESGrisksby implementing the following changes:
– JTC has appointed Wendy Holley as the firm’s Chief
Sustainability Officer in addition to her Group Chief
OperatingOfficer role.
– JTC appointed an additional Independent Non-Executive
Director, Kate Beauchamp, see page 62.
– Post period end, JTC amended the Terms of Reference of each
Board sub-committee’s to incorporate relevant ESG (including
climate risk) matters aspart of their remit.
– The Audit & Risk Committee will be split into two committees,
AuditCommittee and Risk & Governance Committee, with the latter
having a specific role in the oversight of ESG strategy and policies.
– Board members Mike Liston and Nigel Le Quesne have specific
experience on climate-related matters. Mike served as CEO
ofJersey Electricity PLC (1993 – 2008) and serves as a
Non-Executive Director of Foresight European Solar GP Ltd and
Foresight Solar & Infrastructure VCT PLC. Nigel also served as
aDirector with Foresight and is a partial owner of a solar farm.
Post period end, JTC established an ESG Forum, chaired by
theCSO,whose remit includes climate-related risks and
opportunities, including the development of JTC’s range
ofESGservices for clients. The ESG Forum will periodically
reportfindings, targets, and recommendations to the Board.
STRATEGY
Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-
related risks and opportunities on the organization’s
businesses, strategy and financial planning where such
information is material.
Physical risks resulting from climate change (e.g. extreme weather)
could impact our global offices and our clients. For short-term
events, business continuity and disaster recovery plans are in place
to ensure that work could be completed from a different location
orremotely. Following the pandemic, work from home has become
a more established practice, with a formal remote working policy
inplace. Globally dispersed teams are well positioned to take on
work from another office if needed and permitted under the
relevant regulatory licences. Medium-term events, such as changes
to regulatory frameworks, carbon tariffs, and the possibility of
stranded assets impacting revenue and profitability are potential
impacts to consider. Long-term events including macroeconomic
impacts on global GDP and shifts in population centres could
potentially impact JTC and our clients’ revenue and profitability
asthey link to the wider global economy. All these factors, as well
as social impacts of climate change, are ones we consider to be
relevant for a more detailed materiality assessment.
As the climate change regulatory environment matures, we understand
the need to manage transition risk for our business and also recognise
the service opportunities that exist to support our clients. JTC has
made strategic acquisitions (INDOS, NESF) which have brought
expertise and capabilities in servicing the growing areas of ESG
advisory and impact and socially responsible investing globally.
We are ideally placed to become a highly credible component of our
clients’ value chains. In addition, our strength in providing expertise
around complex regulatory and reporting frameworks means that
we are able to offer ESG advisory and administration services to
a broad range of clients from institutions to UHNWI and families.
Please see page 32 for more details on how climate change
opportunities are being factored into JTC’s service offerings.
While we acknowledge that climate change scenario analysis is
emerging as a practice to more precisely understand the impact of
climate change, at present we have not undertaken such a review
aswe do not believe our business or the vast majority of our clients
to be high risk.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Disclose how the organization identifies, assesses,
andmanages climate-related risks.
In 2021, following the acquisition of INDOS, JTC undertook an exercise
to become a Carbon Neutral organisation. This process allowed JTC to
understand the current risk that environmental impacts have on our
business and served as a starting point to understand the longer-term
impacts of climate change on JTC andour client base. We believe a
logical next step is to conduct a more in-depth materiality assessment
and plan to do so in the medium term (2-3 years). While we don’t
believe JTC or the vast majority of our clients represent the businesses
most at risk from climate change, we feel it is prudent tovet this
assumption and acknowledge opportunities to partner with our clients
as a trusted adviser on these matters.
JTC combines it’s more than 3 decades of industry experience
withinhouse ESG expertise to make informed decisions of which
climate related risks are material to our business. We have spoken
toinformed expert stakeholders including institutional investors
andcompleted an initial carbon assessment.
JTC has established processes for assessing, documenting, and
managing business risks. We believe climate change is an emerging
risk because there is an increased regulatory focus on the role
financial institutions and listed companies in particular play in the
path to net zero. As we conduct further materiality assessments
andanalysis, we will gain a deeper understanding of how these risks
impact our business and our clients. While climate risk is captured
inour risk framework, in the near term we have to balance this risk
against our other material risks.
By the end of 2022, we will undertake an exercise to define timeframes
to complete activities which may include setting net zero targets,
conducting materiality assessments, etc. We will also look to define
further relevant metrics and targets that capture external
environmental and business-related climate risks.
As regulation and best practice continue to evolve, we consider
itimportant to engage with our value chain (including investors,
clients and suppliers) and stay informed on emerging best practice.
As such, we are evaluating our participation in industry forums and
pledges including CDP, UNPRI, and similar.
METRICS AND TARGETS
Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess
andmanage relevant climate-related risks and
opportunities where such information is material.
JTC recognises that our business operations globally have an impact
on the earth’s climate. In 2021, JTC took steps to become a Carbon
Neutral+ organisation by conducting a carbon audit of scope 1, 2,
and 3 emissions from 2020 and 2021 (post period end). To offset
emissions, JTC invested in a number of validated projects. Based
ontwo years of data, we have seen improved performance on
metrics we believe sensible for a people based professional
servicesbusiness. As of yet we have not set reduction targets
asrecent exceptional circumstances (travel restrictions) have
impacted ourbaseline for travel.
2021
Total CO
2
emissions 1,572.67 tonnes
Scope 1 451.45 tonnes
Scope 2 461.32 tonnes
Scope 3 659.90 tonnes
tCO
2
e per employee 1.28
tCO
2
e per £1m revenue 10.66
2020
Total CO
2
emissions 1,459.14 tonnes
Scope 1 440.94 tonnes
Scope 2 473.49 tonnes
Scope 3 544.71 tonnes
tCO
2
e per employee 1.67
tCO
2
e per £1m revenue 12.68
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
37
JTC
Academy
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
JTC Academy, launched in 2015, provides
a structured development programme which
gives access to materials and training
tailored to job roles, performance, ambitions
and potential.
The Academy has continued to expand the
range and quantity of training opportunities
as the Group increases insize.
In total, over 2,500 industry-leading learning
materials including, systems, leadership and
personal effectiveness topics were made
available for employees to access in 16 languages.
Subject categories include the following:
– Risk & Compliance (mandatory for
allemployees).
– Data & Cyber Security (mandatory
forallemployees).
– Business Skills.
– Health and Wellness.
– Leadership and Management.
– Office productivity.
– Personal development.
– Sales and client service.
– Technology (full catalogue of
Microsoftproduct training).
– JTC curated content.
Over the last 12 months, the Learning and
Development team have provided a range of
leadership and management education
programmes (all designed in-house) as well
as a comprehensive calendar of technical and
non-technical training sessions delivered across
all global jurisdictions.
Training delivery highlights
for 2021 include the following:
– Managing the JTC Way – 62 delegates
in2021, with a further 120 due to start
in2022. This has followed a revised
programme schedule to accommodate
amuch larger pool of eligible delegates.
– Step up to Management – delivered to
28delegates in 2021, a further 65 due
tostart in 2022.
– LION Foundation: 60 Directors
completing in 2021, with a further
65tostart in2022.
– A full range of training sessions for
employees across the business were
delivered in 2021 supporting the roll-out
of the new ‘People@JTC’ system.
This included:
– over 650 employees attending
the‘Getting to Know the System’
training sessions;
– over 800 employees attending
performance management training
sessions detailing the revised
performance review and goal
settingprocesses.
– JTC has also become qualified as a
‘Mental Health First Aid’ capable
organisation with 1:1 interviews to over
50 ‘Mental Health First Aid’ candidates
conducted. This knowledge is now being
integrated into Managing the JTC Way
asa standalone module to make it a
‘requirement’ for all managers at JTC.
– A continuing scheduled delivery of CPD
based sessions has been managed by
theAcademy team throughout 2021.
ACADEMY LEADS THE
‘PEOPLE@JTC PROJECT’:
– The JTC Academy team have
programme-managed the
implementation of a comprehensive
replacement of existing HR systems
withone overall, enterprise HR solution
branded People@JTC.
– The project involved over four months
ofconfiguration and 12 months of
overallimplementation across all
modules, which included learning,
performance, core HR, recruitment &
on-boarding, compensation, talent &
succession and absence management.
JTC ACADEMY INDUCTION:
– In 2021 the standard Group induction
was re-designed to be able to span all
global locations in their local time zones.
– All new joiners now receive a
comprehensive induction plan –
automatically communicated and
assigned to them from their start date.
– The ‘Welcome to JTC’ curriculum
provides a consistent induction for all
new joiners across the group with over
30 hours of content and live sessions
provided via ‘Welcome to JTC’
curriculum. This includes self-service
session bookings and resources.
This hasbeen developed based on
employee feedback throughout the year.
– All activity is now trackable ensuring
adherence to policy requirements.
Developing our people and maximising their potential
Virtual Internship
Another ‘first’ for JTC was the hiring of a ‘virtual
intern’ in partnership with registered social
mobility charity Career Ready Scotland, whose
vision is that every young person progresses
to a positive post-school destination and is
able to prosper in the world of work, regardless
of their background.
As a result of pandemic restrictions, the four
week summer work placement focus with our
Edinburgh team had to be done virtually.
This provided a local student with an engaging
experience involving exposure to multiple
contacts and teams within the business, as well
as a chance to work on the skills they will need
when looking for and starting a permanent job.
JTC has now committed to taking on placements
from two such local schools in 2022.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
38
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
JTC Gateway offers our people the opportunity to
develop their careers by working in Group locations
around the world in support of their personal and
professional growth, all while attracting and retaining
talent. And despite the ongoing global pandemic, three
employees from various locations made permanent
moves, including Graham Sleep (Director – Fund
Services), who moved from the Cape Town office to
join the Guernsey team.
JTC
Gateway
JTC
Wellbeing
“ I think that the international experience that
Gateway offers is incredibly important to
the business for a number of reasons – the
most important of which is the retention of
skilled and knowledgeable employees within
the Group. Each of the jurisdictional offices
offer their own opportunities to employees,
but sometimes people want to move either
locally or internationally and Gateway
offers an opportunity to do exactly that.”
JTC stands by its long-term commitment
to wellbeing, especially during the pandemic
in which our people continued to show their
resilience whilst remaining productive,
focused and connected in their roles.
With the lifting of in-country government
restrictions across the year, the Group
recognised the importance of flexibility in
where our people work, and subsequently
introduced a Remote Working Policy across
JTC which gave everyone the opportunity
to continue working from home for up to
two days aweek.
Employee Assistance Programme
JTC continues to partner with Employee
Assistance Programme providers around the
globe to support our people who are transitioning
back to the office, or may have questions about
managing health and other issues, and balancing
working from home. Services are available to
all JTC employees, so any questions or worries
can be answered confidentially by experts,
24/7, 365 days a year.
JTC Mental Health First Aiders
In April 2021, JTC launched a 'Mental Health
First Aiders' initiative to all the offices across
the Group, which is an accredited training
scheme, for chosen volunteers, creating
champions or 'go to people' on issues related
to mental health. Selected employees have
subsequently undergone dedicated training
with Mind UK. The two day course teaches
them how to identify, understand and help
others who may be developing a mental health
issue by learning how to spot the signs and
symptoms of mental ill health and how to
provide help on a first aid basis.
Wellness Week
To help advocate the importance of mental
health wellbeing throughout the year, we
continued to regularly promote and publish
focused articles on mental health on Joogle,
our Company-wide intranet, and hosted a
Wellness Week in October. Across the five
days, we featured different ways to improve
our people’s wellbeing on a daily basis, whether
that be through the power of conversation, a
brisk walk or simply showing kindness to others.
For all our offices, virtual yoga sessions were
offered through the power of Zoom and healthy
vitamin packed juices were provided to everyone
on ‘Fruit Friday’ topromote the benefits of a
balanced and healthy diet.
Developing our people and maximising their potentialInternational experience to increase capabilities
JTC Active
Additionally, under our JTC Active banner, we
undertook a number of healthy employee
initiatives that also benefitted charities.
For example, JTC’s second annual triathlon
saw 30 people tackle a 1,500m swim, a 40km
bike ride and a 10km run from across our global
team, including the Jersey, Netherlands, South
Africa and San Jose offices. The entrance fee
for all triathletes was donated directly to the
World Wildlife Foundation and its specific
programme centred on the protection of
orangutan populations.
Another Wellbeing activity that took place in
2021 was the 'Walk All Over Cancer' challenge,
where nearly 100 employees from all over JTC
committed to walking 10,000 steps a day each
for the entire month and together raised £2,825
for Cancer Research UK.
By highlighting achievements and gathering
together virtually or in person, we all shared
in the collective success of promoting and
encouraging overall wellbeing, healthy living
and positive mental health internally and
externally in ourcommunities.
Above: Fresh air and puppy love for Wellness Week.
Left: South Dakota showing it’s all about
balance. Below: Pedal power in Miami!
“ This is a picture of my wife and our young
French Bulldog on our last walk on our
favourite beach in Cape Town before
emigrating to Guernsey.”
GRAHAM SLEEP
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
39
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
PROMOTIONS ACROSS THE GLOBE
Two of JTC’s Guiding Principles are meritocracy
and maximising individual potential, and our
bi-annual promotion cycles are a clear sign
that people have the opportunity to benefit
from both.
In 2021, we saw 188 of our people promoted
in their roles, covering all levels of seniority,
from Administrator to Managing Director, and
these appointments were made in recognition
of individual performance, commitment to
structured professional development and
contribution to JTC’s ongoing growth.
The promotions also spanned teams across
JTC’s Institutional, Private Client and Group
Operations, including Corporate Services,
Employer Solutions, Fund Services, Human
Resources, Business Development & Marketing,
Private Office, Regulation, Risk & Compliance,
Finance, Tax and Treasury.
EMPLOYEE COMMUNICATIONS
With over 1,300 employees and a Group
Communications team consistently touching
base with over 30 offices, it’s no surprise that
we’ve got lots of things to talk about and share
with our global team. Whether it’s an important
PLC update from the CEO, to a spotlight on
local charity work being undertaken, or the
latest divisional product offering or thought
leadership piece, all JTC news matters.
“ It is thanks to the strength and skill of our workforce
that we truly are stronger together, and it is wonderful
to be able to recognise the hard work of so many
of our talented colleagues around the world. Their
accomplishments, underpinned by our dedication
totargeted learning via the JTC Academy, allows
ustooffer the very best to our global clients.”
WENDY HOLLEY – CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
In 2021, we published a total of 338 stories on
our relaunched intranet, Joogle, which underwent
a significant and impressive refresh in terms of
aesthetics and functionality. Importantly for
new employees being integrated into the business
from acquisition activity, because Joogle was
developed on a cloud based platform, this meant
that it could be safely and securely accessed
on mobile devices.
Employees also stay connected by receiving
a weekly summary email called Joogle Week
That Was, which recaps the latest important
Joogle stories.
To further help ensure that each of our 30
offices remain connected, the JTC Comms
Champions forum, made up from volunteer
representatives of all levels from each jurisdiction,
continued to meet on a monthly basis to
discuss the latest Company-wide news and
provide on the ground feedback in relation to
Group activity. In 2021, we also welcomed
guest speakers from senior leadership (including
CEO Nigel Le Quesne and Carol Graham, Group
Director – Human Resources) who participated
in lively and enlightening discussions.
Our ‘CEO Birthday Breakfast’ events carried
on in Jersey and, as a direct result of our Comms
Champions feedback, we have now confirmed
that we will be running global town hall events
in 2022, where employees will hear directly
from Board members on our progress related
to JTC’s strategic objectives and learn more
about key operational initiatives as well as
having the opportunity to submit questions
for the senior leadership team to address.
MAXIMISING POTENTIAL
In September 2021, JTC launched its first
globalemployee-led educational charity
fundraising initiative known as ‘Maximising
Potential’, which benefited a global range of
educational charities.
We chose to focus on education because, over
the last few years, our analysis showed that
children were the most employee championed
category for charitable donations from the
JTC Supports budget. Taking this into consideration,
and with statistics from the United Nations
showing that there are an estimated 617 million
children and adolescents around the world
who are unable to reach minimum proficiency
levels in reading and mathematics as a result
of Covid-19, this represented an opportunity
for all of us to make a difference in a key area.
As a result of the ‘Maximising Potential’
initiative, over £86,000 was shared across
charities chosen by the JTC office network
spanning more than 20 jurisdictions. The donations
were used to support specific regional initiatives
and projects undertaken by the educational
charities, which were selected by the employees
in those locations.
The total was reached through the combination
of an original donation by JTC and employee
fundraising, which was then matched through
the firm’s corporate matching scheme.
Left: Some of the
Edinburgh team
volunteer with their
2021 Maximising
Potential charity
“With Kids”, which
provides play therapy
to children dealing
withtrauma.
Right: Employees in
Edinburgh and Jersey
pedal for charity.
Social media celebration of our latest round of internal promotions across the globe.
More than 1,000 JTC people from around the
world helped support the fundraising drive
through local in-person and virtual activities
including running in -2ºC weather, ‘jailing’ a
Director (and the only way out was to call
friends and family for donations), promoting
sustainability by selling pre-loved clothes,
virtual bingo fundraisers, bake offs and more!
In addition to Maximising Potential, a number
of other JTC charitable and community events
took place throughout the year, including the
Isle of Man’s volunteer day to paint and preserve
the historic Peel Castle, a football tournament
to benefit Cardiac Arrest in the Young, and
the Cape Town CSR Ubuntu (‘humanity’)
Committee’s beach clean-up day.
JTC SUPPORTS – CHARITABLE GIVING
At the heart of JTC’s success is the Shared
Ownership ethos, dedication, commitment
and energy of the entire JTC team across the
globe. Not only do we have the most talented
and hard-working employees, but they are
also the most generous in terms of volunteering
their time to support fundraising activities and
make a difference to their local communities.
After a year of continued uncertainty, it
remained ever important that as a company
we stand stronger together and engender the
JTC spirit of helping and giving back to our
local communities. In 2021, we donated and
fundraised over £187,000 through the charitable
and employee engagement activities under
our JTC Supports and JTC Active brand banners.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
40
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
2021 SEASON’S GREETINGS
CHARITY OF CHOICE
One of our big seasonal traditions at JTC is to
pick a charity to support by way of a donation
being made in lieu of printed and posted client
Christmas cards. In October, we launched an
employee poll on Joogle for everyone to cast
their vote for one of four charities (focused on
children or environmental concerns) to receive
the money.
Our global team chose to support the Durrell
Wildlife Conservation Trust, which was
announced in our 2021 Christmas card video
featuring employees from each jurisdiction.
By voting for Durrell, our £5,000 donation will
be used to plant 1,000 trees in one of therichest
and most biodiverse ecosystems on the planet
– the Atlantic Rainforest in Brazil– creating a
healthier world for people and wildlife.
SOCIAL
For many on our global team of 1,300+, working
from home was a different experience than
being in the office together, so when certain
jurisdictions were allowed to reopen, teams
happily and safely joined in the fun together
celebrating through various Company-wide
social activities. For jurisdictions that were
still working from home, they were able to
participate in festivities including: virtual
musical bingo, quiz events, pizza parties and
all things #FestiveTogether, JTC’s month-long
holiday celebration complete with activities
for employees, their families, and charitable
giving such as food drives throughout December.
There were holiday parties for employees who
were able to join live, and hampers for those
who were unable to attend in person.
One of the more popular social events was
enjoying International Ice Cream Day, which
took place across the Group in July. Whether it
was ice cream delivered to offices or a traditional
ice-cream van parking up outside the office
for a visit or through gift cards sent to those
jurisdictions unable to participate in person,
every employee was able to enjoy a sweet
treat to mark the summer season.
“ What can I say? What a brilliant idea.
Therewas a lovely buzz onthefloor, over
something so simple as a surprise ice cream!”
LINDA GARNIER – SENIOR DIRECTOR – PCS
PAYROLL GIVING
Launched in 2020 for employees in participating
jurisdictions who wished to automatically
donate directly from their salaries to a qualified
charity, JTC pledged to match up to 50% of
their donations.
At the end of 2021, nearly £10,000 was donated
to 20 different charities across the BVI, Cayman,
Guernsey, Jersey, Switzerland, IOM and UK.
CELEBRATING INTERNATIONAL
ORANGUTAN DAY
In 2021, JTC created a butterfly orangutan to
add to our brand imagery symbolising the
importance of ESG matters with our unwavering
commitment to fulfil JTC’s purpose-driven
responsibilities to our people and our stakeholders.
The orangutan is a visual reminder as to how
we can all be more Responsible Together by
becoming a force for good and change to
promote a sustainable future.
Above: Tree planting in support of the
DurrellWildlife Conservation Trust.
Left: Our new JTC butterfly orangutan,
designed to symbolise our commitment
toprotecting the environment.
Clockwise from below: the London team get
together for an Escape Room challenge, Boston
and San Jose virtual bingo fundraiser, Jersey
employees enjoy a treat on International Ice
Cream Day.
To mark International Orangutan Day on
19 August, and as a long-term corporate
supporter of the Durrell Wildlife Conservation
Trust, we conducted a video interview with
Gordon Hunt, Deputy Head of Mammals at
the Jersey Zoo, which is the base for the
international conservation projects continued
by the Trust. From this interview we ran a
series of videos and articles for employees
highlighting just how endangered this species
is and how we can all make a difference with
a reduced use of palm oil products.
A JTC Supports donation was also made to
help with Durrell’s mission of ‘saving species
from extinction’.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
41
RISK MANAGEMENT
“ As a leading global provider of professional
services in a highly regulated sector, we place
significant importance on the application of
effective and strong risk management and
compliance standards and practices.”
Richard Ingle
Chief Risk Officer
The Group promotes a strong risk awareness
culture, set from the very top of the organisation
and with risk ownership clearly assigned.
We manage risk in a consistent manner, aligned
with the Board’s stated risk appetite and ensuring
compliance to all applicable rules andregulations.
Our risk framework enables the business to
protect value, helping usidentifyopportunities
and minimise threatstoachieving our strategic
and operational objectives.
A specialist team of Risk and Compliance
professionals operate throughout the Group to:
– identify and manage risk
– monitor and report on the
effectivenessof risk controls
– support the resolution of risk
andregulatory challenges
– advise on regulation and controls
– manage regulatory relationships.
The Board has overall responsibility for setting
JTC’s risk appetite, and ensuring we identify
any risks that could affect the Group’s corporate
strategies, and that we manage them effectively.
The Board delegates the oversight of the risk
and control environment to the Audit and Risk
Committee, which consists of four Non-
Executive Directors. The Chief Risk Officer has
a standing invitation to attend all meetings.
The Group-wide risk management framework
is designed to be commensurate with JTC’s
evolving structure, risk profile, complexity,
activities and size. We adopt an industry-
standard, three lines model, the main features
of which are as follows:
– The Board and senior management sit
above the three lines and have collective
responsibility for setting organisational
objectives, defining strategies to achieve
them and establishing the necessary
governance risk management and
controlframeworks to manage the
risksand their achievement.
– Our first line, our employees, have
aresponsibility to manage day-to-day
risk in their own areas, guided by
Grouppolicies, procedures and control
frameworks. Local management, and
ultimately the Board, ensure risks are
managed, maintained, reviewed,
escalated and actioned.
– The second line is the Risk and
Compliance function. Its role is to
helptobuild, monitor and support
theactivities ofthe first line. Group
companies maintain key regulatory
andcompliance personnel (for example,
Compliance Officers, Money Laundering
Reporting Officers and Money Laundering
Compliance Officers) in accordance
withlocal regulatory requirements.
– The third line is Internal Audit (“IA”),
which is responsible for providing
independent assurance on the
effectiveness of governance, risk
management and control over current,
systemic and evolving risks. This is
further supported by the testing of key
controls through theformal external
audit programme, and regular external
visits and regulatoryinspections across
the Group’sregulated businesses.
– The Legal function provides support
toallareas of the Group and is not
formally part of any of the three lines.
Resilience and vigilance
Fit for purpose and fit for growth
AN EVER CHANGING ENVIRONMENT
As a leading global provider of fund, corporate
and trust administration services in a highly
regulated sector, JTC places significant
importance on the application of effective
and strong risk management and compliance
standards and practices. This includes a
comprehensive understanding of the risks
faced by the business.
In 2021, the Group continued to grow organically
and inorganically within an external environment
that continued to contend with, among things,
the ongoing repercussions of a global pandemic,
ongoing and increasing regulatory scrutiny
and change, workplace and employment
changes and an increasingly sophisticated
technological landscape. In such an environment,
there is no room for complacency, but a need
for vigilance, resilience and an ongoing goal
to be both fit for purpose and fit for growth.
We therefore continue to advance our approach
to risk management and regulatory compliance.
From left to right: George Kellogg III,
Sarah Kittleson, Tina Leslie and Richard Ingle.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
42
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
The Group Risk Committee comprises the Chief
Risk Officer, Group Chief Executive, Chief General
Counsel and Group Director – Risk & Compliance,
with the Group MD or Group Deputy MD
attending by invitation. This Committee maintains
responsibility for considering the risk types that
may affect the Group including, but not limited
to, strategic risk, operational risk, regulatory
risk, legal risk, human resources risk, technology
risk (including data security risk), client risk,
fiduciary risk and performance risk.
The Group Risk Committee meets quarterly
and is responsible for overseeing the Group’sinternal
risk framework. It continually evaluates the
adequacy of systems and controls for identifying
and managing risk and regulatory compliance.
It monitors trends and reviews issues that may
present material risks at Group level, as well
as considering significant or imminent changes
to the risk and regulatory environment and
available mitigants. The Committee is also
mandated under its Terms of Reference to
advise the Group regularly on the risk management
and regulatory compliance implications of its
overall business strategy, culture and risk
appetite, taking account of macroeconomic
as well as operational conditions.
The Group Risk & Compliance function provides
assurance through regular reporting of the
independent compliance monitoring programme
in each jurisdiction.
KEY CONTROLS
We have a number of key controls in place to
ensure we monitor and manage all elements
of our business activities, including fiduciary
risks. These include:
– high level of jurisdictional Director
control over processes
– dedicated Group monitoring function
– defined authority mandates and Terms
ofReference
– controls ensuring separation of
transaction approval and payment
– regularly updated cyber security policies,
protections and penetration testing
– a strong IT platform and business
continuity arrangements
– a rigorous human resource screening
andon-boarding process
– experienced and professionally
qualifiedemployees
– regular risk and compliance updates.
Many of these controls are captured by the
rigorous, bespoke JTC Recommendation for
Signing (RFS) approval process. This internal
control tool ensures we document, review and
approve all business decisions and transactions
thoroughly at an appropriate level on a ‘six-
eyes’ basis. The RFS is a key tool in identifying,
managing and monitoring client, transactional,
operational and internal risks within JTC. It was
originally developed, and subsequently refined,
to provide control over the Group’s diverse
client base, business operations and regions,
and continues to be effective in maintaining
the highest standard of control in a rapidly
growing organisation. We require all new
employees to undertake RFS training (and
testing) with refresher training for existing
employees. The Group maintains a strict
management process for exceptions to
documented controls.
NOTABLE DEVELOPMENTS IN 2021
Risk appetite review: During the year, and to
assist with continued organisational alignment,
the Board examined its approach to risk appetite
and further evolved the articulation of its
appetite to risk aligned to the Group’s key risk
areas. While not altering its overall appetite
to risk, the updated Group Risk Appetite
Statement continued to recognise that the
Group operates in markets with good growth
potential, and it is open to pursue ambitious
growth targets and is willing to accept certain
levels of risk to achieve strategic objectives,
subject to relevant risk parameters. However,
the Board’s appetite for risk varies depending
on the risk type.
Risk ownership: Another feature of 2021 was
to validate and confirm risk ownership throughout
the organisation. Each Group risk type is
assigned an owner and the three lines model
is subject to ongoing re-examination to ensure
we deploy resources effectively across the
organisation in managing risk and providing
expertise and assurance for the effective
application of controls and mitigating measures.
We support this further through rigorous
training and a ‘balanced scorecard’ approach
to performance measurement that ensures an
employee’s approach to risk is considered
alongside other performance metrics.
Internal Audit: We highlighted last year the
bolstering of our three-lines model by establishing
an Internal Audit function. Group Internal
Audit provides further assurance on the
effectiveness of governance, risk management
and internal controls, including first and second
line controls. Internal Audit is independent of
management and has a direct reporting line
to the Audit and Risk Committee. The function
provides independent and objective assurance
and advice on the adequacy and effectiveness
of governance and risk management. It has
developed during 2021 and has provided
valuable assurance to several parts of the
Group’s business. We expect the function to
continue to grow and develop.
Investing in our People: During the year we
made further investments in our people, both
through the expansion of the risk and compliance
function across the Group and also in the form
of increased investment in relevant risk and
compliance training for all JTC employees.
JTC PLC BOARD
JTC PLC AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
GROUP RISK COMMITTEE
EACH JURISDICTION
Local risk owners ensure we maintain a rigorous control environment.
Local Risk & Compliance personnel hold regulatory roles and support local risk owners.
Monthly reporting provided to Group Risk & Compliance.
THREE LINES MODEL
GROUP RISK OWNERS – GROUP RISK & COMPLIANCE – GROUP INTERNAL AUDIT
KEY RISK TYPES
LEGAL – FINANCIAL – POLITICAL/REGULATORY
HUMAN RESOURCES – OPERATIONAL –
STRATEGIC – REPUTATIONAL
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
43
RISK TYPES
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2
Primary, overarching risk elements,
containingSIXcomponents Represents the cohorts of specific risks JTC is exposed to Principal risk
1. STRATEGIC Acquisition
Competitor and client demand
Strategy
2. FINANCIAL Performance of business
Earnings (fx)
Impairment
Financing
3. OPERATIONAL Client & process
Business continuity
Data security
4. POLITICAL / REGULATORY Listing rules
Political / regulation
Financial crime
5. LEGAL Litigation / contractual
Fiduciary
6. HUMAN RESOURCES Adequate resources
Retention
Key person
PRINCIPAL RISKS
JTC operates a Risk Register that aims to
categorise its risks across six key (Level 1) risk
types and 18 (Level 2) sub-risks. In reviewing
these categories of risk, we have identified
what we believe are the principal risks.
A principal risk is a risk or combination of risks
we have assessed as having the capacity to
seriously affect the performance, future
prospects or reputation of the Group. These will
include risks we consider could threaten our
business model, future performance, solvency
or liquidity.
In addition, as part of our horizon-scanning
activities we also identify risks that are not
yet considered to be principal risks, but we
identify as emerging risks – those that may,
in time, pose a threat to the Group’s business
model. We have outlined these at the end of
the section, and they include employee
wellbeing, third-party data compromise and
the emerging global threat of climate change.
The Group’s principal risks are periodically
re-examined and reported by the Chief Risk
Officer to the Audit and Risk Committee with
an assessment on (i) their impact if they were
to occur and (ii) the likelihood of occurrence,
together with a description of the controls
and mitigation in place to manage those
controls and any actions deemed necessary
by the risk owner to further reduce the assessed
residual risk.
RISK HEAT MAP
Very unlikely
CriticalLow
Very likelyLIKELIHOOD
IMPACT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Our principal risks are reported gross (before mitigating controls)
STRATEGIC RISK
1 Acquisition
2 Competitor & Client demand
3 Strategy
OPERATIONAL RISK
5 Client & Process
6 Data Security
LEGAL RISK
9 Fiduciary
FINANCIAL
4 Performance of Business
POLITICAL &
REGULATORY RISK
7 Political Regulation
8 Financial Crime
HUMAN RESOURCES RISK
10 Adequate Resources
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
44
PRINCIPAL RISKS
The Group’s current principal risks are the risks
we are managing now that could stop us
achieving our strategic objectives:
PRINCIPAL RISK (RISK OWNER) POTENTIAL CAUSES KEY MITIGATION MEASURES TIMESCALE
1
ACQUISITION RISK
(Group Chief Executive Officer)
The risk that acquisitions do not achieve intended objectives, give rise to ongoing
orpreviously unidentified liabilities, disrupt operations and divert senior management
time and attention.
During 2021 JTC continued with its inorganic growth in line with business strategy,
acquiring seven businesses of varying scope and scale.
– Inadequate due diligence
– Economic misjudgement
– Lack of strategic clarity
– Ineffective or delayed
integration
– Unpredicted changes to
external environment
– Strict due-diligence process, including JTC subject-matter experts and
third-party assessments by experienced external advisors
– Appropriate scrutiny and challenge from Group Development Committee,
Group Holdings Board and Non-Executive Directors
– Established and tested integration strategy agreed prior to acquisition
with robust post-acquisition governance
– Experienced management team
– Shared ownership to align interests and deferred consideration
– Insurance run-off cover
– Vendor representations and warranties (backed by insurance where appropriate)
This risk will diminish over
time as each acquisition is
integrated, but the volume of
current integrations causes
this risk category to remain
as a principal risk.
2
COMPETITOR AND CLIENT DEMAND RISK
(Group Chief Executive Officer)
The risk of failing to anticipate client demand or to innovate in line with key competitors,
or advancing technology or regulatory/political change may lead to significant loss of
potential or existing business.
JTC operates in a competitive and fast-paced global market requiring a responsive
approach to client demand and behaviour, competitor activity, innovation, economic
andregulatory changes and geopolitical events.
– ‘Black swan’ events
(e.g.pandemic)
– Competitor actions
– Political trends
– Economic conditions
– Market conditions
– Regulatory changes
– Technological changes
– Chief Commercial Officer appointed to Group Holdings Board
– Group Holdings Board responsibility for identifying forthcoming
requirements in respect of digital and business systems investment
andcontinually considering emerging threats due to market conditions,
taking mitigating action as appropriate
– Group Holdings Board responsibility for identifying and prioritising
product innovation
– Commercial Enterprise Forum to assess, prioritise, de-risk and
commercialise opportunities
This risk is largely influenced
by external factors and is
therefore likely to remain
acontinuous principal risk
3
STRATEGY RISK
(Group Chief Executive Officer)
The risk that inadequate strategic decisions or failure to execute the set strategy has a
detrimental impact on Group operations, clients and market confidence. Alternatively,
the Group’s strategy brings excessive risks to the business or does not sufficiently align
to changing market conditions or client requirements, such that sustainable growth,
market share or profitability is affected.
The Group continues to pursue its strategy of organic and inorganic growth with a
particular focus on building our presence in the United States, Ireland, Luxembourg
andthe UK.
– Operation outside of
risk appetite
– Product or service failure
– Senior management or
leadership changes
– Legal or regulatory
challenges
– Lack of understanding
ofanew jurisdiction
– Overarching strategy is set every three to five years and progress is
periodically re-examined
– Strategy regularly reviewed and challenged by Board and, as a listed
entity, subject to investor and third-party scrutiny
– Strategy drives annual business planning process and performance-
basedtargets
– Risk-taking and aversion in pursuit of strategic objectives is balanced
through the setting and overseeing of the Group Risk Appetite
Strategic risk is an ongoing
risk for any business and
therefore is likely to remain
as a continuous principal risk.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
45
PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED
PRINCIPAL RISK (RISK OWNER) POTENTIAL CAUSES KEY MITIGATION MEASURES TIMESCALE
4
PERFORMANCE OF BUSINESS RISK
(Group Chief Executive Officer)
The risk that the Group does not meet its financial forecasts or does not achieve
theprovided market guidance.
JTC is listed on the London Stock Exchange and subject to market consensus
expectations that can influence shareholder value.
– Inadequate budgeting
andforecasting
– Unpredicted costs or losses
– Lack of information
provided to brokers
andanalysts
– Budgets set annually and agreed with Divisional Heads, Jurisdictional
Managing Directors and P&L account owners
– Monthly reporting and KPIs that help monitor performance against
performance assumptions and targets. Active review by Group Holdings
Board together with PLC Board
– CEO and CFO regular engagement with analysts to inform external
market guidance
– Insurance cover for losses
Business performance risk is
an ongoing risk for a business,
especially for a quoted
business. This risk is therefore
likely to remain as a
continuous principal risk.
5
CLIENT AND PROCESS RISK
(Group Divisional Heads)
The risk of the Group taking on the wrong type of clients, or the Group or the
client’sactions during the client life-cycle leads to losses, failed strategic objectives,
reputational damage, poor customer service and employee frustration and potentially
regulatory censure. The risk of failing to clearly define service provision or fulfil a role
expertly. The risk that lack of relevant process or incorrect, inconsistent, or untimely
execution of processes or internal change leads to a material operational error and the
consequential adverse impact.
– Failure to apply policies
and follow procedures
– Failure to follow codes
ofconduct
– Failure of managerial
oversight
– Failure to adequately train
and develop employees
– Failure to identify and
remediate identified
issuespromptly
– Inadequate policies
andprocedures
– Strict adherence to policy and procedures including business acceptance
and periodic reviews, with appropriate escalation for higher-risk clients
– Established Terms of Business, template customer agreements and Legal
review of tailored agreements
– Regular staff training and awareness initiatives
– Established reporting and escalation process with review by boards and
committees as appropriate
– Independent client and Compliance monitoring review programme
– Promoting a robust risk and compliance culture across the Group
– Ensuring quality administration and compliance resource in each
jurisdiction plus internal legal counsel support as appropriate
– Well established Recommendation for Signing process
– Three-lines model for assurance and controls including Internal Audit (“IA”)
– Well understood and defined Risk Escalation processes
– Accessible policy and procedure framework
Client and process risk
remains a continuous
principal risk for the business.
6
DATA SECURITY RISK
(Group Chief Information Officer)
The risk of a security breach including cyber-attacks by destructive forces from both
internal and external sources, leading to loss of confidentiality and integrity of data.
The sophistication of cyber threats is constantly evolving; criminals will seek
toexploitchanges in working environments e.g. remote-working practices.
A substantialcyber event could be detrimental to JTC’s clients as well as
erodemarketand regulator confidence.
– Unauthorised data transfer
– Malware
– Financial theft
– Denial-of-service attacks
– Cyber phishing attacks
– Network service failures
– Employee error
– Malicious employee intent
– Security breach of client
data or systems
– Defined and audited IT procedures
– External security assessment conducted annually
– System access controls including least privilege access model
– Dedicated Senior IT Security Manager and Team
– Training including compulsory online Security Awareness courses
forallemployees
– Alignment to industry security standards
– Review of data security procedures and controls as part of the annual
ISAE 3402 Report
– Access to group systems and data is granted on a need-to-know basis
andleast privileged
– Industry-leading solutions for end-point management, anti-virus,
dataloss prevention, Privilege Access Management and secure
emailcommunications
Data security risk remains a
continuous principal risk for
the business.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
46
PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED
PRINCIPAL RISK (RISK OWNER) POTENTIAL CAUSES KEY MITIGATION MEASURES TIMESCALE
7
POLITICAL / REGULATION RISK
(Group Chief Executive Officer)
The risk that the JTC business operating model is adversely affected by political or
regulatory changes which affect the markets or services we offer together with our
client base.
Risk of exposure to regulatory sanction and subsequent reputational damage given
afailure to follow regulatory laws, orders and codes of practice requirements.
As the regulatory environment continues to develop, we expect a continuing global trend of
increased regulatory scrutiny and intervention for all regulated businesses including trustee,
fund and corporate service providers. The Group is well positioned to comply withrelevant
requirements and to be able to operate in this changing regulatory environment.
– Geopolitical uncertainty
– Regional or global standards
or requirements with
disproportionate impact
– Political reaction to
wide-scale data leaks
andassociated negative
press coverage
– Balancing increased
transparency requirements
with increased data
protection legislation
– Challenge and cost of
measuring, monitoring
anddemonstrating good
conduct as well as meeting
new requirements
– Keeping pace with rapid
regulatory change and
reporting requirements
– Specialist risk and compliance staff with the skills needed to
monitorandreport on strategic outlook and the impact of change
– Review by appropriate boards and committees, and scanning
ofhorizonfor potential changes
– Comprehensive policies, procedures and processes in operation
withintheGroup that align to the appropriate regulatory regimes.
– Embed (and continue to promote) a robust risk and compliance culture
across the Group from PLC Board down through the organisation.
– Ensuring appropriate compliance resource in each jurisdiction
– Compliance monitoring programme in place
– Training employees to be aware of changing regulations
– Involvement with trade associations and government bodies to
understand direction and influence outcome
Political and regulation risk
isexpected to remain a
continuous principal risk
forthe business.
8
FINANCIAL CRIME RISK
(Group Divisional Heads)
The risk of the Group operating inadequate systems, procedures and controls that fail
toprevent the administration of client structures that are exposed to financial crime.
(NOTE: Financial Crime Risk includes money laundering, terrorist financing, sanctions,
fraud, bribery and corruption, and tax evasion risks).
This is an area where there is intense regulatory attention and scrutiny. The Group
iscommitted to the highest standards of ethical behaviour and operates in a manner
designed to deter and prevent financial crime risk. There is focused oversight and
monitoring of financial crime risks, and adherence to both internal financial crime
policies and regulatory obligations.
– Poor culture
– Inadequate awareness
training
– Poor Know Your
Clientprocesses
– Inadequate record keeping
– Deficient screening
processes
– Lack of a risk-based
approach
– AML/CFT arrangements
not tailored to business
profile/characteristics
– Procedural failures
– Failure to report suspicious
activity on a timely basis
– Comprehensive policies, procedures and processes in operation within
theGroup that are specifically drafted for AML/CFT purposes
– The hiring of capable employees in each jurisdiction that undertake
thekey person roles (e.g. Compliance Officer and Money Laundering
Reporting Officer)
– Frequent mandatory staff training and awareness initiatives
andCPDrequirements
– Compliance monitoring testing programme in place
– Access to external consultants and databases to enable daily ongoing
monitoring and in depth enquiries on clients as appropriate
– Established Business Risk Assessment (BRA) process which is subject
toperiodic Board review
Financial crime risk is
expected to remain a
continuous principal
riskforthe business.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
47
PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED
PRINCIPAL RISK (RISK OWNER) POTENTIAL CAUSES KEY MITIGATION MEASURES TIMESCALE
9
FIDUCIARY RISK
(Group Divisional Heads)
The risk of breaching fiduciary duties, including failing to safeguard client assets, can
beharmful to the Group’s reputation and could become subject to high-value litigation.
There is also the risk in failing to clearly define the Group’s role in providing services to
aclient structure or service vehicle or a failure to fulfil the role expertly.
JTC operates a comprehensive set of controls to prevent risk materialising in relation
toits fiduciary duties. A change in the market conditions causing lower valuations
ofhigher-risk investments, could change risk exposures and fiduciaries may begin to
experience increased regulatory scrutiny and litigation with regard to responsibilities.
During the recent pandemic period, JTC has not experienced any material increases
inlitigation.
– Breach of duty
– Failure to act in
accordancewith
constitutional documents
or service agreement
– Failing to exercise
reasonable care, skill
anddiligence
– Failure to declare interests
of manage conflicts
– Making partial judgements
– Strict policies, procedures and processes in operation within the Group
(particularly risk escalation and recommendation for signing policy)
– Qualified and experienced staff operating within ‘4-eyes’ control parameter
– Continuous training programme and CPD requirement
– JTC does not provide legal or tax advice to its clients
– Significant insurance cover
Fiduciary risk is an endemic
feature of JTC business
operations and is expected
toremain a continuous
principal risk.
10
ADEQUATE RESOURCES RISK
(Group Chief Operating Officer)
The risk of failure to attract or retain the best people with the right capabilities across
alllevels and jurisdictions.
The repercussions of the global pandemic have significantly altered the workplace and
the employment market in many jurisdictions. Remote-working practices initiated
during early lockdown measures have been embraced into business-as-usual flexible
working arrangements utilising the Group’s existing strong technology capabilities.
While the safety and wellbeing of staff remained a priority during 2021, ongoing
activities continued to support attracting and retaining talent within the Group.
An enhanced and more sophisticated HR system was deployed during the year
allowingemployees to self-serve and access a broad range of training materials.
The Group also granted phased share awards worth £20m to its global workforce
aspartof its long-established Shared Ownership programme.
The Group made several key appointments during the year, using technology and
remote-interviewing as required. JTC continues to focus on succession planning
andpersonal development, including supporting professional qualifications.
– Uncompetitive
remuneration
– Unappealing working
environment and
inadequate support
– Lack of adequate
succession planning
– Failure to invest in
appropriate and timely
talent development
– Failure to identify roles
most essential to achieving
strategic aims
– Failure to identify the
required skills for key roles
– Insufficient focus on
attitude and motivation
and alignment with JTC’s
vision and values
– Dedicated in-house human-resource recruitment capability with detailed
understanding of business needs and local market environment
– Recruitment strategy to enhance and bolster teams, succession planning
and employee value proposition
– JTC ensures that the remuneration package is competitive in the
marketplace and benchmarks with peer group
– Management monitoring of capacity and work loads
– Shared ownership scheme embedded across the business
– JTC encourages a strong management culture where talent management
and people development is a core focus
– Pre-employment screening
– Internal and PLC Remuneration committee
– Staff access to Academy (Training), Gateway (International Transfers)
andwellbeing programs
– Flexible working arrangements
Adequate resourcing risk is
expected to be a continuous
principal risk.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
48
EMERGING RISKS
As a standard and continual procedure, we
identify risks that we do not yet consider to
be principal risks, but that we identify as
emerging risks that may, in time, pose a threat
to the Group’s business model.
As predicted in last year’s Annual Report, the
evolution of the global regulatory landscape
continues to emerge as a risk. While we already
manage this as a principal risk, increased
regulatory scrutiny and intervention are a
continuing feature being experienced in many
of the markets where we are regulated. During the
year we have witnessed the detrimental impact
of jurisdictions being identified as requiring
‘increased monitoring’ by international standard
setters, and regulators, who themselves are also
subject to inspection by international assessors,
continuing to gain increased powers and impose
fines and sanctions on regulated firms regarded
as non-compliant. JTC Group seeks to operate
to the highest regulatory standards, but an
increasing cost of compliance is an inevitable
feature of this trend.
Employee wellbeing is an area of continued
focus. We are proud of the resilience we have
demonstrated during a sustained period of
disruption to the working environment as a
consequence of the pandemic. While we
continue to maintain a stable workforce, and
have embraced many of the positive aspects
of remote working, we remain alert to some
of the emerging trends affecting the global
workforce. This includes how employees regard
their work-life balance, potentially affecting
retention levels, and affects mental health and
wellbeing. We recognise that mental health-
related absence can be more costly for an
organisation than absence from physical illness
or injury, and therefore keep this area under
continuous review.
Third-party data compromise is already a
principal risk we manage, but the threat is
constantly evolving as lawbreakers seek to
gain from advances in technology and system
vulnerabilities. All businesses operate in an
inter-connected environment and therefore
we remain alert to fact that, notwithstanding
the strength of our own cyber defences, third
parties such as clients and suppliers remain
vulnerable, and this could have secondary-level
impacts on our business operations. This is an
area of increased focus and attention.
Climate change is widely identified as a global
emerging threat. We aim to minimise the
environmental impact of our operations and
are proud to have become carbon neutral in
2021. Investors are increasingly interested in
an organisation’s approach to environmental,
social and governance (ESG) factors and this
is also influencing client behaviour. Initiatives to
combat climate change may have some limited
impact on our operations and, indeed, a focus
upon the ESG agenda offers business opportunities
for the Group. We are developing our own ESG
services and therefore an understanding of
the risks is of value to our clients as well as
our own business. The pandemic, in particular,
has intensified discussions on the interconnectedness
of sustainability and the financial system,
andare already experiencing increased investor
andclientdemands as well as regulation
providing secondary-level impacts. This is an
area where we will continue to be vigilant.
“ The evolution of the global regulatory
landscapecontinues to emerge as a risk.”
PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
49
ASSESSMENT OF PROSPECTS
The Group’s business model and strategy are
central to an understanding of its prospects,
and details can be found on page 11. The nature
of the Group’s activities are long term and the
business model is open ended. The Group’s
current overall strategy has been in place for
several years, subject to the ongoing monitoring
and development described below.
The Board continues to take a conservative
approach to the Group’s strategy in the core
business and the focus is largely on operational
efficiency and cost control.
Decisions relating to major new projects and
investments are made with a low appetite for
risk and are subject to an escalating system
of approvals, including short payback periods.
Similar controls are in place relation to major
new customer contracts.
The Group is well diversified with its two
Divisions and three business lines with revenues
deriving from multiple jurisdictions and clients.
The Board continuously considers the changes
in the risk profile of the Group and ensures
that a thorough risk assessment is made when
making any investment decisions.
VIABILITY STATEMENT
The key factors that support the Group’s future
prospects as well as its resilience are:
– Highly visible recurring revenue
andstrong cash conversion;
– Diversified across clients, services
andgeographies;
– Well-invested scalable global platform;
– Experienced and entrepreneurial
management team; and
– Proven track record of M&A and integration.
THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS
ANDKEYASSUMPTIONS
The Group’s prospects are assessed primarily
through its strategic planning process. This process
includes an annual review of the ongoing plan,
led by the CEO and the Group Holdings Board
which ensures that all relevant functions are
involved. The Board participates fully in the
annual process. Part of the Board’s role is to
consider whether the plan continues to take
appropriate account of the external environment,
including macroeconomic, political, social,
technological, legal and regulatory changes.
The business has been in existence for 34 years
and has grown every year. It has long term
customer relationship that typically last more
than ten years. In 2021 it made two large
acquisitions of businesses with average customer
contracts which last more than 30 years.
Within the current five year business plan the
business focuses on strategic objectives and
these are supported by a detailed financial model
for the next three years. As a result management
believe that it is appropriate to base the Viability
Statement on the three year period.
Detailed financial forecasts have been prepared
for the three year period to 31 December 2024,
and therefore two years and nine months
remain at the time of approval of this year’s
Annual Report. The first year of the financial
forecasts is derived from the Group’s operating
budget and is subject to regular review
throughout the year. The second and third
years are completed with a reasonable level
of detail, and are flexed based on the actual
results in year one.
The key assumptions in the financial forecasts,
reflecting the overall strategy, include:
– Annual organic growth of 8 – 10% year
on year;
– Target margin of 33 – 38% for the Group
as a whole;
– No change to the current dividend policy
– Consistent business model; and
– No material change to capital structure.
ASSESSMENT OF VIABILITY
Whilst the Group’s detailed financial forecasts
are based on the Directors’ expectations for
the period of viability, the Group has also
assessed the financial impact and the impact
on our loan covenants in relation to the Group’s
Principal Risks, which are set out on pages 45
and 46. A number of other aspects of the
principal risks – because of their nature or
potential impact – could also threaten the
Group’s ability to continue in business in its
current form if they were to occur. This was
considered as part of the assessment of the
Group’s viability, as explained below.
The viability statement evaluates the
following risks:
– Lower revenues and higher costs resulting
from a change in economic outlook that
leads to (i) a higher cost to service clients
and (ii) a reduction in revenues due to
depressed market activity;
– All acquisitions failing to achieve
intendedobjectives;
– Adverse foreign exchange movements
and interest rate increases; and
– A regulatory, cyber or fiduciary incident
resulting in significant one-off costs
during the period.
The Group’s assessment considered all of the
above risks occurring at the same time. Based on
this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities
as they fall due over the three year period
ending 31 December 2024. In making this
statement the Directors have considered the
current financial position of the Group and
the resilience of the Group in the event of this
severe but plausible scenario. The modelling
of these risks has taken into account the
principal risks and their impact on the business
model, future performance, solvency and
liquidity over the period.
There are a number of mitigating actions
available to the Board in the event of any of
the risks materialising, such as reducing
dividends, employee incentives, marketing,
business and technology development spend,
which have not been included in the assessment.
GOING CONCERN BASIS
The Directors also considered it appropriate to
prepare the consolidated financial statements
on the going concern basis, as explained in
theBasis of Preparation paragraph in note2tothe
consolidated financial statements on page 106.
VIABILITY STATEMENT
Based on their assessment of prospects and
viability above, the Directors confirm that they
have a reasonable expectation that the Group
will be able to continue in operation and meet
its liabilities as they fall due over the three
year period ending 31 December 2024.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
50
52 CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION
53 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
55 GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
56 ACTIVITIES OF THE BOARD
57 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
59 NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
63 BOARD EVALUATION
64 AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT
67 REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
88 REMUNERATION POLICY
93 DIRECTORS’ REPORT
96 DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Governance
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
51
CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION
UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018
(the “Code”) which is available to view on
the Financial Reporting Council’s website
is the standard against which we measured
ourselves in 2021. The Board confirms that
we complied with all of the provisions set
out in the Code for the period under review.
Details on how we have applied the principles
set out in the Code and how governance
operates at JTC have been summarised
throughout the Directors’ Report.
Our full Corporate Governance Statement
outlining is available on www.jtcgroup.com/
investorrelations
Leading with
purpose
MIKE LISTON, OBE
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
PURPOSE & CULTURE
Reflecting on the past year I believe there has
never been such relevance for JTC’s corporate
purpose and the deeply embedded Shared
Ownership culture which supports it.
Governments across the globe have turned to
the markets to mobilise an unprecedented
flow of capital to stimulate economic and
social recovery from the pandemic and to fund
new energy infrastructure to meet the twin
threats of energy insecurity and climate change.
These tangible imperatives give new meaning
to the concept of ‘connecting capital for good’
and they reinforce the culture of togetherness
and alignment which has underpinned the
extraordinary performance of our people
throughout several global crises.
Our business has increasingly enabled cross-
border capital flows, as international clients
responded to the new opportunities that
emerged from globalisation. However, in a
new world which rightly demands that business
plays a role in society that is measured by
more than just commercial success, our purpose
now extends far beyond providing sophisticated
professional services, to include wider support
for the environmental, social and governance
performance of assets created by the
intermediation of capital flows. This global
change applies not only to the transacting
parties, but to other stakeholders such as the
capital markets, regulators, governments and
the communities they serve. JTC operates in
over 20 jurisdictions, all of which interconnect
to generate positive macroeconomic impacts
from the assets administered in these jurisdictions,
which in turn support GDP and employment
in many countries.
INDUSTRY CONSOLIDATION
The complexity of facilitating cross-border
business amidst a plethora of regulatory regimes
has led in recent years to the need for immense
specialisation and expertise in our industry.
At the same time client demand for multi-
jurisdictional, multi-disciplinary services has
soared. This, together with acquisition activity
by Private Equity players is driving rapid
consolidation in what remains a fragmented
sector with several thousand participants
globally. Our relatively unique position as a
public company has enabled us to act on the
resulting opportunities to supplement our
strong organic growth, with seven acquisitions
during the year. Through our well-established
compounding strategy that marries organic
growth to disciplined acquisitions and a
relentless commitment to operational excellence,
we aim within our current multi-year business
plan, the Galaxy era, to double again the size
of JTC group in a timescale similar to that
which we achieved following our IPO in 2018.
The excellent progress made in 2021, the first
year of the Galaxy era, affords us the comfort
of maintaining discipline as we continue to
assess a strong pipeline of opportunities
forboththe right cultural and strategic fit
from acquisitions.
As pleasing as it is to see the inherent value
of our industry recognised in high levels of
market M&A, your Board remains committed
to the long term and, in particular, the
preservation of the unique culture which has
served the company, its employees and
shareholders so well for so long. That culture
has benefitted from evolution during the
company’s journey from private to public
ownership and makes JTC not only an agile,
entrepreneurial business but also a good
corporate citizen, service provider and employer.
Moreover, an all-employee shared-ownership
model supports an “owners mindset” throughout
the company, which in turn attracts like-minded
individuals in the intense competition for talent
and acquisitions.
With every single permanent employee an
owner of the Company, our people have
continued to deliver record business performance
since IPO, unimpaired by the disruptions of
the pandemic and employee retention
performance remains sector-leading. It was
fitting therefore that they shared a £20m
award of JTC shares under the Employee
Incentive Plan in its first distribution in the
listed era.
Exceptional human talent is essential to delivery
in our people-centric professional services
business and so too is the organisation of that
talent. Our balanced and diversified business
model unifies resources in an industry otherwise
fragmented around the specialist markets of
Funds, Corporate and Private Client Services.
Recent convergence in the sophistication
required to serve these markets is providing
substantial benefits during our expansion as
we serve all these markets from a single
platform of talent, technology, infrastructure
and other resources
GOVERNANCE
Your Board confirms that it complied with all
the provisions set out in the UK Corporate
Governance Code during the reporting period.
In addition, we commissioned an independent,
expert review of the Board’s effectiveness and
whilst I believe all stakeholders will be reassured
by the review’s findings, we remain committed
to do even better. Full details of the review can
be found in the Nominations Committee Report
and further insight into our governance regime
can be found in the accompanying reports of
the Audit and Risk and Remuneration committees.
Having always aspired to promote being the
best business we can be holistically, we are
greatly encouraged by the rapid rise of ESG
as a governance imperative for businesses.
JTC is inherently a governance business and
our Shared Ownership culture is a 24 year long
commitment to social equality and success
achieved through meritocracy. In the
environmental sphere, our long experience of
administering renewable energy funds is one
example of the knowledge and skills that equip
us well to amplify social impact far beyond
our own pursuit of net zero carbon status. I am
pleased to confirm that JTC is now Carbon
Neutral+ and reporting under TCFD in addition
to the SASB reporting we introduced in 2020.
Since year-end we have created the role of
Chief Sustainability Officer, which will be
performed by Wendy Holley in addition to her
role as Group Chief Operating Officer. With her
decades of industry experience and expertise
in all operational areas of the Group, she is
ideally placed to drive our ESG strategies into
the fabric of the business, ensuring that our
ESG goals are not only embedded in our
everyday activities but also prioritised in our
business strategy to capture the substantial
commercial opportunities in front of us.
Our acquisition this year of Indos Financial
gives us an enhanced ability to provide clients
with a range of ESG services, including oversight
and assurance of regulatory compliance.
Implementation of the Group’s Executive
succession plan has continued to progress along
the established evolutionary path, with the
latest milestone being an expansion of duties
for Iain Johns and Jon Jennings, the incumbent
Heads of our PCS and ICS Divisions. Iain and
Jon will now broaden their spans of control by
taking on additional responsibilities in the roles
of Group Managing Director and Deputy Group
Managing Director respectively. They will further
progress their development in the Company by
working closely with Nigel as Group CEO and
also the Group Operations teams. The focus of
their expanded roles will be the implementation
of strategies that drive growth, develop JTC’s
global platform and support and nurture our
Shared Ownership culture.
Development and succession planning for non-
executive directors also progressed with an
independent search and evaluation process
which has yielded strong candidates, resulting
in the appointment of Kate Beauchamp to the
Board in March 2022, adding valuable new skills
and experience and strengthening independent
oversight in a number of key areas.
AGM
Our AGM provides investors with a valuable
opportunity to communicate with us.
In recognition of this the Board is seeking
Shareholders’ authority to permit combined
physical and electronic general meetings to
be convened in the future. This will enable us
to explore opportunities to remove barriers
to participation and engage with Shareholders
unable to attend general meetings in person,
while reducing the environmental impact of
our meetings.
MIKE LISTON OBE
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
14 April 2022
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
52
Board of Directors
Values and leadership
MIKE LISTON, OBE (70)
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
NIGEL LE QUESNE (61)
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
MARTIN FOTHERINGHAM (57)
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
WENDY HOLLEY (55)
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
APPOINTMENT
TOBOARD
8 March 2018 12 January 2018 (joined the Group in 1991) 12 January 2018 (joined the Group in 2015) 19 July 2019 joined the Group in 2008)
COMMITTEE
MEMBERSHIP
Nomination
Remuneration
Not applicable. Not applicable. Not applicable.
QUALIFICATIONS Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering and
theInstitution of Engineering and Technology
Fellow of the Chartered Governance Institute Chartered Accountant Chartered FCIPD, MIAB
EXPERIENCE Extensive experience across public and private sector
businesses. Chief Executive of Jersey Electricity plc
between 1993 and 2008, subsequently holding a
number of Non-Executive roles.
Key figure in the development of JTC over the last
29years with extensive trust, fund and corporate
administration experience.
Extensive management and corporate finance experience. Over 25 years’ experience in financial services
operations and HR.
RELEVANT SKILLS Broad range of experience at Board level, including
eight years’ relevant industry experience.
Extensive experience in leadership and management.
Commercial, strategic, communication and investor
relations skills.
Experience of financial markets and fund management.
Strong financial analysis skills.
Extensive experience in financial management
andreporting.
Broad range of management experience.
Broad range of management, project and business
integration experience.
EXTERNAL
APPOINTMENTS
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration
Committee and a member of the Audit & Risk
Committee of Foresight Group Holdings PLC.
Not applicable. Not applicable. Not applicable.
DIRECTOR EFFECTIVENESS
The Board meets regularly during the year as
well as on an ad hoc basis, as required by
business needs. The Board met formally 8times
during the year and member attendance for
each meeting held during the year is shown
in the table opposite.
MEETING ATTENDANCE
The following table shows the attendance of
Directors at scheduled Board and ad hoc Board
meetings during the year.
* Kate Beauchamp was appointed to the Board
post the reporting period on 24 March 2022.
Member Mike Liston Nigel Le Quesne Martin Fotheringham Dermot Mathias Michael Gray Erika Schraner Wendy Holley
Member since March 2018 January 2018 January 2018 March 2018 March 2018 November 2019 July 2019
Maximum no. of meetings 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
No. of meetings attended 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
% of meetings attended 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
53
BOARD OF DIRECTORS VALUES AND LEADERSHIP CONTINUED
DERMOT MATHIAS (72)
SENIOR INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
MICHAEL GRAY (56)
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
ERIKA SCHRANER (54)
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
KATE BEAUCHAMP (47)*
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
APPOINTMENT
TOBOARD
8 March 2018 8 March 2018 18 November 2019 24 March 2022
COMMITTEE
MEMBERSHIP
Nomination
Audit and Risk (Chair)
Remuneration
Nomination
Audit and Risk
Remuneration (Chair)
Nomination (Chair)
Audit and Risk
Remuneration
Nomination
Audit and Risk
Remuneration
QUALIFICATIONS Chartered Accountant. FCIBS, AMCT, Dip IoD. PhD in Management Science &Engineering. LLB (Hons).
EXPERIENCE Extensive management, corporate finance
andNEDexperience.
20 years’ senior management, financial and
capitalraising expertise and relevant experience.
Executive at IBM Corp. and Symantec Corp. Partner
and Americas Operational Transaction Services leader
(Tech Sector) at Ernst & Young (US). Partner, UK M&A
Integration Leader & TMT M&A Advisory/Delivering
Deal Value Leader at PwC LLP, London.
Qualified lawyer with more than 20 years’
experience in both private and commercial
practiceand in the provision of corporate and
legaladvisory services in both the UK and USA
RELEVANT SKILLS Strong financial skills.
Extensive experience in leadership and management.
Communication and management skills.
Extensive experience in the banking sector.
Extensive information technology and M&A experience. Strong risk management skills.
Extensive corporate governance, M&A contract
negotiation and commercial litigation experience.
EXTERNAL
APPOINTMENTS
Formerly Non-Executive Director and Chairman of
the Audit Committee of Shaftesbury PLC (retired
25 February 2021 having served over eight years
onthe Board). Governor of Activate Learning.
Non-Executive Director Jersey Finance Limited.
Non-Executive Director & member of the Audit
Committee GCP Infrastructure Investments Limited.
Non-Executive Director EPESpecial Opportunities
Limited. Non-Executive Director abrdn Latin Income
Fund Limited.
Non-Executive Director, Chair of the Audit
Committee and member of the Remuneration and
Nomination Committees Aferian plc. Non-Executive
Director Pod Point Group Holdings plc. Non-
Executive Director Bytes Technology Group Plc.
Not applicable.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
54
GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
JTC PLC
INTERNAL AUDIT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
REGULATED SUBSIDIARIES’ BOARDS
THE LIST OF REGULATED OR AUTHORISED SUBSIDIARIES
MAY BE VIEWED AT JTCGROUP.COM/LEGAL-AND-REGULATORY
REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE
AUDIT AND RISK
COMMITTEE
GROUP
REMUNERATION
BANKING AND
TREASURY
GROUP AND RISK
COMPLIANCE
INVESTMENT
COMMITTEE
GROUP
DEVELOPMENT
COMMITTEE
PCS EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE
ICS EXECUTIVE
COMMITTEE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF JTC GROUP HOLDINGS
LIMITED
BOARD GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK
NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
2021 HIGHLIGHTS
CHAIRMAN
– Leads & responsible for Board effectiveness
– Sets Board agendas in consultation with CEO,
CFOandCompanySecretary.
– Scrutinises the performance of the Executives & oversee
theannualBoard Effectiveness programme.
– Facilitates contributions from all Directors and ensures
effectiverelationships.
– Ensures the views of all stakeholders are understood
&consideredappropriately in decision making.
CEO
– Represents all stakeholders, including employees, clients,
regulatorsand investors.
– Develops and implements strategy, as approved by the Board
– Sets the cultural tone of the organisation.
– Facilitates an effective link between the business and the Board.
– Responsible for overall delivery of commercial objectives oftheGroup.
– The CEO’s Review can be found on pages 4 to 7.
CFO
– Manages the Group’s financial affairs.
– Supports the CEO in the implementation & achievement
oftheGroup’s strategic objectives.
– The CFO’s Review can be found on pages 12 to 16.
SID
– Acts as a NED
– Supports the Chairman in the delivery of his objectives.
– Acts as an alternative contact for shareholders.
– Leads the appraisal of the Chairman’s performance with the NEDs.
– Undertakes a key role in succession planning for the Board, together
with the Board Committees, Chairman and NEDs.
NEDS
– Monitor the delivery of strategy within the risk & control
frameworkset by the Board.
– Ensure internal controls are robust & that the external Audit
isundertaken properly.
– Engage with internal & external stakeholders and feedback
insightstothe Board.
– Constructively challenge & assist in the development of strategy.
– Play a key role in succession planning for the Board.
COO
– Develops & implements operational strategy.
– Leads & supports post-acquisition integration team.
– Responsible for ‘people’, culture & remuneration.
COMPANY SECRETARY
– Ensures appropriate information flows to the Board.
– Advises and keeps the Board updated on legal & regulatory
requirements & best-practice corporate governance.
– Facilitates newly appointed Directors’ inductions, tailored
individualrequirements.
– Ensures compliance with Board procedures & provides support
totheChairman.
BOARD SKILLS & DIVERSITY
Pages 53 and 54
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
Page 63
BOARD AND COMMITTEE
OVERSIGHT
Pages 52, 55 and 56
INDEPENDENCE
Pages 53, 54 and 55
SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Page 57
PAY-FOR-PERFORMANCE
Page 72
AUDIT, RISK AND INTERNAL
CONTROLS
Pages 42 to 49 and 64 to 66
PROMOTION OF
CORPORATECULTURE
Pages 28 to 34
ESG 28 to 34
Our full Corporate Governance
Statement is available on:
www.jtcgroup.com/investorrelations
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
55
ACTIVITIES OF THE BOARD
BOARD ACTIVITIES DURING 2021
The Board meets regularly during the year as
well as on an ad hoc basis, as required by
business needs.
The Board met formally eight times during
the year and attendance is shown in the table
on page 53.
Board activities are structured to help the
Board achieve its goals and to provide support
and advice to the executive management team
on the delivery of Group strategy within a
robust governance framework.
Meetings between the Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors, both with and without
the presence of the Group CEO, are scheduled
in the Board’s annual programme. During the
year, the Non-Executive Directors met on
several occasions without the presence of the
executives. These meetings were encouraged
by the Chairman and provide the Non-Executive
Directors with a forum in which to share
experiences and to discuss wider business
topics, fostering debate in Board and committee
meetings and strengthening working relationships.
In addition to routine financial and operating
reports and updates, the Board spends time
debating and formulating Group strategy and
reviewing its performance. Throughout the
year, the Board received presentations from
colleagues across the Group and regularly
reviewed the periodic financial results, market
consensus, operational updates, merger and
acquisition opportunities, capital expenditure
and other matters.
The Board has a formal schedule of matters
reserved for its decision as follows:
– values, culture and stakeholders
– purpose, strategy and management
– Board membership and other
appointments
– financial and other reporting and controls
– audit, risk and internal controls
– contracts and capital structure
– communication
– remuneration
– delegation of authority
– corporate governance and other matters
Board activities are structured to help the
Board achieve its goals and to provide support
and advice to the executive management team
on the delivery of Group strategy within a
robust governance framework.
The following is a summary of the key matters
considered by the Board throughout the year:
JANUARY
– CEO update call with NEDs
– CEO one-to-one call with Chairman
– Trading update
FEBRUARY
– Board meeting
– Internal Audit framework
– Acquisition opportunities & approval
– Executive remuneration outcomes
MARCH
– CEO update call with NEDs
– CEO one-to-one call with Chairman
APRIL
– Board meeting
– 2020 Annual Results
– Acquisition opportunities & approval
– Placing of new Ordinary Shares
– Executive conditional PSP awards
MAY
– Board meeting
– Operational systems (Blueprint) review
– AGM
– Executive remuneration 2021
JUNE
– CEO update call with NEDs
– CEO one-to-one call with Chairman
JULY
– Board meeting
– EIP share award
– Group remuneration review
– Trading update
– Acquisition opportunities & approval
– Group Risk Appetite & framework
AUGUST
– CEO update call with NEDs
– CEO one-to-one call with Chairman
SEPTEMBER
– Board meetings
– Acquisition opportunities & funding
approval
– Group re-financing
– Approval 2021 Interim Results
– Directors Remuneration Policy review
OCTOBER
– Placing of new Ordinary Shares
– CEO update call with NEDs
– CEO one-to-one call with Chairman
NOVEMBER
– Board meeting
– Board composition &
proposedNEDappointment
– ESG & appointment of CSO
– Executive remuneration 2021
DECEMBER
– CEO update call with NEDs
– CEO one-to-one call with Chairman
SECTION 172(1) STATEMENT
JTC is incorporated in Jersey under the
Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended)
which does not have a statutory equivalent
to section 172 of the Companies Act 2006
(the UK Act). However, in accordance with
Provision 5 of the 2018 Code, the Directors
have undertaken to describe in the annual
report how their interests and the matters
set out in section 172 have been considered
in board discussions and decision-making.
Section 172(1) requires a director of a
company to act in a way they consider, in
good faith, would most likely promote the
success of the company for the benefit of
its members as a whole, and in doing so,
have regard, amongst other matters, to:
– the likely consequences of any
decision inthe long-term;
– the interests of the company’s
employees;
– the need to foster the Company’s
business relationships with suppliers,
customers and others;
– the impact of the Company’s
operations on the community and
the environment;
– the desirability of the Company
maintaining a reputation for high
standards of business conduct; and
– the need to act fairly as between
members of the Company.
Set out on page 57 are some examples
ofhow the Directors have had regard to
the matters set out in section 172(1)(a)-(f)
and the effect on certain decisions made
by the Directors.
BOARD PRIORITIES FOR 2022
– Strategy and innovation
– Risk and sustainability
– Culture and talent oversight
– Dynamic Governance
– M&A integration
– Stakeholder engagement
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
56
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
WHY IT IS IMPORTANT TO ENGAGE HOW WE ENGAGE KEY INTERESTS OUTCOME OF ENGAGEMENT
CLIENTS
– Ambassador and Star
Ratingsprogrammes
– 2,805 social media posts
– 121 e-comms
– 104 thought leadership articles
– 80 press releases
– 17 direct marketing campaigns
Clients are the lifeblood of the business. The nature
of our service offering means that we nurture and
value long-term relationships, partnering with our
clients to help them grow and achieve their aims.
Client relationships typically last at least five years,
with many lasting well over a decade and can even
be multi-generational.
The Group Heads of ICS and PCS keep the Board
informed of new and evolving trends and the
requirements of our client base.
Client feedback through JTC’s Ambassador and Star
Ratings programmes is used to drive continuous
improvement in service quality, key processes and
overall performance.
Our aim is to provide our clients with value added
and competitive solutions tailored to their present
and future needs.
By taking an entrepreneurial approach and delivering
a first class service with a can-do attitude, we are
able to retain and support our clients in a way that
adds value and is mutually beneficial.
EMPLOYEES
– ‘Shared Ownership’ programme
– Comms Champions forum
– 338 ‘JTC Joogle’ articles
– 300 employee appreciation cards sent
– 29 employee events & competitions
– 25 CEO update e-comms
– 12 virtual birthday breakfasts
Our people are our most valuable asset and sit atthe
heart of the business. They hold the talent, expertise
and energy to meet and exceed our clients’ expectations
and help the Group achieve its long-term goals.
The Board receives regular people strategy updates
from the COO, including details of our employee
engagement activities, updates on diversity, inclusion
and equity initiatives, measurement and performance,
learning and development (JTC Academy), employee
wellness (JTC Wellbeing), employee mobility (JTC
Gateway) and succession planning.
Our engagement is supported by three constantly
evolving programmes. JTC Academy for learning
and development, JTC Gateway for global mobility
opportunities and JTC Wellbeing for physical,
emotional and mental good health. All of these
aresupported and underpinned by our Shared
Ownership programmes.
Through our Shared Ownership culture and Guiding
Principles we aim to help every member of the team
maximise their individual potential, enjoy a balanced
life and have the opportunity to share directly in the
long-term growth and success of JTC.
INTERMEDIARIES
– 3,626 meetings
– 2,805 social media posts
– 86 conferences & events
– 44 videos produced
– 24 webinars
– 121 e-comms
As an independent professional services firm, we
are able to offer best-in-class services to the clients
of intermediary partners that are complementary
to their own services. We seek to form long-term
relationships with intermediaries, working to achieve
mutually beneficial commercial growth.
The Board is kept informed of intermediary partners
initiatives through the Executive Committees of both
Divisions, withsupport from the Chief Commercial
Officer, Chief Communications Officer and business
developmentteams.
We proactively develop, manage and monitor
relationships with our intermediary partners, focusing
on relationships and complementary services and
using technology, such as Salesforce CRM, to make
our engagement as efficient as possible.
By working with a range of high quality intermediaries
we are able to grow the business organically, especially
in terms of winning new clients and also offer our
clients access to a wide range of ancillary services
from top-class providers.
Understanding the views and values of all
our stakeholders is critical to JTC’s success
and we use a range of tools to foster an
open dialogue with all of them.
Stakeholder engagement in the Group is
overseen by the Board and material engagements
are reported to the Board at each meeting.
Interactions with stakeholders take place on
both a formal and informal basis, are ongoing
and conducted by the functions directly aligned
with the stakeholder group. For example,
employee engagements are mainly coordinated
by the senior management team and engagements
with clients include administration and
operational staff.
For each matter that comes before the Board,
the Board considers the likely consequences
of any decision in the long-term, identifies
stakeholders who may be affected, and carefully
considers their interests and any potential
impact as part of the decision-making process.
We openly communicate the reasons for our
decisions so stakeholders can understand what
we have done and how their feedback has been
considered. Some of our information will be
technical in nature, but we aim to communicate
in ways that make it accessible for different
audiences while still providing sufficient detail.
With stakeholder trust being a vital ingredient
for sustainable long-term growth the Board
is committed to maintaining engagement
mechanisms that are working well and to find
better ways to reach those where our opportunity
for engagement is currently limited.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
57
WHY IT IS IMPORTANT TO ENGAGE HOW WE ENGAGE KEY INTERESTS OUTCOME OF ENGAGEMENT
REGULATORS AND
GOVERNMENT BODIES
– 21 Regulatory Relationships
– 20 Regulatory/Governmental
Reviewmeetings
– 2 Onsite Regulatory Examinations
– 20 Industry Association memberships
Governments and regulators, at national, regional
and local levels, draft, implement and uphold
legislation, rules and regulations, and set the
framework within which we operate.
JTC has a global footprint and currently operates
30 offices in 20 different jurisdictions and we market
our services in many more countries. The long-term
success of our business is enhanced through
engagement with relevant government bodies,
including promotional bodies for the financial services
sector, as well as bodies that relate to employment,
environmental, social and governance matters.
The Chief Risk Officer and Company Secretary, and
other subject matter experts regularly update the
Board on matters affecting the Group as a result of
actions being taken by regional and national government
bodies and agencies which implement and enforce
laws and regulations.
We engage directly through membership of government
trade bodies as well as contributing both time,
expertise and experience to groups such as policy
working parties. We also directly contribute to
thepublic finances of the countries where we
operateby ensuring timely payment of our relevant
tax liabilities.
We take a disciplined, timely and proactive approach
in monitoring regulatory updates and responding
to any regulatory requests and requirements. We work
closely and transparently with regulators as
circumstances dictate, including on convened working
parties and through local professional associations.
By forming appropriate and engaged relationships
with our regulators we are able to offer an even
better and more informed service to our clients,
mitigating risk by ensuring compliance with all
relevant standards, regulations and laws.
By engaging directly with government bodies we are
able to contribute to the countries and markets
where we operate and positively represent the
interests of JTC and its clients. We take a long-term
partnership approach and respect the value and
opportunity that comes from participating in each
market where we do business.
SHAREHOLDERS
– Full year and interim results
presentations and roadshows
– 125+ meeting with holders
andnonholders
– Met with 100% of top 20
institutionalholders
– 58 new holders added to share register
– 2 successful equity fundraises
Shareholders are the companies, financial institutions
and individuals that hold a stake in the Company,
including employees, who are a key group of
shareholders in the Group.
They are entitled to receive dividends and to vote
at shareholder meetings on certain matters, including
the election of the Company’s Directors.
We regularly meet with institutional investors and
analysts through our results roadshows and selected
industry conferences. The Board attends the Company’s
AGM, where Directors are available to answer
questions. The Company also provides regular financial
reports and other adhoc information, which is
maintained on our website: jtcgroup.com/investor-
relations/
Shareholders, and particularly institutional investors,
are constantly evaluating their holdings in the
Company and whether to buy, hold or sell shares.
We provide insightful information about the Company’s
strategy, projects and performance to assist them
in their assessment of the Company.
We pay special attention to how we communicate
with shareholders, maintaining fluent and transparent
dialogue with them in order to ensure that they are
treated well and informed of all relevant information.
CHARITIES AND COMMUNITIES
– £187,500 in charitable donations
– 225 hours of employee time donated
to Maximising Potential initiative
– 120+ fundraising events
– 115+ charities supported
– 30 JTC offices engaged
The jurisdictions and countries where we operate
are more than just the homes of our clients, they
are the homes of our employees, their families and
their communities. Engaging with charities around
the world, and in particular in the markets where
our operations are most substantial, is an important
way of giving back to those communities.
We take an employee-led approach to charitable
giving and seek to get involved with both international
and local organisations that benefit the people and
communities where we work. We also recognise the
value of our client and intermediary relationships
and where appropriate seek to support their charitable
endeavours also.
Engaging with a range of organisations in the third
sector, with a particular focus on education and
wellbeing, helps to guide our programmes and our
impact on the environment and society in the
jurisdictions and countries where we operate.
Engaging directly with charities, both as JTC and
where relevant on behalf of our clients, allows us
tosupport the communities where we operate
andmake a difference to people’s lives. We believe
in maximising the potential of the individual and
thisprovides a focus for our charitable engagement
and giving.
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
58
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Nomination
Committee Report
ERIKA SCHRANER
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee consists of five independent
non-executive directors including Kate
Beauchamp who joined on 24 March 2022.
I am chair of the Committee with the Group
Company Secretary acting as secretary to the
Committee. Other Board members are invited
to attend the Committee meetings where there
is no conflict of interest. Information on the
significant professional expertise that each
Committee member brings can be found in their
professional biographies on pages 53 and 54.
The table below shows membership and
attendance. In addition to the scheduled
meetings, members discuss Committee business
at other times during the year during formal
Board meetings and at the Directors regular
informal calls with the Executives.
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Erika Schraner
Independent Non-Executive Director
Mike Liston
Non-Executive Chairman
Dermot Mathias
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Michael Gray
Independent Non-Executive Director
Kate Beauchamp*
Independent Non-Executive Director
(appointed 24 March 2022)
“ We are committed to continuing to evolve diversity of
theBoard and the executive team, whilst ensuring that
thecomposition at both levels supports the Company
inachieving its strategic plans.”
DEAR SHAREHOLDER,
On behalf of the Committee, I am pleased to present
our Report for the year ended 31 December 2021.
It sets out how we fulfilled our duties under the
Committee Terms of Reference and the Code and
relevant legislation.
The Committee works to ensure that the Board maintains
an appropriate balance of skills, knowledge and
experience to deliver the Group’s short-term and
long-term success. I would like to thank the members
of the Committee, the other Board members and our
external advisor, Loudwater Advisory Services for their
support during the year.
ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Our Committee works to regularly evaluate the balance
of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of the
Board and its committees, and to make recommendations
for changes, mindful of the need for orderly succession
of the Board. As such, we identify and propose new
appointments of Executive or Non-Executive Directors,
or reappointment of these if their term of office expires.
Our scope can be summarised into four elements:
– Board Composition: regularly review the
structure, size and composition (including the
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) of the
Board and make recommendations to the Board
with regard to any changes;
– Succession: drive succession planning for
directors and other senior executives taking into
account the challenges and opportunities facing
the company, and the skills and expertise needed
on the Board in the future;
– Talent management: oversee the development
ofa diverse and inclusive succession pipeline
– Evaluation: periodically review the format
oftheBoard Committee and Directors’
performance evaluation programme to
ensurethat feedback is actioned.
The Committee’s written Terms of Reference are
available on our website. We are satisfied that they
reflect our roles and responsibilities in line with the
Code and associated regulations.
COMMITTEE MEETINGS IN 2021
The Committee met formally twice during the year. Attendance by the Committee members
at these meetings is shown below:
* Kate Beauchamp was appointed post the reporting period on 24 March 2022.
Meetings attended
Erika Schraner (Chair) 100%
Michael Gray 100%
Mike Liston 100%
Dermot Mathias 100%
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
59
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
KEY ACTIVITIES IN 2021
In 2021, we engaged an independent third-
party advisor, Loudwater Advisory Services
tolead the Board evaluation process. We report
on this process, results and subsequent
development plan in detail on page 63.
I am pleased to report there were many positive
aspects to the Board evaluation findings, in
particular welcoming the observation that we
have established “a very high bar of corporate
governance excellence.”
As well as assessing the performance of the
Board and its committees, the evaluation
process was designed to rigorously test whether
its composition, dynamics, operations and
structure are effective for JTC and its business
environment in the Galaxy Era, and beyond.
As a Committee, we are satisfied the evaluation
findings demonstrate that this is the case.
We found the participation of a third-party
advisor enhanced the objectivity and rigour
of the evaluation process and results, and may
consider engaging them further to support
implementation recommendations, and
potentially to assist with the 2022 review.
Succession planning and talent management
continue to be a priority for the Committee
and throughout the year the Committee focussed
on the succession plan and pipeline of candidates
for the Board and senior management.
As reported last year, we continue to research
future potential candidates to ensure orderly
Board refreshment and diversity. This year, we
undertook a selection process to identify
suitable candidates to recommend for
appointment to the Board as an additional
Non-Executive Director.
When considering such appointments, we
identify the skills and experience required for
the role, and select individuals based on these,
with due regard for the benefits of diversity.
We again engaged Loudwater to support our
efforts to seek out a greater pool of suitable
prospective candidates, to include groups
currently under-represented on the Board,
such as women or ethnic minorities.
Loudwater assessed candidates taking into
account overall ability, competence, formal
qualifications and relevant professional
experience, and the Chairman, CEO and CFO
conducted personal interviews with the short-
listed candidates.
In February 2022, the Committee was pleased
to recommend the appointment of Kate
Beauchamp to the Board as an independent
Non-Executive Director.
Kate’s appointment to the Board was approved
with effect from 24 March 2022. Kate brings
to the Company a wide range of experience
at Board level across a number of sectors,
which will complement and strengthen the
Board’s skill-set and we look forward to working
with her.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
JTC is a people-led business that is inclusive,
engaged and committed to developing our
people and supporting their career progression
through the business, providing a fulfilling and
fair environment in which to work. In line with
our Guiding Principles and our commitment
to operating a meritocratic approach to career
progression, we have an ambition to achieve
an improved diversity balance at all levels.
JTC values diversity and the benefits it can
contribute to success. Our progress on gender
diversity continues to track positively across
the company as shown in the table on page
61 and at the time of writing, there are 38%
of women on the Board. However the Board
acknowledges that there is currently relatively
low representation of female employees at
the most senior management levels of the
organisation and that it currently lacks ethnic
diversity . The recent Independent Non-Executive
Director search produced a shortlist with an
ethnic minority candidate that proceeded to
the final stages of the selection process. On this
occasion, that candidate was not successful
to final appointment. However, the Committee
remains mindful of the Parker Review
recommendation of Board’s having at least
one Director of colour by 2024 and ethnic
diversity remains a key consideration for all
future appointments. Furthermore, and in line
with new recommendations from the FTSE
Women Leaders Review, diversity consideration
will now encompass to have at least 40%
female directors on the Board and senior
leadership team and have at least one woman
in the Chair, senior independent director, CEO
or CFO role by the end of 2025.
“ This has been a satisfying year for our Committee and
the Board welcomed our external Board Evaluation’s
feedback that we have established ‘a very high bar
ofcorporate governance excellence’. ”
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
60
NOMINATION COMMITTEE PRIORITIES 2022
Board composition The Committee will continue to assess how the Board’s composition and director nomination process reflects theCompany’s
commitment to making further progress on diversity, equity and inclusion.
The Committee will consider what skills the Board needs to deliver the Company’s strategy throughout the ‘Galaxy Era’ and
beyond deal with changes in the business environment.
Talent Management This is the overall foundation of all JTC Academy activity. ‘Project Talisman’, the use of data to feed high potential learning plans
to aid succession planning across the Group, will be a key area of focus and oversight from 2022.
The Committee will be reviewing Group’s gender diversity evolution and policies, and gender pay gap review in 2022, continuing
to build our focus on diversity and inclusion as part of the Group’s HR strategy.
Succession Board succession discussions are seen as a matter for the whole Board, with the Committee reviewing the executive and senior
talent succession planning and company strategy to ensure that there is appropriate challenge, questioning and debate.
In 2022 the Committee will continue to review the Executive succession plans and talent pipeline, the ongoing development of
directors, thecontinued suitability of contingency plans and strategy for the next cycle ofboard appointments and reappointments.
Evaluation In accordance with the Board evaluation programme, the 2022 Board effectiveness assessment can be conducted internally, but
the Board Committee may choose to potentially use the assistance of an external advisor at it did in 2021 for the 2022 review.
The Board and the Committee consider that annual evaluations provide essential insight into how the Board functions as a
group and assists the Committee in the complex task of evaluating the skills, strengths and experience of the Directors in
support of the Company’s long-term strategy.
Regular independent analysis of Board composition and its collective effectiveness also enables the Committee to incorporate
this insight on an ongoing basis so that it may ensure the Board’s composition adequately supports the Company’s needs in line
with JTC’s evolution.
GENDER DIVERSITY (YEAR-END HEADCOUNT %)
2021 2020
Board of Directors 71% MALE/29% FEMALE
1
71% MALE/29% FEMALE
Senior Managers – Directors 65% MALE/35% FEMALE 86% MALE/14% FEMALE
Directors and Managers 50% MALE/50% FEMALE 55% MALE/45% FEMALE
All employees 43% MALE/57% FEMALE 43% MALE/57% FEMALE
1 Board of Directors 62% MALE/38% FEMALE with effect from 24/03/2022 following Kate Beauchamp’s appointment.
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
In accordance with the Companies (Jersey)
Law 1991, as amended, all Directors who
areinterested in, or subsequently became
aware of their interest in, a transaction or
proposed transaction with the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, must immediately
declare the nature and extent of that interest
to the Board. The Company Secretary maintains
the Directors’ Register of Interests and Conflicts,
which is reviewed by the Directors at every
Board meeting.
All Directors complete an annual declaration
confirming they have declared all applicable
interests and conflicts. They may hold other
directorships if the Board determines that
these do not cause any conflict of interest,
and are satisfied the Director will be able to
devote the necessary time and commitment
to their JTC role.
RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
On the recommendation of the Committee,
and in accordance with the Company’s Articles
of Association and with the Code, all Directors
will retire at the forthcoming AGM and offer
themselves for re-election or, in the case of
Kate Beauchamp election, by shareholders.
All of the Directors have indicated their
willingness to offer themselves for re-election.
The Board, having considered the mix of skills,
knowledge and experience of the Directors,
recommends the re-election or election of
each member of the Board based on their skills,
experience and contribution towards achieving
the Group’s strategy and creating long-term
value for stakeholders.
SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The Committee welcomes questions from
shareholders on its activities throughout
theyear. If you wish to discuss any aspect
ofthis report, please contact me via the
Company Secretary.
I would like to thank the other members of
the Committee, management and our external
advisers for their support during the year
ERIKA SCHRANER
NOMINATION COMMITTEE CHAIR
14 April 2022
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
61
BOARD EVALUATION OUTCOMES
Board Appointment
Selection & Induction
KATE BEAUCHAMP
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
SELECTION PRINCIPALS
For Non-Executive Director recruitment,
theCommittee considers the strategic
composition of the Board and follows two of
JTC’s Guiding Principles: meritocracy and
maximising individual potential.
These principles function much like a policy
and include both quantitative and qualitative
principles, considering: (i) the overall aspired
Board composition and diversity of gender,
race and ethnicity, nationality, background
and experience, together with the desired
skillsets that align with the Company’s strategy
and purpose; and (ii) the values, attitudes, and
behaviours expected of Directors.
SELECTION PROCESS
When the Nomination Committee considers
an appointment recommendation it follows a
formal and transparent procedure.
In late 2021 the Committee was assisted in its
search for a new Non-Executive Director by its
adviser, Loudwater who were considered
appropriate and relevant for the assignment as
they were able to bring their knowledge of the
Board and its mix of strength and skills having
facilitated the 2021 Board Effectiveness Review.
A detailed candidate profile was compiled and
discussed by the Nomination Committee, taking
into consideration the balance of skills and
experience of existing Board members and the
requirements of the Company and its future
strategy. Once finalised the profile was recommended
by the Nomination Committee to the Board for
discussion and approval, and a search and selection
process undertaken by Loudwater based on that
profile, with a sub-committee being appointed
to lead the selection process.
Candidates were identified and selected against
objective criteria including their skills and
experience while having due regard to the
benefits of diversity on the Board.
Of the 15 candidates initially identified, following
a screening process, 7 individuals were invited
for interview. The sub-committee then
chooseashortlist of 3 candidates who, having
undertaken Hogan personality assessments,
were interviewed independently by Loudwater
and the Executive Directors. The sub-committee
then choose afinalist from among the short-
listed candidateswho was interviewed by the
Chairman of theBoard.
On the basis of referencing, the assessment
results, Loudwater’s evaluation and candidate
interview performance the sub-committee
recommended that Kate Beauchamp should
be appointed to the Board as an Independent
Non-Executive Director, and that she be
considered for appointment to the Board’s
Audit & Risk, Remuneration and Nomination
Committees on appointment.
APPOINTMENT
Kate Beauchamp’s appointment as an independent
non-executive director, and a member of the
Audit & Risk, Remuneration and Nomination
Committees was approved by Board with effect
from 24 March 2022. Further details of Kate’s
qualifications, skills and experience may be
found on page 54.
In accordance with the Company’s Articles
and with the Code, Kate will retire at the
forthcoming AGM and offer herself for election
by Shareholders.
“ Having built my career around managing risk,
protecting & advocating for good corporate
governance, it is a privilege to join JTC, an
exemplar among professional services firms.”
INDUCTION AND TRAINING
On appointment Directors receive a comprehensive
induction tailored to their individual needs.
The objective of the induction is to provide
the new Director with the information they
need to become as effective as possible in
their role within the shortest practicable time,
and to ensure they are properly informed,
supported and welcomed from the time of
their appointment.
The induction programme will typically include
meetings with Senior Management, visits to
Group offices, presentations regarding strategic
plans, significant financial, accounting and risk
management issues, compliance programs,
and internal and external auditors to enable
them to build up a detailed understanding of
JTC’s business and strategy, and the key risks
and issues overseen by the Board.
All Directors are also invited to attend orientation
meetings with the Company Secretary prior
to attending their first Board meeting to be
briefed on the Board’s policies and procedures.
In addition, to the contact information for
Board members and senior staff and the Board
meeting schedule and event calendar, each
new Board member receives:
– a letter of appointment outlining the
roleand expectations in their role;
– a copy of the Directors and Officers
Insurance; and
– a copy of the constitution, board charter,
governance policies, strategic plan and
any other key governance documents.
– continuous education and professional
development programs are made
available to board members as necessary.
Management provide briefing sessions to all
new board members once they have had time
to assess the information listed above allowing
them to address any concerns or queries they
may have regarding the organisation as their
knowledge of the Group increases.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
62
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS REVIEW – 2021
JTC’s 2021 Board effectiveness review was
conducted and prepared by an independent
third party,Loudwater Leadership Advisory
Services. (Loudwater) in alignment with
Financial Reporting Council’s UK Corporate
Governance Code 2018 and its associated
Guidance onBoard Effectiveness, and UK
governance principles and regulations applying
to the Company as at the 31 December 2021.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
– It is ultimately for theBoards to decide
on the governance arrangements most
appropriate to the Company’s
circumstances and JTC believes that it
benefits from regular in-depth reviews
ofall areas of Board activity, theBoard’s
behaviours and its processes.
– Loudwater was therefore commissioned
to undertake an external independent
Board Effectiveness Review by the
Nomination Committee.
– During the evaluation process Loudwater
were provided with full access to the
Board and senior management. Participants
included all Board members, the Company
Secretary and the Chief Risk Officer.
– Each Board Member completed a Board
Review Self-Evaluation Questionnaire
and took part in a series of one-to-one
interviews with the Loudwater team.
– Loudwater were also provided, on a
confidential basis, copies of sample
boardpapers, reports, acquisition
diligence packs and risk registers.
Board
Evaluation
“ Our conclusion is that
JTC has established
a very high bar of
corporate governance
excellence.”
LOUDWATER LEADERSHIP
ADVISORYSERVICES
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
REVIEWFRAMEWORK
To evaluate Board effectiveness Loudwater
examined whether the Board was fulfilling its
core purpose across the three key components
of Strategy, Risk and Governance, and whether
it was properly leveraging the three core drivers
of effectiveness: behaviour, process and talent.
LOUDWATER’S OBSERVATIONS
Strategy
– Good evidence strategy has appropriate
prominence on the Board agenda.
– Directors are confident they have
sufficient qualifications & experience.
– Strong confirmation M&A strategy
considerations are effective.
– Strategy Days highly valued by NEDs
tobuild strategic awareness and
stimulate debate.
Risk
– Sound understanding of JTC’s risk
framework & appetite.
– Board has identified areas for
development over thelast 2 years in
respect of communication of risk
management& pro-actively drives
continuous improvement.
– Area of positive collaboration between the
Board members, leading the organisation
to a higher standard as a result.
Governance
– Board takes PLC status & associated
responsibilities both under law and
theCode very seriously
– Strong general culture of ‘governance
excellence’
– Strong indications the Boardroom
isnotan overly deferential environment
& clear votes of confidence shared in
theChairman’s leadership.
– High value attributed to CEO &
‘Executive Briefings’, alongside formal
Board meetings
Behaviours
– Robust discussion to test assumptions and
challenge proposals appreciated & valued.
– Evidence JTC’s Boardroom is a healthy
and open forum for debate.
– Directors demonstrate high appreciation
of need for trust, respect, confidentiality
& integrity.
– Board recognises it is in the early stages
of JTC’s public journey, high value is
attributed to opportunities to develop
inter-personal relationships.
Processes
– Excellent company secretarial support
andcommensurate Board processes
anddocumentation befitting a PLC.
– Quality and quantity of Board
information considered to be the
rightlevel, and appropriately curated
Talent
– Directors possess a range of professional
and sectoral skills and experience
– Board composition is under continuous
and on-going consideration
STRATEGY RISK GOVERNANCE
Impact of the collective and
individual behaviours of Board
Members and other stakeholders
both inside and outside the
Boardroom on successful delivery
ofCompany strategy
How do the collective and individual
behaviours of Board Members and
other stakeholders both inside and
outside the Boardroom impact the
effective identification, mitigation
and management of risk
Does the collective and individual
behaviour of Board Members and
other stakeholders both inside and
outside the Boardroom sustain and
leverage the value of a culture of
corporate governance excellence
Are the current Company processes
successfully enabling the Board to
support and oversee the strategic
planning and delivery process
effectively and in a timely manner
Are the current Company risk,
compliance and decision-making
processes enabling the Board to
identify, mitigate and manage risk
effectively and in a timely manner
Do the current Company policies and
processes provide an effective and
efficient corporate governance framework
that enables the Board to support and
oversee delivery of the strategic goals
effectively and in a timely manner
Do the Board members, both
collectively and individually possess
the requisite skills and experience to
support, oversee and add value to
the Company’s strategic planning
process and subsequent delivery
Do the Board members, both
collectively and individually possess
the requisite skills and experience to
support, oversee and add value to
the Company’s strategic planning
process and subsequent delivery
Do the Board members, both
collectively and individually
recognise, promote and adhere to
the highest standards of corporate
governance excellence
PROCESSES
BEHAVIOURS
TALENT
BOARD PURPOSE
IS THE BOARD PERFORMING EFFECTIVELY?
RISK
GOVERNANCE
STRATEGY
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS PROFILE
(BASEDON AGGREGATED SELF-
ASSESSMENT MATERIAL)
Loudwater indentified that Direcotrs feel most
positive about the Board’s Behaviours, followed
by similar but slightly lower levels of positivity
around Strategy and Governance. Marginally behind,
Risk and Process are still within high levels of
comfort for the Board. Comparatively, the
Board is least confident, yet still positive, about
Talent. Loudwater’s assessment identified
overall evidence of a broadly balanced Board
that reasonably perceives itself to be operating
at high levels of effectiveness in respect of the
needs of the Company.
210
173
169
174
186
170
161
Governance
Process
Talent
Risk
Strategy
Behaviour
0
BEHAVIOUR
PROCESSES
TALENT
OUTCOMES IMPLEMENTED IN 2022
– Bi-annual Board strategy days
– ‘Deep Dive’ sessions to further foster
in-depth discussions on critical
matters e.g. Cyber Security, Talent
Management, ESG
– Continued monthly ‘catch-up’
callsfor NEDs with the CEO
– Regular CRO one-to-one calls
withtheSID
– CRO to attend scheduled quarterly
Board Meetings (as observer)
– Re-introduction of Board dinners,
face toface meetings and
opportunities to develop
inter-personal relationships
withmanagement team and staff
– Implementation of informal periodic
Board Member evaluations, led
byChairman
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
63
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Audit & Risk
Committee Report
DERMOT MATHIAS
AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN
MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE
In compliance with the Code, the Committee’s
membership is limited to the Non-Executive
Directors and comprises a majority of Independent
Non-Executive Directors of the Company.
JTC (Jersey) Limited, the corporate Company
Secretary, acts as secretary to the Committee.
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Dermot Mathias
Committee Chairman, Senior
IndependentNon-Executive Director
Michael Gray
Independent Non-Executive Director
Erika Schraner
Independent Non-Executive Director
Kate Beauchamp*
Independent Non-Executive Director
(appointed 24 March 2022)
“ The Committee has continued to monitor the
integrityoffinancial reporting, the effectiveness
ofriskmanagement and internal controls processes,
andingovernance and compliance matters.”
DEAR SHAREHOLDER,
On behalf of the Audit and Risk Committee,
I am pleased to present our report into
the work we have carried out over the
year ended 31 December 2021. I would
like to thank the other members of the
Committee, management and our
external auditors for their support
during the year. I believe the quality of
discussion and challenge on the Committee
ensures that we continue to perform
our role effectively.
Throughout the year, The Board applied
all of the principles and provisions of the
UK Corporate Governance Code (referred
to as the Code from here on). I would
welcome questions from shareholders on
the Committee’s activities. If you wish to
discuss any aspect of this report, you can
contact me through the Company Secretary.
If you wish to submit questions to the
Board before the AGM, please email them
to the Company Secretary at agm@jtcgroup.com,
before 11:00am on 19 May 2022.
COMMITTEE MEETINGS IN 2021
The Committee met three times during the year. Attendance by the Committee members at
the meetings was as follows:
* Kate Beauchamp was appointed post the reporting period on 24 March 2022.
Meetings attended
Dermot Mathias (Chair) 100%
Michael Gray 100%
Erika Schraner 100%
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
64
AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
The Committee supports the Board in fulfilling
its responsibilities related to the following.
You can find full details in our Terms of Reference
on our website.
The Committee:
– monitors the integrity of financial
reporting;
– considers significant judgements,
assumptions and estimates made by
management;
– advises the Board on various statements
made in the Annual Report, including
those on viability, going concern, risks
and controls, and whether, when read
asawhole, the report is fair, balanced
and understandable;
– monitors the effectiveness of risk
management and internal controls,
including cyber security;
– reviews the effectiveness of governance
and compliance;
– reviews the work of the external auditor
– reviews the whistleblowing policy
andprocedures;
– provides an update to the Board
following each meeting;
– meets the Executive Directors and the
Chief Risk Officer, as appropriate, to
obtain a good understanding of the
issues affecting the Group.
MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE
– For the purpose of the Code, the
Committee Chair satisfies the
requirement of having appropriate
recentand relevant financial experience.
He is a chartered accountant with many
years of senior financial experience.
– The Chair may invite the Chief Risk
Officer, the external auditor and
members of the senior management
team to meetings, and ask them to
withdraw from the meeting if necessary.
– Meeting agendas are linked to the
financial calendar and to the annual plan,
which is dynamic, and therefore will
evolve when we need greater focus on
aspecific area. Meetings are scheduled
toallow members to have a regular
informed debate.
– The Company Secretary acts as secretary
to the Committee, and ensures members
receive information in good time.
KEY ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
– Our primary focus was on the integrity of
the Group’s financial reporting, including
accounting and disclosures related to the
valuation of goodwill and intangible
assets, particularly in relation to the
seven acquisitive transactions completed
during the year – RBC cees, INDOS,
Segue Partners, Ballybunion Capital, SALI
Fund Services, perfORM Due Diligence
Services and Essential Fund Services.
– We were updated regularly on the
Group’s IT strategy and infrastructure,
and the ability to detect and defend
against cyber-attack effectively.
– For the half year results and Annual
Report, we reviewed the going concern
and Consolidated Financial Statements,
and the Viability Statement for the
Annual Report.
– We were satisfied management had
carried out a rigorous assessment of the
risks that could threaten the business
model, performance, solvency or liquidity
of the Group.
SIGNIFICANT ISSUES
The Committee considers the following to be
significant issues for the Committee to consider:
– Risk management framework: resiliency,
data and technology and cyber risk
– Implementation of Internal Audit
– Internal controls
– Regulatory developments, accounting
and disclosure trends
– Management’s assessment of the
Company’s TCFD disclosures
– Recognition and recoverability of WIP
– Impairment of goodwill & other intangibles
– Business combinations
FAIR, BALANCED AND
UNDERSTANDABLE STATEMENT
The Committee considered whether this Annual
Report and Accounts, taken as whole:
– had been open and honest about the
challenges, opportunities and successes
throughout the year
– provided clear explanations of our
KPIsand how they link to our strategy
and remuneration
– explained our business model,
strategyand accounting policies
simplyand clearly
– incorporated clear cross-references to
additional information where necessary
– was in line with what the Board had
considered and decided throughout
theyear
– provided appropriate information
forshareholders to assess performance
and strategy
– had been written in clear and
conciselanguage.
We then recommended to the Board that the
Annual Report and Consolidated Financial
Statements are fair, balanced and understandable.
COMPETITION LAWS
The Board has taken the necessary steps to ensure
compliance with all applicable competition laws
and the Company complied with the provisions
of the Competition and Markets Authority’s Order
during the financial year under review.
EXTERNAL AUDIT
PwC continued as our external auditor during
the year. We are satisfied that PwC remains
independent and objective in its work, and are
satisfied with the quality of the audit plan and
related reports for the 2021 audit. This includes
the quality of service, the competence of staff,
and their understanding of the business and
related financial risks. The Committee and
Chair met the external auditor on several
occasions, without management present to
discuss matters.
As a Jersey-incorporated company , we do not
have to invite proposals to tender for audit
every 10 years. However, we keep this option
under review when we consider the effectiveness
of the external auditor. The audit partner, Mike
Byrne, having completed his 5th year of the
5years permissible under the FRC Ethical standard
is now standing down. We have recommended
to the Board of Directors that they present a
resolution to shareholders to reappoint PwC for
the 2022 financial period. This is due to the
benefits we see in continuity, and the ability to
retain the wider existing audit team under a new
partner. We are satisfied that the rotation of the
audit partner is sufficient to ensure an independent
view of the fairness of the Company’s Consolidated
Financial Statements.
NON-AUDIT SERVICES
The Committee is satisfied that the non-audit
services policy is compatible with the FRC’s
Revised Ethical Standard 2019, which became
effective on 15 March 2020 and that the changes
for non-audit services did not have an impact
on services that had been contracted for and
commenced by that date. We ensure that we
do not award the auditors non-audit work if
there is a risk it might impair the objectivity
and independence of the audit. We all approve
the award to the external auditors of other
work for £10,000 or more, and other than in
exceptional circumstances, non-audit fees
should not exceed 70% of audit and assurance
fees over a three-year rolling period. Aggregate fees
for non-audit services paid to PwC during the
period were £98,900.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
65
AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
WHISTLEBLOWING POLICY
The Board is responsible for the whistleblowing
policy and procedures, and their remit includes
all aspects of the business. We review the
whistleblowing policy every year, and report
any concerns or incidents to the Board.
Any reported incidents are subject to thorough
review and detailed investigation. The policy
was reviewed and updated after the year end
in February 2022.
INTERNAL CONTROL AND
RISKMANAGEMENT
The principal risks and uncertainties facing
the Group are set out in the Risk Management
section pages 42 to 49. We evaluate the risk
and control arrangements, and report to the
Board. We are satisfied that there is rigorous
review of the risks and that controls of significant
risks operate effectively, and we are satisfied
the statements made in the Risk Management
section are appropriate based on what
management can currently know. The Board
has not identified any significant failings or
weaknesses during the year.
INTERNAL AUDIT
In 2021, we bolstered our three-lines risk
assurance model by establishing an Internal
Audit function. Group Internal Audit is
independent of management and has a reporting
line to the Chair of the Committee, providing
independent and objective assurance and
advice on the adequacy and effectiveness of
governance and risk management. It has
developed during 2021 and has provided
valuable assurance to several parts of the
Group’s business. We expect the function to
continue to grow and develop.
TAX POLICY
The Board continuously reviews its transfer
pricing policy and updates this to reflect the
evolving nature and increasing complexity of
the Group’s operations. For further information
please refer to the CFO’s Review page 15.
FUTURE FOCUS
We will continue to focus on the resilience of
our cyber security and IT controls, and on
ensuring that we meet all new accounting
standards, relevant legislation and guidance.
ANNUAL COMMITTEE EVALUATION
Each year, we review our own performance as
an Audit Committee, considering all of the
activities and requirements reviewed in this
Committee report, and the Committee’s terms
of reference. This includes the Committee
structure and composition, the number of
meetings, other activities, training and time
spent, and whether these are adequate for
fulfilling our roles and responsibilities.
This review is underpinned by the independent
performance evaluation of the Board and its
committees, for which you can find a separate
report on page 63.
SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
I welcome questions from shareholders on the
Committee’s activities. If you wish to discuss
any aspect of this report, please contact me
via the Company Secretary.
I would like to thank the other members of
the Committee, management and our External
Auditors for their support during the year.
DERMOT MATHIAS
AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE CHAIR
14 April 2022
HIGHLIGHTS FROM THE YEAR
2021 areas of focus Action taken by the committee/board
Financial reporting Reviewed the half year and full year Consolidated Financial Statements including key judgements, estimates
andassumptions, going concern and viability statements
Consideration as to whether the Annual Report was fair, balanced and understandable
Meetings with the Auditors in respect of the half year and full year Consolidated Financial Statements
Regulatory developments, accounting and disclosure trends
Management’s assessment of the Company’s TCFD disclosures
Recognition and recoverability of WIP
Impairment of goodwill
Acquisition integrations
Controls and assurance Review of risk and controls including reports from and meeting with the Chief Risk Officer
Review of the internal audit framework and charter for implementation in 2021
Review of the Group’s whistleblowing policy
Audit Considered the impact of voluntary audit rotation on audit quality and determined that the rotation at audit
partner level in 2022 appropriate to ensure a continued independent view of the fairness of the Company’s
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consideration of the independence and effectiveness of the external auditor. The Directors complete an External
Audit Performance Questionnaire, the results are analysed by the Company Secretary and submitted to the
Committee to assist its assessment the performance of the external auditor following completion of the Audit
Review of audit fees and non-audit fees paid to the external auditor
Review and approval of the audit strategy and audit plan
Share based payments Review of the methodology for the accounting of share-based payments and assessment by management as to
thenumber of shares expected to vest under the terms of the Performance Share Plan, and expectations around
theachievement of performance targets
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
66
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Remuneration
Committee Report
MICHAEL GRAY
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN
MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE
All Committee members are independent
Non-Executive Directors, as defined under the
Code, with the exception of the Group Chairman
who was independent on his appointment.
The Committee members have no personal
financial interest, other than as shareholders,
in the matters considered by the Committee.
There were no changes in the Committee
during the year. JTC (Jersey) Limited, the
corporate Company Secretary, acts as secretary
to the Committee.
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Michael Gray
Committee Chairman,
IndependentNon-Executive Director
Mike Liston
Non-Executive Chairman
Dermot Mathias
Audit & Risk Committee Chair,
SeniorIndependent Non-Executive Director
Erika Schraner
Nomination Committee Chair,
IndependentNon-Executive Director
“ We are committed to ensuring JTC’s Remuneration Policy
promotes long-term success, ensuring alignment with
shareholder value-creation with pay-for-performance
set against challenging targets andstretching goals.”
DEAR SHAREHOLDER,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to
present the Directors’ Remuneration
Report for 2021. The report aims to
provide a comprehensive picture of the
structure and scale of our remuneration
framework, its alignment with the
business strategy and the rest of the
workforce, as well as the decisions made
by the Committee as a result of business
performance in 2021, and the intended
arrangements for 2022.
COMPOSITION
Details of the Committee members’ experience
and expertise may be found on pages 53
and54.
The table opposite shows membership, and
attendance, while in addition to the scheduled
meetings, members discuss Committee
business at other times during the year.
The Executive Directors may attend meetings
by invitation when appropriate.
ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Committee’s key role is to set the
Company’s Remuneration Policy, determine
each Executive Director’s total individual
remuneration package and set the targets
for their performance-related pay.
In setting the Remuneration Policy we aim
to ensure that JTC remains a leading global
professional services business and anemployer
of choice, where hard work and results are
appropriately recognised and rewarded
and remuneration is based on realised
outcomes determined through a principles-
based approach taking into consideration
all aspects of the Group and the individual’s
performance, fully aligned with stakeholders’
long-term interests.
COMMITTEE MEETINGS IN 2021
The Committee met formally 3 times during the year. Attendance by the Committee members
at these meetings is shown below:
Meetings attended
Michael Gray (Chair) 100%
Mike Liston 100%
Dermot Mathias 100%
Erika Schraner 100%
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
67
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
KEY ACTIVITIES IN 2021
JTC’s approach to remuneration has been a key
driver of our sustained success over more than
30 years. All employees are motivated to grow
the business over the medium to long term,
taking accountability for all their decisions and
the accompanying risk management, customer,
economic and reputational consequences across
the global markets in which we operate.
A summary of the matters considered at each
Committee meeting and the Committee’s
activities during the year is included in the
schedule of Board activities detailed on page 56.
The current Remuneration Policy for Executive
and Non-Executive Directors (the “Remuneration
Policy”) was approved by shareholders at the
AGM held on 21 May 2019. In consultation
with our independent advisors, in 2021, we
reviewed the Policy to ensure that there
remained appropriate alignment between
executive pay arrangements and the wider
workforce, with a focus on flexibility of reward
and recognition while maintaining the
fundamental JTC values of fairness, meritocracy
and pay-for-performance.
We carefully considered the pay framework
for Executives and the Group’s incentive
arrangements and whether these remain
aligned with stakeholders’ long-term interests.
The Committee also reviewed the performance
measures used in the incentive schemes and
whether they continue to reflect the business
strategy, and that the targets remain stretching
but achievable.
As a result of the review we have made minor
updates to the Remuneration Policy; most
notably the alignment of the Executive’s
pension contributions. The Committee has
proposed that by the end of 2022 the pension
contributions for incumbent and future Executive
Directors will be consistent with that which
is available to the workforce. The current
average rate available for the workforce in UK
and Jersey is 5% of salary.
The Board is satisfied that the proposed
Remuneration Policy will support our remuneration
objectives, which include attracting, motivating
and retaining exceptional, entrepreneurial and
ethical people with the deep industry expertise
needed to deliver strong financial performance
over the short and long term, while prudently
managing risk and ensuring that regulatory
requirements are upheld.
JTC’s proposed Remuneration Policy may be
found on pages 88 to 92.
We consider the proposed Remuneration Policy
is in line and consistent with all applicable
regulatory provisions, comments received from
institutional shareholders and best practice in
executive remuneration.
The proposed Remuneration Policy will be put
to shareholders for a binding vote at the AGM
on 31 May 2022 and, if approved, shall remain
valid for the three financial years following that
in which it was approved (2022, 2023 and 2024).
REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 2021
The Executives’ 2021 performance ‘at a glance’
and remuneration outcomes, including the
single total figure of remuneration for Executive
Directors, may be found on page 73.
FY2021 remuneration outcomes reflect:
– this year’s achievements against a range
of financial and non-financial measures
– the importance of our people and
retaining key talent in an increasingly
complex regulatory environment
– an alignment to the outcomes delivered
to shareholders
– ESG considerations, progress, and
achievements
– risk management, compliance and
conduct outcomes.
The Executive Directors elected to cap their
2021 annual bonus opportunity to 40% of
salary in conjunction with the wider workforce
in regards to annual bonus pay-outs and the
balance between short- and long-term incentives
as part of the overall pay mix. In line with the
Remuneration Policy, the annual bonus for the
CEO and the rest of the Executive Leadership
Team have been set by reference to a balanced
scorecard of financial and non-financial measures
that support the Group strategy, which are
detailed on pages 1 to 11.
The 2019 PSP was measured and weighted
equally between TSR and EPS for the CEO and
CFO. The COO had an additional metric of
the Group business plan which was also
weighted equally. JTC achieved 88th percentile
against the FTSE Small Cap Index; as a result
the TSR element fully vested. JTC achieved
25.55p within the three year period and as a
result achieved 72.5% of the EPS vesting.
The Committee determined that the Group
business plan achieved 72% vesting. As a result,
the final vesting of the full award was 86% of
maximum for the CEO and CFO, and 82% of
maximum for the COO.
The Annual Report on Remuneration and the
Annual Statement will be put to a Shareholder
vote at the AGM on 31 May 2022.
APPLICATION OF DISCRETION
To ensure that pay outcomes appropriately
reflect individual and business performance,
together with the wider economic and societal
climate, the Committee has overriding discretion
on Executive Directors’ pay in addition to the
ability to apply malus, clawback and the
responsible application of discretion to override
formulaic outcomes of the incentive schemes.
During the year, the Committee did not apply
any discretion to the variable pay outcomes
of the annual bonus or PSP. The Committee
agreed that the final pay-out and vesting of
the annual bonus and 2019 PSP was reflective
of the respective performance period and that
the Policy operated as intended.
Further details are provided on pages 73 to 75.
PAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR 2022
As outlined earlier in this report, the Remuneration
Committee is proposing changes to the
Remuneration Policy to better align with
corporate governance best practices and these
are subject to shareholder approval at the
Company’s AGM on 31 May 2022. Details of
how the Remuneration Policy will be implemented
for 2022, if approved at the forthcoming AGM,
may be found on pages 88 to 92.
When reviewing salary levels, the Committee
considers a number of internal and external
factors, primarily the salary review principles
applied to the rest of the organisation, but
also Company performance during the year
and external market data. As a result of
performance in the year and the considerable
effort and resilience shown by colleagues
across the wider organisation, despite the
impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Committee
agreed to award a salary increase of 2.9% to
the Executive Directors, which is in line with
the cost of living increases awarded in Jersey.
Executive Directors have a maximum annual
bonus opportunity of up to 100% of salary,
as per the Remuneration Policy. For 2022,
Executive Directors will be granted PSP awards
with a maximum face value of 150% of salary
and vesting linked to JTC’s TSR performance
(relative to the FTSE 250 Index, excluding real
estate and investment trusts) and EPS
performance over a three year period.
“ Performance is critical, but a well-designed
remuneration programme must also attract
andretain a high calibre team to support the
delivery of long-term shareholder value.”
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
68
Wider workforce remuneration, reward,
and the Employee Incentive Plan (“EIP”)
We received regular and varied updates during
the year relating to Group pay arrangements.
In addition to those already outlined in the
Committee’s remit, detailed discussions included
the review of the pay and benefits package
which was undertaken during the year.
Shared ownership has been at the heart of the
Company’s culture for 24 years, since the first
JTC Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) was formed
in 1998. The EIP, like its predecessor schemes,
is designed to recognise and reward long-term
performance across the whole Group and its
alignment of employees’ and shareholders’
interests is linked to multi-year business plans.
Shared ownership has long proven to be a key
differentiator for the Group in the professional
services markets in which it operates. In addition
to supporting a culture of client service
excellence, JTC believes that its Shared Ownership
model encourages greater employee engagement
as demonstrated by the Company’s excellent
employee retention rates, with staff turnover
of 9.2% in 2021 (below the self-imposed
benchmark of 10%).
Following the successful delivery of the ‘Odyssey
era’ business plan, in July 2021 the Committee
was pleased to approve a grant of awards
totalling c. £20m of shares under the EIP to
all permanent employees of the Group (excluding
the Executive Directors who are not eligible
to receive awards under the EIP rules), further
embedding our culture of ‘Ownership for All’.
The EIP award was separated into two tranches:
50% being an ‘upfront’ award which vested
at grant and 50% a deferred award in the form
of a conditional right to receive shares on the
first anniversary of grant, subject to the
achievement of the applicable performance
conditions. This was the first award since the
EIP was adopted by the Board in 2018.
Participants’ individual awards were determined
according to a points system based on seniority,
length of service and individual performance.
The awards were satisfied by the transfer of
existing Ordinary Shares held by JTC PLC EBT
to each participant.
Committee evaluation
The Committee’s performance was assessed
as part of the independently facilitated Board
evaluation. Further details of the evaluation
findings and outcomes may be found on page
63. I am pleased to report that the Committee
is regarded as operating effectively and the
Board continues to take assurance from the
quality of the Committee’s work.
LOOKING AHEAD
We remain committed to delivering a leading
and transparent remuneration framework,
supported by strong governance processes,
designed to drive the right behaviours across
the Group and deliver long-term success for
of all our stakeholders.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
WHO SUPPORTS THE COMMITTEE?
Following a comprehensive process the Committee appointed Mercer in October 2020 as
independent external remuneration advisers. Mercer is a founder member of the Remuneration
Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation
to executive remuneration consulting in the UK (www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com).
Neither Mercer (nor its parent, Mercer Limited) has any other remuneration or unrelated
connection with the Group and is considered to be independent by the Committee. Fees paid
to Mercer totalled £88,398 (excluding expenses and VAT) for the 2021 financial year in their
capacity as advisers to the Committee.
AGM SHAREHOLDER VOTING
Resolution
Votes
for
Votes
against
Votes
withheld
Approve Directors’ Remuneration Report
(2021 AGM)
109,000,690
6,681,612 1
94.22% 5.78%
Approve Remuneration Policy (2019 AGM) 90,970,146 180,717 3,509,502
99.80% 0.20%
“ Communications Champions were appointed
globally andreported to the Board feedback
on themes including reward and recognition,
wellbeing and benefits.”
Throughout its discussions this year, the Board
gave significant consideration to the importance
JTC places on its ESG priorities. To reinforce the
priority we place on ESG, in March 2022 the
Remuneration Committee’s Terms of Reference
were reviewed and amended to incorporate
ESG specific considerations. The Committee’s
Terms of Reference are available on our website.
In line with JTC’s strategy and Shared Ownership
ethos, JTC’s ESG performance was considered
for the 2021 annual bonus and the Group
business plan condition for the vesting 2019
PSP awards. The Committee will continue to
seek to ensure ever closer alignment between
these issues and its long-term strategy of
managing risks by linking them to conditions
on executive pay.
SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The Committee welcomes questions from
shareholders on its activities throughout
theyear. If you wish to discuss any aspect
ofthis report, please contact me via the
Company Secretary.
Shareholders are also encouraged to participate
at the AGM by raising any questions in advance
of the Meeting by emailing the Company
Secretary at agm@jtcgroup.com by 11:00am
on 19 May 2022.
I look forward to receiving your views and
support at the upcoming AGM.
MICHAEL GRAY
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
CHAIRMAN
14 April 2021
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
69
OUR REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE
As outlined earlier in this report, the Remuneration Committee is proposing changes to the Remuneration Policy to better align with corporate governance best practices. Subject to shareholder approval at the Company’s AGM on 31 May 2022, the Committee
intends to implement the Policy as follows for our Executive Directors in 2022.
Pay element Policy (subject to shareholder approval) 2022 implementation Link to JTC’s strategy
BASE SALARY Reviewed annually with increases effective 1 January; reflects the individual’s role and contribution.
Increases take account of those applied across the wider workforce; the Committee retains discretion to award
higher increases where appropriate to take into account market conditions, performance and/or development of
the individual, a change in the responsibility and/or complexity of the role, new challenges or a new strategic
direction for the Company.
– CEO: £447,615 (2.9% increase)
– CFO: £326,116 (2.9% increase)
– COO: £248,504 (2.9% increase)
Creating long-term value for our
– shareholders
– employees
Being a responsible business
BENEFITS
Executives are entitled to receive life assurance, pension contributions, private medical insurance and other
deminimis benefits in kind.
Unchanged from Policy.
PENSION Pension benefits for the incumbent Executive Directors will be aligned with the average percentage contribution
or entitlement available to staff in the relevant market (5% in Jersey and UK) by the end of 2022. Prevailing contribution
rates shall apply from the effective date of this Policy through to the end of 2022.
Pension benefits for future Executive Directors will be aligned with the average percentage contribution
orentitlement available to staff in the relevant market.
– CEO: 10% of salary (5% by the end of 2022)
– CFO: 10% of salary (5% by the end of 2022)
– COO: 5% of salary
ANNUAL BONUS Maximum opportunity: 100% of salary.
Performance measures, targets and weightings are set at the start of the year. Performance is measured on
financial, operational and individual goals.
Malus and clawback provisions apply.
Award of up to 100% of salary for all Executive Directors.
Performance will be measured based on tailored scorecards comprised
of shared financial goals and strategic goals linked to the successful
execution of JTC’s business plan.
Creating long-term value for our
– shareholders
– employees
– clients
– intermediary partners
– communities
Being a responsible business
DEFERRED BONUS
SHARE PLAN
All employees are eligible to participate; it is intended that Executive Directors, Senior Managers and certain
managers below Senior Manager will participate.
For Executive Directors, any bonus earned over 50% of salary is deferred into shares for 3 years.
The Committee may include further financial and non-financial performance.
Unchanged from Policy.
A unique culture based on Shared Ownership
Our remuneration
at a glance
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
70
Pay element Policy (subject to shareholder approval) 2022 implementation Link to JTC’s strategy
PERFORMANCE
SHAREPLAN
Normal maximum opportunity: 150% of salary (exceptional maximum of 250%).
Performance is measured over TSR, EPS and delivery of the Group business plan over a period of 3 years.
An additional two year holding period applies post-vesting.
Malus and clawback provisions apply.
Award opportunity of up to 150% of salary for all Executive Directors.
Performance will be measured by TSR and EPS over a period of3years.
Creating long-term value for our
– shareholders
– employees
– clients
– intermediary partners
– communities
Acquisitions
Being a responsible business
A unique culture based on Shared Ownership
EMPLOYEE
INCENTIVE PLAN
All permanent employees of the Group are eligible to be granted an award, except for the Executive Directors.
Awards are designed to incentivise high performance and may include performance measures.
Executive Directors are not eligible to participate.
A unique culture based on Shared Ownership
SHAREHOLDING
GUIDELINES
Executive Directors are required to build or maintain a shareholding requirement equivalent to 150% of their
base salary.
Post-cessation, Executives are required to hold on to the lower of (1) their share ownership at departure or (2)
their in-post share ownership guideline (i.e. 150% of annual base salary) for a period of 2 years.
In-post guidelines unchanged from Policy, post-cessation guidelines
introduced.
A unique culture based on Shared Ownership
Being a responsible business
MALUS AND
CLAWBACK
PROVISIONS
Recovery provisions may be applied to the annual bonus, DBSP and PSP in certain circumstances including:
– materially inaccurate information
– material breach of employment contract which would include, without limitation, any event or omission by
the Executive that contributes to a material loss or reputational damage to the Company
– material breach of any compromise agreement
– material breach of fiduciary duties
Cash bonuses will be subject to clawback, with deferred shares being subject to malus, over the deferral period.
PSP awards will be subject to malus over the vesting period and clawback from the vesting date to the third
anniversary of the relevant vesting date.
Unchanged from Policy. Being a responsible business
OUR REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
71
2021 SINGLE FIGURE REMUNERATION
Base Salary Benefits Pension Annual Bonus
2021 Annual bonus award (further details on page 73 to 76)
Financial Metrics:
The above charts are based on the following assumptions:
The above charts are based on the following assumptions:
Max.
opportunity
% of salary
Capped max.
opportunity
%ofsalary
Outturn
£
Outturn
(% Of salary)
1
Nigel Le Quesne 100% 40% £130,500 30%
Martin Fotheringham 100% 40% £95,077 30%
Wendy Holley 100% 40% £48,300 20%
1 The Executive Directors voluntarily elected to cap their 2021 annual bonus opportunity to 40% of salary to promote alignment with the wider
workforce in regard to annual bonus payouts and the balance between short- and long-term incentives as part of the overall pay mix.
PSP (further details on page 77)
The 2019 PSP award was subject to performance conditions for a period ending on 31 December 2021. Final vesting of the TSR,
EPS and Group Plan objectives are shown below:
2021 PERFORMANCE AT A GLANCE & REMUNERATION OUTCOMES
2021 Performance at a glance
& Remuneration outcomes
Base salary Benefits
0 £200 £400 £600 £800 £1,000 £1,200 £1,400
Nigel Le Quesne
Martin Fotheringham
Wendy Holley
Thousands
Pension Annual bonus
PSP Other
Actual
Exceptional
Exceeds
Meets
32.8%
38.0%
35.0%
33.0%
EBITDA margin
Actual
Exceptional
Exceeds
Meets
87.0%
90.0%
87.5%
85.0%
Cash conversion
Actual
Exceptional
Exceeds
Meets
9.6%
10.0%
9.0%
8.0%
Group net organic growth
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0%
20%0% 40% 60% 80% 100%
TSR
Actual
Maximum
Threshold
25.6p
27.0p
21.6p
EPS
Non-Financial Metrics:
The Non-Financial metrics includes Strategic Execution and Growth, Investor Relations, Risk and Compliance and ESG, People
and Culture targets. The Committee reviewed these targets holistically; a description of the performance achieved against
this metric is detailed on page 76.
TSR threshold performance begins at median ranking
against the FTSE Small Cap with 25% of the element
vesting rising to full vesting for upper quartile performance.
JTC at 31 December 2021 ranked 88th percentile and
therefore the TSR element has fully vested.
EPS threshold performance begins at 21.63p with 25%
of the element vesting rising to full vesting for 27.04p.
JTC at 31 December 2021 achieved an EPS of 25.55p and
therefore 72.5% of the EPS element of the award vests.
WENDY HOLLEY: GROUP BUSINESS PLAN
The Group Business Plan incorporates Group, Divisional (ICS and PCS), Development, Finance and Operational targets. The Committee
reviewed all targets holistically and determined that this element would vest at 72% of maximum. A description of the performance
achieved against this metric is detailed on page 77.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
72
Annual Report on Remuneration
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
The Annual Report on Remuneration and the Annual Statement will be put to a Shareholder vote at the AGM on 31 May 2022. Sections of the report are subject to audit and, where applicable, these have been flagged.
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (AUDITED)
The table below sets out the total remuneration payable to each Executive Director for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020.
Single total figure of remuneration Base Salary
1
Benefits
2
Annual bonus
3
PSP
4
Other
5
Pension
6
Total Total fixed Total variable
Nigel Le Quesne 2021 £435,000 £2,913 £130,500 £706,504 n/a £43,500 £1,318,417 £481,413 £837,004
2020 £420,000 £2,913 £133,770 £420,001 n/a £42,000 £1,018,684 £464,913 £553,771
Martin Fotheringham 2021 £316,925 £2,976 £95,078 £540,141 n/a £31,693 £986,813 £351,594 £635,219
2020 £306,000 £2,976 £90,500 £320,831 n/a £30,600 £750,907 £339,576 £411,331
Wendy Holley 2021 £241,500 £2,954 £48,300 £113,423 £59,740 £12,075 £447,992 £256,529 £221,463
2020 £230,000 £2,913 £31,395 £75,368 n/a £11,500 £351,176 £244,413 £106,763
1 Base salaries were increased effective 1 January 2021; the figures above represent the increased salaries for the year as disclosed in the prior year Remuneration Report.
2 Benefits provided to Executive Directors include healthcare and annual membership provisions.
3 In 2021, the Executive Directors elected to cap their 2021 annual bonus opportunity to 40% of salary to promote alignment with the wider workforce in regard to annual bonus payouts and the balance between short and long-term incentives as part of the overall pay mix. In 2020, in line
with the philosophy to promote greater alignment with the wider workforce as well as to demonstrate their appreciation, the Executive Directors voluntarily waived more than half of their earned bonus. As such, 2020 bonus payments were reduced by c.54%.
4 Estimated value of 2019 PSP award at 835 pence per share being the average of the closing mid-market share price in the 3 month period ending 31/12/2021. 2018 PSP values have been restated to reflect actual vesting of awards based on a share price of 616p on the date of vesting.
The share price on the date of grant was 330p, therefore £195,001, £148,957 and £34,992 of the CEO, CFO and COO’s 2018 awards were due to share price appreciation. PSP participants are not entitled to any dividends (or any other distribution) and do not have the right to vote in respect
of Shares subject to an Award until the Award vests.
5 The COO received an Award of £59,740 in cash under the EIP in recognition of her contributions to JTC as an employee prior to her appointment as an Executive Director and appointment to the Board. The COO subsequently used this Award to fund her participation in the Placing of new
Ordinary Shares announced on 6 October 2021.
6 Executives receive contributions to the Group Occupational Retirement Plan which is a matched defined contribution plan of up to 10% of salary. Wendy has elected to receive a contribution of 5% of her salary. Contributions will be aligned to the workforce at a rate of 5% of salary by the end of 2022.
2021 ANNUAL BONUS (AUDITED)
The table below summarises our annual bonus framework for 2021 and includes measures that the Committee believes provide a fair balance of rewarding financial and non-financial performance. Each Executive has a personal scorecard with shared financial
and non-financial objectives.
Annual bonus scorecard
Performance is assessed against performance ranges that are defined at the beginning of each performance year, in line with the business plan and investor guidance, as applicable.
Financial measures Strategic measures Underlying EPS Strategic execution and growth
Net organic growth Investor relations EBITDA margin Risk and compliance
Cash conversion ESG, people and culture Efficient capital allocation Commercial & operational efficiency improvements
The detail of the measures, targets and weightings may be varied by the Committee year-on-year based on the Company’s strategic priorities. The achievement of the objectives is measured on a points basis against determination of whether goals were met
and where performance exceeded expectations or was deemed exceptional.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
73
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
BONUS SCORECARD – FINANCIAL MEASURES (AUDITED)
The table below sets out performance against the financial targets under the annual bonus scorecard which comprise a weighting of 60% for the CEO and CFO and 50% for the COO on a combination of the following measures, with performance ranges set
based on a sliding scale of challenging targets.
Group financial metrics Threshold Target Maximum 2021 Performance
Underlying EPS performance
versus financial consensus
Lower quartile
ofaverage
consensusrange
Median of average
consensus range
Upper quartile
ofaverage
consensusrange
Achieved second quartile of average consensus range.
Net organic growth 8% 9% 10% Achieved net organic growth of 9.6%, above the target performance.
EBITDA margin 33% 35% 38% Achieved overall EBITDA margin of 32.8%, just falling short of 33% at threshold.
Cash conversion
(in line with guidance)
85% 87.5% 90% 87% cash conversion, in line with guidance range.
Efficient capital allocation WACC / ROCE >1.25 WACC / ROCE >1.33 WACC / ROCE 1.5 WACC / ROCE of 1.43, which was above the target level of performance.
Commercial & operational
efficiency improvements
Demonstrate sound strategic and commercial judgement in the
acquisitionselection process and effect swift integration strategies
Successful integration of INDOS and RBC Cees (ES) in the year, with INDOS providing an exceptional strategic acquisition in line with JTC’s
Galaxyplan and ES providing outstanding financial returns, including a margin improvement whereby it moved from being a loss making
business to one that was achieving normal JTC margins by the final month of 2021.
Demonstrate revenue uplifts/cross sales which support organic growth The Chief Commercial Officer remit has been widened with the implementation of strategically important programmes to drive further
organic growth. Additionally, there have been more than £1m of additional cross sales in 2021, almost twice as much as in 2020.
Demonstrate three technology enabled solutions effecting
commercialimprovements
Commercial improvements established through the successful implementation of Stock Reconciliation workflow software, Blueprint 2 NAV
automation, and Bank reconciliation technology.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
74
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
BONUS SCORECARD – FINANCIAL MEASURES (AUDITED)
The table below sets out performance against the non-financial targets under the annual bonus scorecard, which comprise a weighting of 40% for the CEO and CFO and 50% for the COO. Non-financial performance categories reflect short-term operational
and strategic priorities of the business that are critical to our continued success and are assessed based on key milestones or performance in line with our business plan on a combination of the following measures.
Non-financial metrics 2021 Group objectives
Strategic execution
andgrowth
In accordance with our Jurisdictional Strength Index (JSI), a proprietary system that grades both the current JTC internal strength and overall market attractiveness of a given jurisdiction, we achieved overall improvements
of 7.5% and 4% for the ICS and PCS Divisions, respectively, across all jurisdictions. This resulted in an overall improvement of 6% across the entire business.
The acquisition of ES, a market-leading provider of employer solutions, significantly enhanced the JTC’s service portfolio. Through JTC’s integration process, the Company has been able to transform ES into a profitable
business, in line with typical JTC margins, by the end of 2021.
Recent acquisitions of SALI Fund Services, Segue Partners, and Essential Fund Services reflect strategically important and high-quality additions that further expand JTC’s footprint and growth potential in the United
States; all acquisitions have had a positive start with strong levels of early engagement and cultural alignment with JTC.
Recent completed acquisition of Ballybunion Capital enhances JTC’s fund services presence in Ireland and, in conjunction with INDOS, accelerates JTC’s future growth in the Irish AIFM market.
JTC continues to establish a growing presence in the Middle East. In 2021, JTC appointed an Associate Director within its PCS division to bolster its team in Dubai.
Investor relations
JTC continued to establish deep relationships with institutional investors and other relevant capital markets participants, completing Investor Roadshows in April and September; plus fundraising roadshows in April and
October, to reinforce JTC’s strategic vision for the Galaxy era and long-term investment case. During 2021, JTC retained its shareholders and expanded its register widely with a total of 58 new investors from both Europe
and the US.
JTC also proactively engaged with all of the top 20 institutional shareholders (representing 67.9% of the issued and outstanding JTC shares as of December 10, 2021, this being the date of reporting of the final share
register analysis of 2021) and completed 30 one-to-one meetings with institutional target non-holders to seek feedback and promote an active and constructive dialogue about the JTC business.
JTC continued to strengthen the quality of its financial reporting and communications – consistent and overwhelmingly positive written feedback comments received from 52 institutions across the full year and interim results.
Risk and compliance
There were no material risk events or losses during 2021. Furthermore, the enhanced Group Risk Appetite Statement was discussed and approved by the Board during the year which provides JTC with a robust basis in
continuing to mature the risk framework consistent with organisation size, development and growth.
The Group Risk Register has continued to evolve with the introduction of improved criteria aimed at achieving consistent assessment of risk levels. The implementation of Group-wide risk escalation procedures enables
better assessment of the impact and likelihood of key risks with clearer identification of principal and emerging risks.
JTC implemented a new operational model to further strengthen its enterprise risk management framework. The model clearly delineates three areas of risk management responsibility, incorporating an independent third
line of defence (Internal Audit or “IA”). Progress was made in adapting procedures to differentiate clearly between first and second line activities (e.g. new business approval and acceptance) and clearer risk ownership
accountabilities with risk management being a key measure for employee performance.
Appointment of a new strategic role, the Group Head of Regulatory Affairs, to enhance the approach to regulatory engagement. JTC has sought to build upon strong regulatory relationships in key jurisdictions and received
good outcomes from routine regulatory inspections – a strong foundation and performance in light of the increased regulatory scrutiny across the industry during 2021. Additionally, relationship management ensured
more measured regulatory dialogue in key markets.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
75
Non-financial metrics 2021 Group objectives
ESG, people
andculture
In 2021, JTC was named the winner of a major industry award for ‘Best Overall Performance in Fostering Employee Share Ownership’ Award (for companies with 501 – 5,000 employees) by ProShare, which serves as a
strong endorsement of JTC’s approach to embedding shareholder ownership across the organisation.
During the year, JTC built on their established ESG framework, as disclosed in the 2020 Annual Report. In 2021, JTC met its target to become a Carbon Neutral+ organisation, third party accredited by Carbon Footprint,
andthrough the purchase of high quality carbon offsets became a certified Carbon Neutral+ organisation prior to the year-end. JTC also proactively sought feedback on its ESG strategy and disclosures from our largest
shareholders and the feedback on JTC’s approach and progress relative to peers and similar size companies was overwhelmingly positive. JTC continues to improve the quality of ESG disclosure. Including through a newly
created ESG section on the JTC website.
JTC completed and tested Phase 1 of the talent management framework which includes a system based succession planning process designed to secure the future of key positions across the organisation.
Employee turnover (for regretted leavers) was below the self-imposed benchmark of 10%, demonstrating JTC’s strong employee retention across all jurisdictions.
Continued to reinforce distinctive ‘Ownership for All’ culture. All measures in relation to JTC’s Shared Ownership culture were met, including a successful distribution of the Odyssey era EIP award. JTC launched a
self-service portal to simplify and promote share ownership by enabling employees to easily access and manage their awards.
JTC also delivered the global roll out of the Divisional Balanced Scorecard, as planned, and also launched the ‘People’ KPI for the Group to further reinforce the Company’s strategic focus on people and culture.
2021 ANNUAL BONUS OUTCOMES FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The Committee conducted a comprehensive analysis in respect of the progress achieved against the financial and non-financial measures. Overall, it was concluded that 2021 was a successful year, marked by strong performance financially and execution against
our five strategic areas.
The Committee assesses the performance delivered for each financial and non-financial metric against pre-established targets to derive an overall holistic performance grade for the total scorecard, in line with JTC’s 10-point range which is used throughout
the organisation which also incorporated expected behaviours. The Committee awarded a score of 8.5 out of 10 for the CEO and CFO and 8.0 out of 10 for the COO.
Each Executive Director is eligible for a maximum annual bonus opportunity of 100% of salary. For 2021, consistent with the ‘stakeholder mentality’ and a desire to promote a shared alignment with the remuneration framework in place for the wider Group,
the Executive Directors elected to cap their maximum opportunities to 40% of salary. The table below sets out the basis on which the potential 2021 annual bonus award is calculated as a % of maximum opportunity and also the outturns with the self-nominated
cap of 40% of salary.
TOTAL SCORECARD PERFORMANCE GRADE
Bonus % award 6 7 8 9 10
All Executives based on Policy Maximum 30% 50% 67% 83% 100%
Capped at 40% for 2021 10% 19% 20% 39% 40%
The following table sets out the outcome of the 2021 annual bonus, based on the total scorecard performance grade and reflecting the elected 40% of salary cap for each Executive Director:
Max opportunity
(% of salary)
2021 capped
opportunity
(% of salary)
Outturn
(% of salary
andmax)
Outturn
£
Nigel Le Quesne 100% 40% 30% £130,500
Martin Fotheringham 100% 40% 30% £95,077
Wendy Holley 100% 40% 20% £48,300
The Remuneration Policy states that any bonus earned in excess of 50% of salary should be deferred into shares on a net of tax basis for 3 years. As such, there will be no deferral of bonuses this year.
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
76
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
PSP AWARDS VESTING IN 2021 (AUDITED)
The 2019 PSP award is subject to financial and business plan performance conditions, as applicable, ending on 31 December 2021. We have set out the final vesting details and related performance assessment considerations of the award below.
All Executive Directors are subject to the financial vesting conditions, including relative TSR and EPS performance. For the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, 100% of vesting is subject to relative TSR and EPS performance. For the Chief
Operating Officer, 67% of vesting is relative to TSR and EPS performance and the balance is linked to a Group business plan condition. Please see the section below for further details.
– The relative TSR performance condition underscores our commitment to share price outperformance. Median TSR performance versus the FTSE Small Cap Index results for threshold vesting (i.e. 25% of maximum), rising to full vesting for upper quartile
performance versus the FTSE Small Cap Index. This relative TSR benchmark was the relevant FTSE Index at the time the PSP awards were granted in 2019, which was prior to JTC’s admission to the FTSE 250 Index. JTC’s TSR performance to 31 December
2021 was positioned at 88th percentile against the FTSE Small Cap Index. As such, there is full vesting of the relative TSR element.
– The EPS performance condition was originally set with reference to available analyst forecasts. EPS of 21.63p results in threshold vesting (i.e. 25% of maximum) and EPS of 27.04p qualifies for full vesting. For the year ending 31 December 2021, JTC’s
underlying EPS was 25.55p and as such this element of the award qualified for 72.5% vesting.
For the Chief Operating Officer, 33% of vesting is tied to the Group business plan performance condition, further described below.
In 2021, following the completion of the Odyssey Era business plan (2018 – 2020), JTC entered the new Galaxy Era for which a new 5-year business plan was established (2021 – 2025). The Group business plan performance condition was therefore assessed
against JTC’s delivery against its Odyssey Era business plan ambitions and important foundations that were established to enable early progress and delivery against its Galaxy Era business plan ambitions, as demonstrated by tangible outcomes and shareholder
value creation over the performance period. Strategically, these included five business plan pillars (Financial, Risk, Management, Organic Growth and Inorganic Growth) and 12 business plan elements; each element was assigned a potential value of 10 as part
of the performance assessment. The details of the Galaxy Era business plan are not disclosed in full as they are considered commercially sensitive; however, the salient highlights are described below.
The Committee reviewed JTC’s performance highlights against the business plan ambitions over the past three years and was satisfied that vesting of 72% was warranted on account of the early progress and delivery against the Galaxy Era business plan, as
well as shareholder value of 133% created over the three year period.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
77
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Pillars Highlights over the 3-year performance period
Financial
Becoming a $1bn+ business (by market
capitalisation) to achieve the scale
required to enable capital raising and
additional growth funding; delivering a
margin of at least 33%, organic growth
ofc. 8 – 10% per annum at a Group level,
and a long-term cash conversion rate of
c.85 – 90%.
3-year average performance:
– Operating margin: 33.8%
– Organic growth: 8.6%
– Cash conversion: 88.6%
– Following JTC’s ascent to the FTSE 250 Index in November 2020, and the completion of two significant fundraises totalling c.£145 million, both demonstrating investor support for the business
– Raising an increased banking facility of £225m in October 2021 to replace the existing £150m facility
Organic growth
Capturing market share, expanding
JTC’score service and product offerings,
and expanding JTC’s global network
andplatform.
Organic growth highlights include:
– Double digit growth in new business wins delivered in each of the 3 years, exceeding business plan expectations
– JTC has been consistently recognised as a trusted leader in trust and fund administration in Jersey, the UK, and MENA over the past 3 years, including recognition as a ‘Tier 1’ trust company for the fifth
consecutive year by ePrivateClient and ‘ESG Fund Administrator’ of the year by Drawdown Awards
– Developed and executed JTC’s Future of Banking Strategy which aims to simplify the processing of legacy banking platforms to remove inefficiencies, reduce operating costs, and reduce risk through
automation while also capitalising on new opportunities such as the provision of foreign exchange services
– Material product and service offering expansion, including registrars services, depositary and operational due diligence services in the UK, new employee retirement and reward services, new corporate
services in Ireland, new Manco services in Luxembourg, and specialised fund administration and IDF structuring services in the US market
Inorganic growth
Successfully completing and integrating
acquisitions; increasing the scale in
existing markets through external
growthopportunities; and entry into
newmarkets.
Inorganic growth highlights include:
– Completed 13 deals over the 3-year performance period in line with JTC’s commercial investment filters; integration is ongoing for acquisitions that were completed or announced in 2021
– Successfully increased scale in strategically important markets, including growth of the UK team by nearly tenfold and near doubling of the Luxembourg team over the past three years
– Continued investment in the U.S. fund administration market, with the acquisitions of NESF, Segue, SALI, and EFS
– Continued investment in Ireland with the acquisition of Ballybunion and INDOS
– New and innovative solutions delivered to drive M&A integration, operational efficiencies, and margin improvement, including new Stock Reconciliation Workflow (SRW) software, the Blueprint 1 and 2 programmes
Risk
Maturing JTC’s cybersecurity framework
to ensure continued security of data
records and systems.
Ensuring the Company meets the
regulatory and compliance requirements
applicable to JTC and the expectations
ofits clients and investors.
– Continued to evolve JTC’s cyber strategy, including the adoption of the National Standards & Technology (NIST) Cyber Security Framework; the alignment of JTC’s Policies, Standards, and Procedures to ISO
27001 Standards; and the achievement of advanced industry certifications and qualifications related to cyber security risk management
Management
Minimise staff turnover.
Maximise staff potential.
Becoming an ‘employer of choice’.
Becoming carbon neutral by the
endof2021.
– 3 year average labour turnover rate remains well below the self-imposed benchmark of 10%, demonstrating a culture of high engagement at JTC
– Continued evolution of the JTC Academy over the past 3 years, including investment in key initiatives such as leadership and management development programmes; induction and skills development;
Group-wide talent development activities; and sponsorship of professional education opportunities to support the lifelong learning and growth of employees around the world
– JTC was also recognised by ProShare for its distinctive Shared Ownership culture in 2021
– Successfully achieved target of becoming Carbon Neutral by the end of 2021; achievement of Carbon Neutral+ accreditation certifies that JTC has offset more than its calculated carbon emissions each year
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
78
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
The table below summarises the vesting outcomes based on performance assessed for each measure over the performance period ended 31 December 2021.
Performance measures
Indicative vesting
(% of element)
Total indicative
vesting (% of
maximum)
Total indicative
vesting
(No. Shares)Measure Weighting
Nigel Le Quesne TSR 50% 100% 86% 84,611
EPS 50% 72.5%
Martin Fotheringham TSR 50% 100% 86% 64,688
EPS 50% 72.5%
Wendy Holley TSR 33% 100% 82% 13,584
EPS 33% 72.5%
Group Business Plan 33% 72%
2021 PSP AWARDS (AUDITED)
During the year ended 31 December 2021, Executive Directors received a conditional award of shares which may vest after a three year performance period ending on 31 December 2023, based on the achievement of stretching performance conditions.
The maximum levels achievable under these awards are set out in the table below:
Max. Award
(% of salary)
Max. Award
1
(£) No. Shares
Performance measures
Holding period
2
Measure Weighting
Nigel Le Quesne 150% £652,500 99,466 TSR 50% 2 years
EPS 50%
Martin Fotheringham 150% £475,388 72,467 TSR 50% 2 years
EPS 50%
Wendy Holley 150% £362,250 55,221 TSR 50% 2 years
EPS 50%
1 Face value of award based on the 3-day average share price to 20 May 2021 being £6.56.
2 Executive Directors are required to hold vested awards for a period of two years following vesting so as to further strengthen the long-term alignment of Executives’ remuneration packages with shareholders’ interests and, if required, to facilitate the implementation of provisions related to clawback.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
79
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
The targets for the 2021 PSP award are outlined below. EPS targets are set with reference to available analyst forecasts and projected in line with expected organic growth.
Performance over the period % of element vesting Performance over the period % of element vesting
TSR vs. FTSE 250 index (excluding real estate and investment trusts) Below Median 0% Straight-line vesting
occurs between points
Underlying EPS Below 30p per share 0% Straight-line vesting
occurs between points
Equal to Median 25% 30p per share 25%
Equal or Exceeds
Upper Quartile
100% Equal to Exceeds
37.5p per share
100%
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AND INTERESTS IN SHARES (AUDITED)
As at 31 December 2021 the Directors have significant shareholdings in the Company, as follows:
Unvested shares
% Interest in
voting rights
Shareholding
Shares legally
owned as at 31
December 2021
3
With performance
conditions
Without
performance
conditions
PSP awards DBSP awards
Requirement
(% of salary)
Shareholding as at
31 December
2021 (% of
salary)
4
Requirement met?
Executive Directors
Nigel Le Quesne
1
10,577,310 297,328 – 7.17% 150% 22,899% Yes
Martin Fotheringham
2
677,472 220,151 – 0.46% 150% 1,958% Yes
Wendy Holley 367,107 85,546 – 0.25% 150% 1,716% Yes
Non-Executive Directors
Mike Liston 45,452 n/a n/a 0.03% n/a n/a n/a
Dermot Mathias 25,863 n/a n/a 0.02% n/a n/a n/a
Michael Gray 17,242 n/a n/a 0.01% n/a n/a n/a
Erika Schraner 16,129 n/a n/a 0.01% n/a n/a n/a
1 Includes Ordinary Shares held by Ocean Drive Holdings Limited, a company in which Nigel Le Quesne is beneficially interested.
2 As announced by the Company on 4 June 2021, Martin Fotheringham sold 46,800 shares on 3 June 2021 as part of a personal estate planning exercise. Mr. Fotheringham sold an additional 723,869 shares on 9 June 2021 as part of this same exercise. Mr. Fotheringham subsequently purchased
200,000 Shares on 23 July 2021 and 87,500 Shares on 20 August 2021 in the market. Mr. Fotheringham participated in the Placing of the Company’s Shares announced on 6 October 2021, acquiring 389,972 Shares.
3 In accordance with LR 9.8.6. there have been no further changes in the interests of each Director during the period, nor in the period from 1 January 2022 to the date of this report.
4 Share price as of 31 December 2021 was £9.16.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
80
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
TOTAL SHARE AWARDS GRANTED (AUDITED)
The table below sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards as at 31 December 2021.
Award No. Shares
1,2
Max. Award as
% of salary
Value at
date of grant
% Vesting at
threshold
performance
Performance
period
3
Hold
4
Nigel Le Quesne PSP 2019 98,100 75% £294,300 25% 01.01.2019 – 31.12.2021 2 years
PSP 2020 99,762 100% £420,000 25% 01.01.2020 – 31.12.2022 2 years
PSP 2021 99,466 150% £652,500 25% 01.01.2021 – 31.12.2023 2 years
Total 297,328
Martin Fotheringham PSP 2019 75,000 75% £225,000 25% 01.01.2019 – 31.12.2021 2 years
PSP 2020 72,684 100% £306,000 25% 01.01.2020 – 31.12.2022 2 years
PSP 2021 72,467 150% £475,388 25% 01.01.2021 – 31.12.2023 2 years
Total 220,151
Wendy Holley PSP 2019 16,667 25% £50,000 25% 01.01.2019 – 31.12.2021 2 years
PSP 2020 13,658 25% £57,500 25% 01.01.2020 – 31.12.2022 2 years
PSP 2021 55,221 150% £362,250 25% 01.01.2021 – 31.12.2023 2 years
Total 85,546
Total 603,025
1 PSP Share awards are nil cost (in the case of existing shares) or the nominal value of the Shares if newly issued. All PSP awards made to date are nil cost.
2 Number of shares awarded calculated based on the average of the middle market quotations in the three immediately preceding days prior to the date of Grant (2019: £3.00, 2020: £4.21, 2021: £6.56).
3 The vesting of awards is subject to continued employment and achievement of performance conditions over the performance period. The awards will vest on the date the Committee determines the extent to which performance conditions have been satisfied.
4 Executive Directors are required to hold vested awards for a period of two years following vesting so as to further strengthen the long-term alignment of Executives’ remuneration packages with shareholders’ interests and, if required, to facilitate the implementation of provisions related to clawback.
LOSS OF OFFICE PAYMENTS (AUDITED)
No loss of office payments were made during the year.
PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS (AUDITED)
No payments to past Directors were made during the year.
FEES RETAINED FOR EXTERNAL NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORSHIPS
Executive Directors may hold positions in other companies as Non-Executive Directors subject to the prior approval of the Chairman. Executive Directors are also permitted to retain fees for these appointments subject to Board approval. None of the Executive
Directors currently hold positions in other companies.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
81
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
RELATIVE SPEND ON PAY
The table below shows the relative 2021 expenditure of dividends against employee costs compared to 2020. These figures are underpinned by amounts from the
Notes to the Financial Statements.
Year-on-year increases 2021 2020 Annual increase %
Dividends paid in financial year £9.1m £7.1m 28%
Total employee costs
1
£89.5m £57.4m 56%
1 Employee costs in 2021 increased year-over-year due to the vesting of the initial 50% tranche of the first EIP awarded since the adoption of the plan by the Board following JTC’s IPO
in 2018, and an accounting provision for the vesting of the second 50% tranche in July 2022, subject to the achievement of the applicable performance conditions. Excluding this
expense of c.£14.5m, the annual increase in employee costs of 31% would be in line with the increase in dividends.
ALIGNMENT BETWEEN PAY AND PERFORMANCE
Total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance
The following graph shows, for the financial year period ended 31 December 2021 and for each of the financial year ends since JTC Group’s IPO, the TSR on a holding
of JTC’s ordinary shares of the same kind and number as those by reference to which the FTSE250 is calculated. The Committee feels that the FTSE 250 is the
appropriate comparator index given JTC’s admission to the FTSE 250 on 16 November 2020. However, we note that our 2020 PSP award will measure performance
over the FTSE Small Cap in line with our prior constituency within that index.
The TSR graph represents the daily value of £100 invested in JTC Group on 12 March 2018, compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index over the
same period. JTC’s TSR since IPO has grown by 227% which is significantly higher than both the FTSE 250 (28% growth) and FTSE Small Cap (44% growth). This strong
growth continues to reinforce JTC’s solid investment case since our admission to the FTSE 250 Index in November 2020, including the success of the Odyssey Era
which has positioned JTC for further growth into the new Galaxy Era.
The Committee believes that the Policy and the supporting reward structure provide a clear alignment with the strategic objectives and performance of the Company.
The table below shows the CEO’s total remuneration since IPO and the achieved annual variable and long-term incentive pay awards as a percentage of the plan maxima.
2021 2020 2019 2018
Single total figure of remuneration £1,318,417 £1,018,684 £630,697 £538,239
Annual bonus award against maximum % 30%
1
42%
2
67%
2
80%
PSP vesting rates against maximum opportunity % 86%
3
100%
3
n/a n/a
1 The Executive Directors elected to cap their 2021 annual bonus opportunity to 40% of salary. The bonus outturn for the CEO was 30% of salary; the maximum shown here reflects
the outturn against the Policy maximum of up to 100%.
2 Represents the value of the annual bonus following the voluntary reduction by the CEO. In 2020 and 2019, the CEO waived part of his bonus (representing c.38% and 15% of salary in
each of the respective years) in order to better align with the remuneration outcomes for the wider workforce; the funds waived were reinvested in the wider bonus pot for employees.
3 Reflects the final PSP vesting of the 2018 and 2019 PSP awards.
Percentage change in Director Remuneration
The table below shows the percentage year-on-year change in salary, benefits and annual bonus for all Directors compared to the average of all employees in the
UK, which JTC believes is the most appropriate peer group as it provides consistency with the CEO pay ratio methodology.
JTC made an acquisition in 2021 and the number of employees in the UK quadrupled since 2020. As such, the data set of UK employees has changed significantly
given that historically the number of employees in the UK was relatively small. Due to legacy arrangements in the acquired businesses, the average salary for the
larger employee population is lower and benefits have increased. However, annual bonuses for the workforce have increased slightly year-on-year.
£100
£90
£80
£70
£60
£50
£40
£30
£20
£10
£0
Dividends Paid In Financial Year
Millions
Relative importance of spend on pay
2020 2021
Total Employee Costs
2020 2021
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
£0
TSR rebased to 100 on 12 March 2018
JTC's TSR vs. FTSE Small Cap and FTSE 250
Mar 2018 Dec 2018 Dec 2019 Dec2020 Dec 2021
JTC FTSE 250 FTSE SmallCap
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
82
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
The Executive Directors received salary increases within the year; increases in benefits are minimal and reflect the year-on-year increase in cost for the same benefits. The Executives elected to cap their 2021 annual bonus opportunity to 40% of salary to
promote alignment with the wider workforce in regard to annual bonus pay-outs and the balance between short and long-term incentives as part of the overall pay mix. As a result, the CEO’s bonus is slightly lower compared with 2020, whilst the CFO’s is
slightly higher and as a result of his performance in the period. The COO’s bonus has increased year-on-year; however, this reflects her higher bonus opportunity than compared with last year.
2021
Salary % Benefits % Annual bonus %
Executive Directors
Nigel Le Quesne 3.6% 0.0% -2.4%
Martin Fotheringham 3.6% 0.0% 5.1%
Wendy Holley 5.0% 1.4% 53.8%
Non-Executive Directors
Mike Liston 0.0% n/a n/a
Dermot Mathias 0.0% n/a n/a
Michael Gray 0.0% n/a n/a
Erika Schraner 0.0% n/a n/a
Average pay for UK employees -11.4% 76.9% 4.4%
CEO PAY RATIO
As a non-UK incorporated company with fewer than 250 UK employees, JTC is not required to adhere to the CEO pay reporting regulations. The Committee is keen, however, to ensure that disclosure in relation to executive pay is transparent and has chosen
to make a voluntary disclosure of CEO pay ratios.
JTC has adopted ‘Option A’ as its methodology to calculate the pay ratio as it believes it is the most comparable and relevant methodology:
– Determine the total FTE remuneration for all the Company’s UK employees for the relevant financial year
– Rank those employees from low to high, based on their total FTE remuneration
– Identify the employees whose remuneration places them at the 25th, 50th (median) and 75th percentile points. These employees were identified as of 31 December 2021.
Year Method
25th percentile
pay ratio Median pay ratio
75th percentile
pay ratio
2021 Total FTE remuneration for all UK employees 41 29 17
2020 Total FTE remuneration for all UK employees 29 21 11
1 Figures have been restated to account for changes to the single figure in 2020 in relation to the calculation of benefits and PSP.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
83
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Due to the small subset of employees included within the analysis for calculating the pay ratios, the Committee is aware of the data sensitivity in publishing the salaries and bonuses of the employees at each quartile. As such, the Committee has decided not
to disclose this data publicly, but will review this in future as the JTC employee numbers in the UK grow.
This ratio shows that the CEO’s pay is 29x greater than the median average of all of JTC’s UK employees compared to 21x in 2020. The year-on-year increase in median pay ratio is due partially to a change in UK incumbent employees which has reduced the
absolute pay quartiles. As referenced, there is a small subset of employees in the UK and as such the pay quartiles are sensitive to changes in composition.
In 2021, the CEO’s increase in pay was driven primarily by the vesting of the 2019 PSP award which vested at 86% of maximum. In addition, JTC’s share price has seen strong growth since the date of grant for the award and had grown in value by 150%.
We anticipate that in future the ratios will continue to be volatile in line with JTC’s financial performance and share price performance.
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (AUDITED)
The table below sets out the total remuneration payable to each Non-Executive Director for the year ended 31 December 2021.
Single Total Figure Of Remuneration Chairman BASE SID
Audit & Risk
Committee Chair
Remuneration
Committee Chair Total
Mike Liston 2021 £100,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a £100,000
2020 £100,000 n/a n/a n/a n/a £100,000
Dermot Mathias 2021 n/a £60,000 £10,000 £5,000 n/a £75,000
2020 n/a £60,000 £10,000 £5,000 n/a £75,000
Michael Gray 2021 n/a £60,000 n/a n/a £10,000 £70,000
2020 n/a £60,000 n/a n/a £10,000 £70,000
Erika Schraner 2021 n/a £60,000 n/a n/a n/a £60,000
2020 n/a £60,000 n/a n/a n/a £60,000
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE REMUNERATION POLICY DURING 2022
This section provides details of how the Remuneration Policy will be implemented for 2022 subject to gaining shareholder approval of the revised Remuneration Policy at the forthcoming AGM.
BASE SALARY
The proposed annual rates of base salaries of the Executive Directors from 1 January 2022 are detailed below; the average increase for the wider workforce is 2.9%.
Group financial metrics Base salary Effective date Increase Reason
Nigel Le Quesne £447,615 1 January 2022 2.9% In line with that of the wider workforce
Martin Fotheringham £326,116 1 January 2022 2.9% In line with that of the wider workforce
Wendy Holley £248,504 1 January 2022 2.9% In line with that of the wider workforce
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
84
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Salary adjustments are generally considered in the context of market conditions, performance of the individual, new challenges or a new strategic direction for the Company. There may be occasions when the Committee needs to recognise circumstances
including, but not limited to: an individual’s development in the role, a change in the responsibility and/or complexity of the role. In these circumstances, the Committee may determine that a higher annual increase than the average for the workforce is
appropriate. The Committee will consult with shareholders ahead of time and the rationale will be disclosed to shareholders in the Remuneration Report.
BENEFITS AND PENSION
In line with the Policy, Executive Directors will continue to receive life assurance, pension contributions, private medical insurance and other de minimis benefits in kind. The average employer contribution rate in the UK and Jersey for employees is 5%.
This increases to 7% – 10% for senior management.
Executive Directors are eligible for matched pension contributions up to 10% of salary. The CEO and CFO currently receive a contribution of up to 10% of salary, the COO has elected to receive a pension contribution equal to 5% of her salary. Following a
review in terms of the alignment of pension contributions between incumbent Executives and the wider workforce, the Committee has proposed that by the end of 2022 pension contributions for incumbent and future Executive Directors will be fully aligned
with that available to the workforce. The current average rate available for the workforce in the UK and Jersey is 5% of salary.
ANNUAL BONUS
As noted, Executive Directors will have a maximum annual bonus opportunity for 2022 of up to 100% of salary as per the Policy. The maximum annual bonus opportunity, which, in all cases will be no more than the maximum permitted by the Policy, will be
agreed annually with input from the Executive Directors, taking into consideration factors such as, but not limited to, the alignment of payout outcomes and pay mix with the wider workforce.
A combination of financial and non-financial weightings will be retained for Executive Directors, with financial measures comprising at least 50% of the total weighting. Annual bonus performance measures will be aligned with JTC’s Group business plan to
incentivise the achievement of annual delivery targets. All Executive Directors have shared financial measures to reinforce a common focus on creating shareholder value and to align with best practice. The Executive Directors’ specific objectives under each
theme are considered commercially sensitive and as such will be reported in the following financial period.
Group financial metrics Nigel Le Quesne Martin Fotheringham Wendy Holley
Financial metrics 60% 60% 50%
Underlying EPS
Group net organic growth
EBITDA margin
Cash conversion
Efficient capital allocation
Deliver commercial and operational efficiency improvements
Non-financial metrics 40% 40% 50%
Strategic execution and growth
Investor relations
Risk and compliance
ESG, people and culture
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
85
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN
For 2022, Executive Directors will be granted PSP awards with a maximum face value of 150% of salary and vesting linked to JTC’s TSR performance (relative to the FTSE 250 Index, excluding real estate and investment trusts) and EPS performance over a three
year period. The Committee believes that the maximum long-term incentive award provides a strong incentive for management to focus on executing the global growth strategy to position JTC firmly as a leader in fund, corporate, and private client services.
It also rewards the achievement of sustainable per share returns, in a manner that is aligned with the long-term shareholder interests.
Under the PSP, performance share awards will be made in April 2022, in line with our shareholder approved Policy. The number of shares over which awards will be made is determined by the 3-day average share price prior to date of award. The Committee
intends to make PSP grants to each of the Executive Directors as set out below, subject to shareholder approval, with values based on salaries effective 1 January 2022 as set out below. Actual award values and shares granted will be disclosed in next year’s
Annual Report.
Group financial metrics % of salary PSP value £ TSR EPS
Nigel Le Quesne 150% £671,423 50% 50%
Martin Fotheringham 150% £489,174 50% 50%
Wendy Holley 150% £372,756 50% 50%
These performance share awards will be subject to three year targets for the following measures: relative TSR; underlying EPS. The targets for the 2022 PSP award are outlined below:
Performance over
the period % of element vesting
Performance over
the period
% of element
vesting
TSR vs. FTSE 250 index (excluding real estate and investment trusts) Below Median 0% Straight-line
vesting occurs
between points
Underlying EPS Below 31p
per share
0% Straight-line vesting
occurs between points
Equal to
Median
25% 31p per share 25%
Equal or
Exceeds Upper
Quartile
100% Equal to
Exceeds 38.7p
per share
100%
SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS
Executive Directors are required to build or maintain a shareholding requirement equivalent to 150% of their base salary. All the Executive Directors comply with this requirement. To align with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code and
emerging best practices, the Committee has decided to adopt post-employment guidelines whereby Executives are required to hold the lower of the in-post shareholding requirement and the incumbent’s level of holding on exiting the business for a period of
2 years. These guidelines are compliant with the IA’s guidelines and echo our ethos of Shared Ownership and wealth creation for all employees.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
86
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES FOR 2022
The Committee reviewed Non-Executive Director fees during 2021. Fees have not been increased since IPO and the Committee was keen to ensure that the additional time and responsibilities spent by the Board members as a result of JTC’s significant growth
in recent years is recognised. As such, fees for the Chairman and additional fees for the roles of Senior Independent Director and Nomination Committee Chair will be increased. For simplicity, the additional fees for SID and Committee Chairs will be equal.
The table below summarises fees for 2022:
Fees
With effect from
1January 2021
With effect from
1January 2022
Chairman £100,000 £120,000
Base £60,000 £60,000
SID £10,000 £10,000
Audit & Risk Committee Chair £5,000 £10,000
Remuneration Committee Chair £10,000 £10,000
Nomination Committee Chair n/a £5,000
SERVICE CONTRACTS
In accordance with general market practice, Executive Directors have a rolling service contract. The Executives have service contracts with JTC (copies of which are available to view at the Company’s registered office) that are terminable on six months’ notice
from the Group and six months’ notice from the Executive Director. This practice will also apply for any new Executive Directors. The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment do not contain provision for notice periods or for compensation if their
appointments are terminated.
The Directors’ Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:
MICHAEL GRAY
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN
14 April 2022
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
87
Remuneration Policy
INTRODUCTION
This section sets out JTC’s Remuneration Policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Policy was last approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGM following JTC’s IPO. Since IPO, JTC has grown significantly as reflected in its admission to the FTSE 250.
The Committee has since proposed a small number of minor changes to reflect best practice, as summarised in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s letter. This new Remuneration Policy will be subject to a binding shareholder vote at the 2022 AGM and,
subject to Shareholder approval, will become effective from the date of the AGM and remain in effect for three years.
In reviewing the Policy, the Committee has been mindful of the hugely important role that our Executive Team – and especially the Executive Directors – plays in JTC’s success: their commitment, strategic direction, and sustained ambition have driven the
extraordinary value created in recent years for all of our shareholders. The Committee holds central to its philosophy on executive remuneration the principle that Director remuneration should be closely aligned with the Company’s performance and reflect
good corporate governance.
In this context, a significant proportion of the Committee’s time in 2021 was spent on reviewing the existing Policy with Mercer, the Committee’s advisors, to ensure that it continues to support JTC’s ambitious growth strategy and is strongly performance-
based (with an opportunity for exceptional performance to be appropriately rewarded); is aligned to shareholders’ interests; helps retain, focus, reward our critical senior talent over the next phase of JTC’s journey; and appropriately reflects market and best
practice. Guidance from investor and proxy agencies was also taken into account by the Committee when incorporating the latest minor changes to the Policy.
Alongside the Executive Director reviews, the Policy on the Board and Non-Executive Director fees has been reviewed by the Remuneration Committee to ensure these remain appropriate, reflecting the significant increase in responsibilities and FTSE 250 market practice.
The Remuneration Committee has decided, as a matter of good corporate governance, to adhere to the requirements of the UK remuneration reporting regulations whenever practicable although, as a Jersey registered company, the Company is not technically
required to do so. The UK remuneration reporting regulations contain provisions which make Shareholder approval of the policies of UK-incorporated companies binding. As the Company is not UK incorporated those provisions have no legal effect. However,
the Company has taken steps to limit the power of the Remuneration Committee so that, with effect from the date on which the Remuneration Policy is approved by Shareholders, the Committee may only authorise payments to Directors that are consistent
with the Policy as approved by Shareholders. In that way the Company considers the vote of Shareholders on the Policy to be binding in its application.
The Policy explains the purpose and principles underlying the structure of remuneration packages and how the Policy links remuneration to the achievement of sustained high performance and long-term value creation.
Overall remuneration is structured and set at levels to enable JTC to recruit and retain high calibre colleagues necessary for business success whilst ensuring that:
– our reward structure, performance measures and mix between fixed and variable elements is comparable with similar organisations
– rewards are aligned to the strategy and aims of the business
– the approach is simple to communicate to participants and Shareholders
– particular account has been taken of structures used within FTSE 250 companies, and other comparable organisations.
REMUNERATION POLICY
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
88
REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Element of remuneration Purpose and link to Company strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics
SALARY Provides a set level of remuneration
sufficient to attract and retain
Executives with the appropriate
experience and expertise.
The Committee takes into account a number of factors when setting
andreviewing salaries, including:
– scope and responsibility of the role
– any changes to the scope or size of the role
– the skills and experience of the individual
– salary levels for similar roles within appropriate comparators
– value of the remuneration package as a whole
There is no set maximum to salary levels or
salary increases.
Salaries are reviewed annually with increases
effective 1 January.
Increases take account of those applied across
the wider workforce; the Committee retains
discretion to award higher increases where
appropriate to take account of market conditions,
performance and/or development of the
individual, a change in the responsibility and/or
complexity of the role, new challenges or a new
strategic direction for the Company.
n/a
BENEFITS Provides benefits sufficient to
attract and retain Executives
withthe appropriate experience
and expertise.
Executive Directors are entitled to benefits in line with our policies which
may include:
– life assurance
– private medical insurance
– certain de minimis benefits in kind
Executive Directors are also eligible to benefits offered to our wider employees.
Where appropriate, our Global Mobility Policy may apply. This may include,
but not be limited to, travel, relocation and tax equalisation allowances.
The Committee recognises the need to maintain
suitable flexibility in the benefits provided to
ensure it is able to support the objective of
attracting and retaining personnel in order to
deliver the Company strategy. The maximum
willbe set at the cost of providing the benefits
described. One-off payments such as legal fees
or outplacement costs may also be paid if it is
considered appropriate.
n/a
PENSION Provides pension contributions
sufficient to attract and retain
Executives with the appropriate
experience and expertise.
Executive Directors are eligible to receive employer contributions to the
Group Occupational Retirement Plan.
Pension benefits for both incumbent and future
Executive Directors will be aligned with the
average percentage contribution or entitlement
available to staff in the relevant market (5% in
Jersey and UK) by the end of 2022.
From the effective date of this Policy through
tothe end of 2022, the former Policy rates
willcontinue with a maximum contribution
of10% of salary.
The Committee reserves the right to review
thiscontribution in the event that the average
workforce rate increases in the future.
n/a
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
89
REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Element of remuneration Purpose and link to Company strategy Operation Maximum opportunity Performance metrics
ANNUAL BONUS Variable remuneration that
rewardsthe achievement of
annualfinancial, operational
andindividual objectives integral
to Company strategy.
Objectives are set annually based on the achievement of strategic goals.
At the end of the year, the Committee meets to review performance
against the agreed objectives and determines payout levels.
The Committee may adjust and amend awards in accordance with the
annual bonus rules. Malus and clawback provisions may be applied in
exceptional circumstances.
Maximum opportunity of 100% of annual
basesalary.
In the event the Executive Directors are in receipt
of a bonus equating to more than 50% of their
annual base salary then this additional amount
will be deferred into shares (in the Deferred
Bonus Share Plan “DBSP “) for three years.
Awards are based on financial, operational and individual
goalsset at the start of the year. The Committee reserves the
right to make an award of a different amount produced by
achievement against the measures if it believes the outcome
isnot a fair reflection of Company performance. The split
between these performance measures will be determined
annually by the Committee.
DEFERRED BONUS
SHARE PLAN
Deferred equity reflects the
success of performance-based
bonuses to drive profitability
andbusiness growth and the
importance of the senior managers’
interests being aligned with the
interests of shareholders.
All employees of the Company and its subsidiaries including Executive
Directors will be eligible to participate in the DBSP. It is currently
intendedthat Executive Directors, Senior Managers and certain
managersbelow Senior Manager level will participate.
The Committee may adjust and amend awards in accordance with
theDBSP rules. Malus and clawback provisions may be applied in
exceptional circumstances.
The Executive Directors will participate to the
extent that their annual bonus payout exceeds
50% of their annual base salary.
Shares will be deferred for three years.
The DBSP is designed to incentivise high performance and
mayinclude further financial and non-financial performance
measures, the precise measures and targets will be reviewed
by the Remuneration Committee each year.
The vesting of an award and receipt of shares may be subject
tothe achievement of other conditions to be set by the
Remuneration Committee at the date of grant.
PERFORMANCE
SHARE PLAN
Variable remuneration designed
toincentivise and reward the
achievement of long-term targets
aligned with shareholder interests.
The LTIP also provides flexibility
inthe retention and recruitment
ofExecutive Directors.
Awards granted under the PSP vest are subject to achievement of
performance conditions measured over a three-year period. PSP awards
may be made as conditional share awards or in other forms (e.g. nil cost
options) if it is considered appropriate. Accrued dividends may be paid in
cash or shares, to the extent that awards vest. The Committee may adjust
and amend awards in accordance with the PSP rules. Malus and clawback
provisions may be applied in exceptional circumstances.
In any financial year, the total market value of
shares over which awards can be made under
thePSP to any participant cannot normally
exceed 150% of their annual base salary, but
theplan rules will allow the Remuneration
Committee the discretion to award up to 250%
of annual base salary in exceptional circumstances.
Performance measures are currently EPS and relative TSR,
withequal weighting given to each measure. The Committee
reserves the right to adjust the measures before awards are
granted to reflect relevant strategic targets. The Committee
reserves the right to adjust the outcome produced by
achievement against the measures if it believes the outcome
isnot a fair reflection of Company performance.
SHAREHOLDING
GUIDELINES
To drive long-term, sustainable
growth and to encourage
alignment between the Executive
Directors and shareholders.
Executive Directors are required to build or maintain a shareholding
requirement within a five year period from their appointment date.
Post-cessation, Executive Directors are required to hold on to the lower of:
(1) their share ownership at departure, or (2) their in-post share ownership
guideline (i.e. 150% of annual base salary) for a period of 2 years.
150% of annual base salary for all
ExecutiveDirectors.
n/a
NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE
Malus and clawback provisions
Recovery provisions may be applied to the annual bonus, DBSP and PSP in certain circumstances including:
– materially inaccurate information
– material breach of employment contact which would include, without limitation, any event or omission by the Executive that contributes to a material loss or reputational damage to the Company
– material breach of any compromise agreement
– material breach of fiduciary duties
Cash bonuses will be subject to clawback, with deferred shares being subject to malus, over the deferral period. PSP awards will be subject to malus over the vesting period and clawback from the vesting date to the third anniversary of the relevant vesting date.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
90
REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND TARGET SETTING
The measures, weightings and targets are reviewed annually by the Committee who take into consideration a number of factors. These include but are not limited to: the Company’s strategic priorities over the short and long-term, shareholder views, theexecutive
team’s views and the external environment.
The annual bonus is measured against a strategic scorecard which varies year on year based on the Company’s financial and strategic priorities. Key financial metrics are incorporated into the annual bonus reflecting both top-line and bottom-line growth.
The financial metrics reflect JTC’s organic and inorganic growth strategy. Some examples of these include underlying EPS, EBITDA margin, Group net organic growth and cash conversion growth. The Committee also places importance on commercial and
operational efficiency improvements, strategic execution, investor relations, risk and compliance and people and culture.
The PSP is measured against relative TSR and EPS reflecting the need to drive sustainable top-line business performance as well as alignment with long-term value for shareholders and the business.
Targets are set against the plans taking into account analyst forecasts, the Company’s strategic plan and prior year performance.
REMUNERATION SCENARIOS
The total remuneration opportunity for Executive Directors is strongly performance-based and weighted to the long-term. The charts below provide scenarios for the total remuneration of Executive Directors at different levels of performance and are calculated
as prescribed in UK regulations.
Base salary
£2,000
£1,500
£1,000
£500
£0
Thousands
Pension contribution
Minimum Target Maximum Maximum +... Minimum Target Maximum Maximum +... Minimum Target Maximum Maximum +...
Bonus PSP
Scenario Details Scenario Details
Minimum Fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary and pension contribution
1
:
CEO: £447,615 and actual 10% pension contribution
CFO: £326,116 and actual 10% pension contribution
COO: £248,504 and actual 5% pension contribution
Maximum Fixed remuneration as above, plus maximum bonus and full vesting of the PSP award:
Bonus: 100% of salary for all Executive Directors
PSP: 150% of salary for all Executive Directors
Target Fixed remuneration as above, plus target bonus and threshold PSP vesting.
The target bonus being 50% of the maximum and the threshold PSP being 25%
of the maximum, providing for:
a target Bonus award equal to 50% of base salary for all Executive Directors
a target PSP award equal to 37.5% of base salary for all Executive Directors
Maximum + 50% SPA
(SharePrice Appreciation)
As above, plus 50% share price growth over the vesting period for the PSP award
1 As per the Policy table for the financial year 2022, there is a Policy maximum pension contribution of 10% of salary (current incumbents do not currently take the full contribution). However, this will be aligned with the workforce average of 5% of salary effective 31 December 2022.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
91
REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
REMUNERATION POLICY FOR OTHER EMPLOYEES
As with the Executive Directors, salary for other employees is set at a level sufficient to attract and retain them, taking into account their experience and expertise. Remuneration packages comprise salaries, pension and benefits, cash bonuses and/or employee
share awards.
The Group regards membership of its PSP and DBSP share plans (as described at page 90) as a key part of its reward strategy which also aligns with the interests of employees and other stakeholders. Most employees receive benefits such as individual medical
cover, permanent health insurance and life assurance.
RECRUITMENT POLICY
Consistent with best practice, new senior management hires (including those promoted internally) will be offered packages in line with the Remuneration Policy in force at the time. It is the Remuneration Committee’s Policy that no special arrangements will
be made, and in the event that any deviation from standard Policy and as permitted under the Share Plan Rules is required to recruit a new hire, approval would be sought at the AGM.
The Remuneration Committee recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to provide compensation for amounts foregone from a previous employer (“buyout awards”). Any buyout awards would be limited to what is felt to be a fair estimate
of the value of remuneration foregone when leaving the former employer and would be structured so as to be, to the extent possible, no more generous in terms of the fair value and other key terms (e.g. time to vesting and performance targets) than the
incentives it is replacing.
TERMINATION POLICY
In the event of termination, service contracts provide for payments of base salary, pension and benefits only over the notice period. There is no contractual right to any bonus payment in the event of termination although in certain ‘good leaver’ circumstances
the Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to pay a bonus for the period of employment and based on performance assessed after the end of the financial year.
The default treatment for any share-based entitlements under the Share Plans is that any outstanding awards lapse on cessation of employment. However, in certain prescribed circumstances, or at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, ‘good leaver’
status can be applied. In these circumstances a participant’s awards will, ordinarily, vest subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance criteria and on a time pro-rata basis, with the balance of the awards lapsing.
APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS AND SERVICE CONTRACTS
At every AGM, each of the Directors on the Board will retire. A Director who retires at an Annual General Meeting may be re-appointed if they are willing to act as a Director.
All Executive Directors have rolling contracts for service which may be terminated by JTC giving six months’ notice and the individual giving six months’ notice. The Directors’ service contracts are available for shareholder inspection at the Company’s registered office.
The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment do not contain provision for notice periods or for compensation if their appointments are terminated.
REMUNERATION FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
The fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board as a whole. Fees are set at a level to reflect the amount of time and level of involvement required in order to carry out the Non-Executive Directors’ duties as members of the Board and
its Committees, and to attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the highest calibre with relevant commercial and other experience.
Element of remuneration Purpose and link to Company strategy Operation Maximum opportunity
CHAIR & NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR FEES
Fees are set at a level to reflect the amount
oftime and level of involvement required in
order to carry out their duties as members
ofthe Board and its Committees, and to
attract and retain Non-Executive Directors
ofthe highest calibre with relevant
commercialand other experience.
The fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board as a whole. The fee paid to the Chair
isdetermined by the Remuneration Committee.
Additional fees are payable for acting as Senior Independent Director and as Chair of the Board’s Audit and Risk
Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee.
The Company may reimburse the Chair and Non-Executive Directors for reasonable expenses in performing their duties.
The Chair and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in pension or variable incentives.
Fee levels are set by reference to Non-Executive
Director fees at companies of similar size and
complexity and general increases for salaried
employees within the Company.
The aggregate fees of the Non-Executive Directors,
including the Chair’s fee, may not exceed £1 million
p.a. as set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
92
Directors’ Report
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES
Additional information which is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report, including information required in accordance
with the Listing Rules 9.8.4R of the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s listing rules, has been included elsewhere within the Annual
Report and are incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference, and can be located as follows:
Pages
Events occurring after the reporting period 140
Future developments 6 to 7
Financial instruments and financial risk management 112
Greenhouse gas emissions 37
Corporate governance report 52 to 96
Employee engagement 38 to 41
Stakeholder engagement 57
Section 172 statement 56
Viability Statement 50
Going Concern Statement 50
Disclosures required pursuant to Listing Rule 9.8.4R can be found on the following pages:
Pages
Allotment for cash of equity securities 121
Details of long term incentive plans 81, 90 and 138
COMPANY STATUS
JTC PLC is public company incorporated in Jersey. It is listed on the London Stock Exchange main market with a premium listing.
COMPLIANCE WITH THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
It is a requirement of Listing Rule 9.8.7R that as an overseas company with a premium listing the Company must comply with the
Code or explain in its Annual Report and accounts any areas of non-compliance and the Company’s reasons for this. As at the date
of this Report, the Company complies with the UK Corporate Governance Code published by the Financial Reporting Council.
SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
JTC operates through a number of subsidiaries in various different countries. The list of subsidiaries is available at note 33 to the
Consolidated financial statements.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Where this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements, these are based on current expectations and assumptions, and
speak only as of the date they are made. These statements should be treated with caution due to the inherent risks, uncertainties
and assumptions underlying any such forward-looking information.
The Company cautions investors that a number of factors, including matters referred to in this document, could cause actual
results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statement. Such factors include, but are not
limited to, those discussed under principal risks and uncertainties on pages 45 to 49.
Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of relevant terminology including the words: ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘aim’,
‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘projected’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’ or other words of similar meaning and include
all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include statements
regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of our officers, Directors and employees concerning, among other things,
the Group’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the business.
Neither the Group, nor any of its officers, Directors or employees, provides any representation, assurance or guarantee that the
occurrence of the events expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements in this Annual Report will actually occur.
Undue reliance should not be placed on these forward looking statements. Other than in accordance with our legal and regulatory
obligations, the Group undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result
of new information, future events or otherwise.
MIRANDA LANSDOWNE
GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY
The Directors present their report, together
with the audited accounts for the year
ended 31 December 2021.
This Directors’ Report forms part of the
management report as required under DTR4.
The Company has chosen to include certain
matters in its Strategic Report that would
otherwise be required to be disclosed in this
Directors’ Report. The Strategic Report can
be found on pages 1 to 50 and includes an
indication of future likely developments in
the Company, details of important events
and the Company’s business model and
strategy. The Governance Report on pages
52 to 96 and the Directors’ Responsibilities
Statement on page 96 are incorporated into
the Directors’ Report by reference.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
93
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
In the year ended 31 December 2021, the Group delivered an underlying profit before tax of £24.9 million (2020: £20.1 million),
an increase of 23.7%; and a statutory profit before tax of £27.8 million (2020: £11.2 million), a change of 147.2%.
A summary of the dividends on Ordinary Shares for the financial year ended 31 December 2019 compared to the prior year is
shown below:
2021 Dividend Pence per share
2021 Final (recommended) 5.07p
2021 Interim 2.6p
2021 Total 7.67p
2020 Final (recommended) 4.35p
2020 Interim 2.4p
2020 Total 6.75p
The 2021 interim dividend of 2.6 pence per existing Ordinary Share (2020: 2.4 pence) was paid to shareholders on 29 October 2021.
Payment of the recommended final dividend for the year 31 December 2021, if approved at the 2022 AGM, will be made on 8July
2022 to shareholders registered at the close of business on 17 June 2022. The shares will be quoted ex-dividend from 6June 2022.
DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS
The biographical details of the current serving Directors are set out on pages 53 and 54. The Directors who served during the year
were: Mike Liston; Nigel Le Quesne; Martin Fotheringham; Wendy Holley; Dermot Mathias; Michael Gray; and Erika Schraner.
The interests of Directors and their immediate families, who served during the year, in the shares of the Company, along with
details of Directors’ share options, are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report set out on pages 67 to 87.
As announced, Kate Beauchamp was appointed as an independent non-executive director with effect from 24 March 2022.
In accordance with the Code, each director will retire and submit themselves for election or re-election at the 2022 AGM.
Copies of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are available to Shareholders for inspection at the Company’s registered office
and at the AGM. Details of the Directors’ remuneration and service contracts and their interests in the shares of the Company
are set out on page 87.
APPOINTMENT AND REPLACEMENT OF DIRECTORS
Directors may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the Shareholders, or by the Board. Appointment of a Director from outside
the Group is on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, whilst internal promotion is a matter decided by the Board
unless it is considered appropriate for a recommendation to be requested from the Nomination Committee. At every AGM of the
Company, any of the Directors who have been appointed by the Board since the last AGM shall seek election by the members.
Notwithstanding provisions in the Company’s Articles of Association, the Board has agreed, in accordance with the UK Corporate
Governance Code all of the Directors wishing to continue will retire and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election by the
Shareholders at the 2022 AGM.
DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY
Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is maintained by the Company.
POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended, and any directions given by
special resolution, the business of the Company is managed by the Board who may exercise all the powers of the Company,
whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or not. In particular, the Board may exercise all the powers
of the Company to borrow money, to guarantee, to indemnify, to mortgage or charge any of its undertakings, property, assets
(present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other securities and to give security for any debt, liability
or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
SHARE CAPITAL, CONTROL OF THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS
Details of the Company’s share capital, including changes during the year in the issued share capital and details of the rights
attaching to the Company’s Ordinary Shares are set out in Note 26 on page 122.
The holders of the shares are entitled to receive dividends when declared, to receive a copy of the Annual Report and accounts,
to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company, to appoint proxies and to exercise voting rights.
The rights attached to the shares are provided by the Company’s Articles of Association, which may be amended or replaced by
means of a special resolution of the Company in a general meeting. The Directors’ powers are conferred on them by Jersey company
law and by the Articles of Association. Shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange and may be traded through
the CREST system.
The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities
and/or voting rights.
The Company is not aware of any significant agreements to which it is party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change
of control of the Company following a takeover.
ALLOTMENT OF SHARES
The Shareholders have generally and unconditionally authorised the Directors to allot relevant securities up to two-thirds of the
nominal authorised share capital. It is the Directors’ intention to seek the renewal of this authority in line with the guidance issued
by the Investment Association. The resolution will be set out in the notice of the AGM.
The Shareholders approved the further authority to allot Equity Securities for cash without application of the pre-emption rights
contained in Article 10 of the Articles equivalent to approximately 5% of the issued Ordinary Share capital of the Company until
the conclusion of the AGM to be held this year. The Directors will seek to renew this extra authority in accordance with the Pre-
Emption Group’s Statement of Principles for the Disapplication of Pre-Emption Rights which permits disapplication authorities
of up to 10% of issued Ordinary Share capital in total to be sought provided the extra 5% is used only in connection with the
financing (or refinancing) of an acquisition or specified capital investment (as defined).
It is the Board’s intention to propose that a special resolution be passed at the AGM to allow the Company to allot equity securities
up to a further 5% of the Company’s issued share capital for transactions which the Board determines to be an acquisition or
other capital investment.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
94
PURCHASE OF SHARES
The Shareholders approved the authority for the Company to buy back up to 10% of its own Ordinary Shares by market purchase
until the conclusion of the AGM to be held this year. The Directors will seek to renew this authority for up to 10% of the Company’s
issued share capital at the forthcoming AGM. This power will only be exercised if the Directors are satisfied that any purchase
will increase the Earning Per Share of the Ordinary Share capital in issue after the purchase and accordingly, that the purchase is
in the interest of Shareholders.
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Company’s Articles of Association set out its internal regulations and cover the rights of Shareholders, the appointment of
Directors and the conduct of Board and general meetings. Copies of the Articles of Association are available upon request from
the Group Company Secretary, and at JTC’s AGM.
SHARE CAPITAL, CONTROL OF THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS
Details of the Company’s share capital, including changes during the year in the issued share capital and details of the rights
attaching to the Company’s Ordinary Shares, are set out in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity shown on page 104
of the Consolidated financial statements.
The rights attached to the shares are provided by the Articles of Association, which may be amended or replaced by means of a
special resolution of the Company in a general meeting.
The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities
and/or voting rights.
The Company is not aware of any significant agreements to which it is party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change
of control of the Company following a takeover.
The Shareholders have generally and unconditionally authorised the Directors to allot relevant securities up to two-thirds of the
nominal authorised share capital. It is the Directors’ intention to seek the renewal of this authority in line with the guidance issued
by the Investment Association. The resolution will be set out in the notice of the AGM.
The Shareholders approved the further authority to allot Equity Securities for cash without application of the pre-emption rights
contained in Article 10 of the Articles equivalent to approximately 5% of the issued Ordinary Share capital of the Company until
the conclusion of the AGM to be held this year. The Directors will seek to renew this extra authority in accordance with the Pre-
Emption Group’s Statement of Principles for the Disapplication of Pre-Emption Rights which permits disapplication authorities
of up to 10% of issued Ordinary Share capital in total to be sought provided the extra 5% is used only in connection with the
financing (or refinancing) of an acquisition or specified capital investment (as defined).
It is the Board’s intention to propose that a special resolution be passed at the AGM to allow the Company to allot equity securities
up to a further 5% of the Company’s issued share capital for transactions which the Board determines to be an acquisition or
other capital investment.
Certain nominee companies representing our Employee Benefit Trust hold shares in the Company in connection with the operation
and vesting of awards granted under of the Company’s share plans.
Shares held by the Trustees of the Employee Benefit Trust rank pari passu with the shares in issue and have no special rights.
Voting rights and rights of acceptance of any offer relating to the shares held in the EBT rests with the Trustees, who may take
account of any recommendation from the Company. The Trustees of the EBT may vote in respect of shares held by them as
nominees for participants, but only as instructed by participants in respect of their fully vested share awards. The Trustees will
not otherwise vote in respect of shares held in the EBT.
The Company is not party to any significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate following a change of control
of the Company. The Company does not have agreements with any Director or officer that would provide compensation for loss
of office or employment resulting from a takeover, except that provisions of the Company’s share plans may cause options and
awards granted under such plans to vest on a takeover.
PURCHASE OF SHARES
The Company was authorised by shareholders at the 26 May 2021 AGM to replace the existing authority (as granted by Shareholders
at the 2020 AGM) to purchase its own shares in the market up to a maximum of approximately 10% of its issued share capital.
No shares were purchased under that authority during the financial year. The Company is seeking to renew the authority at the
forthcoming AGM, within the limits set out in the notice of that meeting and in line with the recommendations of the Pre-emption
Group. This power will only be exercised if the Directors are satisfied that any purchase will increase the Earning Per Share of the
Ordinary Share capital in issue after the purchase and accordingly, that the purchase is in the interest of Shareholders.
SHARE DEALING CODE
JTC has adopted a share dealing code which applies to the Company’s Directors, its other PDMRs and all Group employees.
In accordance with the Market Abuse Regulation, the Directors and PDMRs are responsible for procuring the compliance of their
respective connected persons with the JTC share dealing code.
MODERN SLAVERY ACT
As per Section 54(1) of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, our Modern Slavery Statement is reviewed and approved by the Board on
an annual basis and published on our Group website. The statement covers the activities of the Company and its subsidiaries and
details policies, processes and actions we have taken to ensure that slavery and human trafficking are not taking place in our
supply chains or any part of our business. More information on our statement can be found on our website.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
95
ANTI-BRIBERY MATTERS
We have a zero-tolerance approach to bribery. Our anti-bribery programme operates around the Group. The programme is built
around a clear understanding of how and where bribery risks affect our business and comprises key controls such as: policies
(anti-bribery, gifts and entertainment, conflicts of interest, charitable donations); procedures such as conducting due diligence
on suppliers (in particular those who will engage public officials on our behalf); training colleagues on bribery risks every year;
and ongoing assurance programmes to test that the controls are functioning effectively. Bribery risk management is discussed
at senior leadership groups in each business unit, including at the Group level, and also once a year with the Group Risk Committee.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
Information provided to the Company by major shareholders pursuant to the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
(DTR) is published via a Regulatory Information Service and the Company’s website. As at 14 April 2021, as a non U.K. Issuer, the
Company had received notification of the following interests in voting rights pursuant to Chapter 5 of the DTR:
Shareholder % interest in voting rights
Liontrust Asset Management 9.55
abrdn 8.60
Nigel Le Quesne 7.17
Fidelity Management & Research 7.00
Percentages above are shown as a percentage of the Company’s total voting rights as at the date the Company was notified of
the change in holding.
AGM
The AGM will be held on 31 May 2022 at 9.30am at JTC House, 28 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE2 3QA. At that meeting,
Shareholders will be asked to vote separately on the Annual Report and on the Directors’ Report on Remuneration. Separate resolutions
will also be proposed on every substantive issue. A poll will be held on each resolution to ensure that the votes of the Shareholders
unable to attend the meeting are taken into account, and results of the voting will be placed on our website as soon as possible
after the meeting.
Shareholders who wish to do so may submit any questions to the Board before the AGM and answers to the questions will be
placed on the Company’s website. Shareholders should submit questions up until 11 am on 19 May 2022 by emailing them to the
Company Secretary at agm@jtcgroup.com.
On behalf of the Board
MIRANDA LANSDOWNE
JOINT COMPANY SECRETARY
JTC (JERSEY) LIMITED, COMPANY SECRETARY
14 April 2021
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report
and the Group financial statements in accordance with applicable
laws and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law they are
required to prepare the financial statements in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted
by the European Union and applicable law.
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and of their profit
or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group financial
statements, the Directors are required to:
– Select suitable accounting policies and then apply
themconsistently;
– Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable
andprudent;
– State whether applicable accounting standards have
beenfollowed, subject to any material departures
disclosedand explained in the Financial Statements; and
– Prepare the financial statements on the going concern
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group
and the parent company will continue in business.
The Directors confirm that they have applied with all the above
requirements in preparing the Financial Statements.
DIRECTORS’ CONFIRMATIONS
The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time
the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure
that its financial statements comply with the Companies (Jersey)
Law 1991. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets
of the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report,
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance
Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity
of the corporate and financial information included on the
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the annual
financial report.
The Annual Report and Accounts complies with the Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom’s
Financial Conduct Authority and the UK Corporate Governance
Code in respect of the requirements to produce an annual
financial report.
The Annual Report and Accounts is the responsibility of, and
has been approved by, the Directors.
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
– The Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit
orloss of the Company and the undertakings included in
the consolidation taken as a whole;
– The Strategic Report (contained on pages 1 to 50) includes
a fair review of the development and performance of the
business and the position of the issuer and the
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a
whole, together with a description of the principal risks
anduncertainties that they face; and
– The Directors consider the Annual Report, taken as a
whole,is fair, balanced and understandable and provides
theinformation necessary for shareholders to assess the
Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.
Approved by the Board on 14 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
MIRANDA LANSDOWNE
JOINT COMPANY SECRETARY
JTC (JERSEY) LIMITED, COMPANY SECRETARY
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
96
98 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
103 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
103 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
104 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
104 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
105 CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
105 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Statements
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
97
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JTC PLC
Report on the audit of the
consolidated financial statements
OUR OPINION
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of JTC PLC (the
“company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the group”) as at 31 December 2021, and of their consolidated financial performance and
their consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by
the European Union and have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.
WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED
The group’s consolidated financial statements comprise:
– the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2021;
– the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
– the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
– the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
– the consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended; and
– the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards
are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
INDEPENDENCE
We are independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated
financial statements of the group, as required by the Crown Dependencies’ Audit Rules and Guidance. We have fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We are also independent in accordance with SEC Independence Rules.
OUR AUDIT APPROACH
OVERVIEW
AUDIT SCOPE
– Group audit scoping was performed based on profit before tax which identified fourteen significant components covering
atleast 80% of the group’s profit before tax.
– We conducted the majority of our audit work in Jersey, with audit work also undertaken by component auditors in
Luxembourg, South Africa and the Netherlands.
– In determining the significant components, we also considered revenue and work in progress (“WIP”) as secondary
benchmarks, ensuring that the fourteen significant components also covered at least 80% of these financial statement line
items. Additional factors were also considered, including new acquisitions, common reporting processes and regulatory
requirements to identify whether any additional components should be scoped in.
– The group is headquartered in Jersey, where the group financial reporting functions are located. Trading subsidiaries are
based in Africa, Americas, Caribbean, Middle East, Asia and Europe.
KEY AUDIT MATTERS
– Recognition and recoverability of work in progress (“WIP”).
– Impairment of goodwill.
– Business combinations.
MATERIALITY
– Overall group materiality: £1,070,000 (2020: £885,950) based on 5% of the group’s profit before tax adjusted for the gain on
revaluation of the contingent consideration relating to NESF and the Employee Incentive Plan (“EIP”) share award expense.
– Group performance materiality: £802,500 (2020: £664,400).
THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the consolidated
financial statements. In particular, we considered where the directors made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of
significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain,
and we considered the risk of climate change and the potential impact thereof on our audit approach. As in all of our audits, we
also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether
there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
98
KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or
not due to fraud) identified by the auditor, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we
make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL
Various acquisitions made by
thegroup have generated a
significant amount of goodwill
being recognised on the
consolidated balance sheet.
The initial allocation of goodwill
(calculated as the fair value of
theconsideration paid less the
fairvalue of net assets acquired,
less corresponding fair value of
acquired intangible assets) is
determined at the acquisition
date. Management is required
toperform annual impairment
assessments in respect of the
carrying value of goodwill
onacash generating unit
(“CGU”)basis.
Management uses a discounted
cash flow model to determine
thevalue in use of each CGU
towhich goodwill is allocated.
The annual impairment
assessments performed by
management were considered
significant to our audit due
tothecomplexity of the
assessment process and
thejudgements applied by
management when determining
the assumptions included in the
assessment. These assumptions
are based on estimates that are
affected by expected future
economic and market conditions
in the geographic region and
division within which a particular
CGU operates.
Accounting policies and disclosures
relating to impairment of goodwill
are set out in note 21 of the
consolidated financial statements.
We evaluated the design and implementation of controls and the inputs and the
assumptions around the preparation and review of impairment assessments;
We evaluated the inputs and assumptions in the forecast used by management in
determining the value in use for each of the CGUs, including the appropriateness
ofthebasis of the forecast. We challenged management’s judgements, tested
theunderlying value in use calculation and compared the forecast used in the
calculationtomanagement’s approved forecasts and budgets;
We compared the projected cash flows for the next financial period with the latest
approved budgets for consistency;
We compared the discount rates used by management in their discounted cash flows
toour internally developed benchmarks;
We challenged management’s key assumptions used in the forecasts, taking into
consideration potential short-term and long-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic
onfuture performance, profit margin and terminal growth rate;
We compared the prior year’s approved management forecast to actual performance;
We performed sensitivity analysis to identify the key assumptions within the value in use
calculations and assumptions that would result in zero headroom for sensitive CGUs and
challenged management’s rationale for the applied rates. We also performed sensitivity
analysis to determine the extent to which a reduction inkey assumptions would result in
goodwill impairment and challenged management on the likelihood of such events occurring;
We assessed the mathematical accuracy of each discounted cash flow model;
We considered the adequacy of the disclosure in the consolidated financial statements
ofthe impairment assessment of goodwill;
We queried management on the impact of climate change on future client revenues to
assess the impact on future cashflows used in the goodwill impairment assessments; and
We performed a standback evaluation for the key assumptions used in the valuein use
calculation in order to assess whether there are any indicators ofmanagement bias.
As a result of the testing performed, we have not identified any material issue inrespect
of the impairment of goodwill.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JTC PLC CONTINUED
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
RECOGNITION AND
RECOVERABILITY OFWORK
INPROGRESS (“WIP”)
Recognition and recoverability
ofWIP, where services are
provided on a time spent basis
forclient matters which have
notyet been billed, is considered
akey audit matter.
WIP is required to be stated at
theamount which is recoverable.
There is a significant level of
judgement and estimates applied
by management in assessing and
determining the value of WIP at
the year end. Therefore, there
isarisk that WIP may not be
recoverable and that revenue
could be overstated.
Accounting policies and disclosures
in respect of revenue and WIP are
set out in note 4 & 13 of the
consolidated financial statements.
We evaluated the design and implementation of controls around the billing process and
quarterly valuation of WIP, testing the key controls in this process;
For a sample of clients where WIP has been recognised and is outstanding at the year end,
we confirmed subsequent billing and when possible, the amounts recovered post year end
to ensure appropriateness of revenue recognition;
Where WIP was not billed and not recovered post year end for any of the clients within
the sample selected, we challenged management’s estimate and rationale around the
recoverability of the amounts through analysis of client agreements, communication
withclients, billing and payment history with a focus on current year payments,
includingconsidering any potential impact from the COVID-19 pandemic;
We performed analytical procedures to analyse the implied recovery of historic WIP to assess
the reasonability of the implied recovery of WIP for oursample selected at the year end;
We assessed the provision adjustments applied, the level of WIP written-off and credit
notes raised on post year end invoices, on a sample basis and challenged the rationale
forthose provision adjustments, WIP write-offs and credit notes raised;
We assessed the appropriateness of estimates made regarding the potential impact of
theCOVID-19 pandemic on the implied recovery of WIP at the year end and in light
ofthegeneral economic conditions of each jurisdiction/client; and
We performed a standback evaluation for the implied recovery of WIP at year end
inorderto assess whether there are any indicators of management bias.
As a result of the procedures performed, we have not identified any material
misstatements in respect of the WIP balance at year end.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
99
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
The group has completed seven
business combinations during the
year. Significant judgement is
involved in calculating the fair
value of acquired assets and the
allocation ofthe purchase price.
Judgements arise from the
factthat there area number
ofassumptions included in
thevaluation models used to
determine the fair values of
intangible assets acquired,
whichinclude customer
contracts,brand and software.
These assumptions include
estimates for the economic
usefullives ofthe intangible
assets, projected future earning
levels, growth rates, client
attrition rates, royalty rates
anddiscount rates.
Judgement is also applied in
considering whether acquisitions
meet the definition ofabusiness
combination, the date control
passed and judgement on inputs
required todetermine the fair
value of contingent consideration
when it arises.
Accounting policies and
disclosuresrelating to the
acquisitions are disclosed in
note31 ofthe consolidated
financial statements.
We evaluated the design and implementation of controls around the preparation,
reviewand accounting for acquisitions;
We obtained management’s accounting judgement papers and assessed whether the
valuations performed were appropriately accounted for in accordance with applicable
financial reporting standards;
With the assistance of our valuation experts, we evaluated the appropriateness of the
valuation models applied by management;
We challenged management on the date the control was passed to the groupforeachacquisition;
We performed procedures to test the fair value of consideration transferred including
agreeing consideration paid in cash to bank statements, testing completeness of the
consideration by reviewing the purchase agreements and in respect of issuance of
equityinstruments, confirming the group share price to independent sources;
We challenged management on the key assumptions used in the valuation ofnon-cash
contingent consideration at the date of the acquisition and the subsequent valuation
ofthe contingent consideration at year end;
With the assistance of our valuation experts, we evaluated the appropriateness of the
method used for the valuation of each type of intangible assets;
We challenged management on the assumptions used in the valuation models such as royalty
rates, attrition rates, useful economic life and future projections of revenue/EBITDA margins.
This included benchmarking against comparable data;
We compared the discount rates used by management in their model to our internally
developed benchmarks, with the assistance of our valuation experts;
We compared the projected contract revenue for the next financial period against historical
performance, adjusted for contracted clients that have been lost during the year;
We assessed the EBIT margins used in the valuation model by comparing against the
historical performance of each respective acquired business;
We performed sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used in the valuation models,
including royalty rates, useful economic life, attrition rates, discount rates and revenue
growth rates;
We reconciled source data used in the models to underlying accounting records; and
We performed a standback evaluation for the key assumptions used to determine the
fairvalues of the acquired intangibles in order to assess whether there are any indicators
of management bias.
As a result of the testing performed, we have not identified any material issues in respect
of the accounting for business combinations.
HOW WE TAILORED THE AUDIT SCOPE
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the consolidated
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group, the accounting processes and controls, and the
industry in which the group operates.
The group has operating components spread internationally and two segments, namely institutional client services and private
client services. Components were considered financially significant where they exceeded 3% of our primary benchmark, adjusted
profit before tax, as well as revenue and WIP.
Ten of the components in scope for group reporting were audited by PwC Channel Islands, and a further three components were
audited by PwC Network member firms providing 81% coverage of total profit before tax. One component was audited by a
non-PwC Network member firm. We instructed non-PwC Channel Island component audit teams to perform full scope audit
procedures on the component’s management information.
Procedures were performed by the group audit team over all other non-significant components, which included a combination
of audit procedures on non-significant components’ financial statement line items, analytical review and journal entries testing.
As the group audit team, we determined the level of involvement required at those components to be able to conclude whether
sufficient and appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the consolidated financial statements
as a whole. In our role as group auditor, we exercised oversight over the work performed by auditors of the components including
performing the following procedures:
– Maintained an active dialogue with reporting component audit teams, including regular group wide audit team conference/
video calls and specific conference/video calls for each reporting territory covering scope, status and results prior to
inter-office reporting; and
– Video conferencing, visits/onsite audit workpaper reviews, and remote audit workpaper reviews to satisfy ourselves as to the
sufficiency of audit work performed at the significant components.
MATERIALITY
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality.
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent
of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements,
both individually and in aggregate on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the consolidated financial statements as a whole as follows:
OVERALL GROUP MATERIALITY £1,070,000 (2020: £885,950).
HOW WE DETERMINED IT 5% of the group’s profit before tax adjusted for the gain on revaluation of the contingent
consideration relating to NESF and the EIP share award expense (Prior year: 5% of the
group’s profit before tax, adjusted for the loss on revaluation of the contingent
consideration relating to NESF).
RATIONALE FOR
BENCHMARKAPPLIED
The determination of materiality and the benchmark used is a matter of professional
judgement. Profit before tax is the measure used by management to assess the performance
of the business and to communicate results to the market. We have adjusted the profit before
tax for the gain on revaluation of the contingent consideration relating to NESF and the EIP
share award expense as we do not consider these transactions to be reflective of the normal
operations of the business.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JTC PLC CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
100
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range
of materiality allocated across components was between £60,000 and £1,020,000. Certain components were audited to a local
statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of
our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in
determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2020: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £802,500
(2020: £664,400) for the group financial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £53,000
(2020: £44,300) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION
The other information comprises all the information included in the JTC Annual Report and Accounts 2021 (the “Annual Report”)
but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the
other information which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) recommendations.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of
assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to
report based on these responsibilities.
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibility statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the
consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
as adopted by the European Union, the requirements of Jersey law and for such internal control as the directors determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due
to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing
techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations.
We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit
sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout
the audit. We also:
– Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is
higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations,
or the override of internal control.
– Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate
inthe circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the group’s internal control.
– Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related
disclosures made by the directors.
– Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on
the group’s ability to continue as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the
consolidated financial statements. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in
our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate,
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
However, future events or conditions may cause the group to cease to continue as a going concern.
– Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures,
and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that
achieves fair presentation.
– Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within
the group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision
and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to
bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance
in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely
rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences
of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
USE OF THIS REPORT
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the members as a body in accordance with Article 113A of
the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility
for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly
agreed by our prior consent in writing.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JTC PLC CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
101
REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
COMPANY LAW EXCEPTION REPORTING
Under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
– we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit;
– proper accounting records have not been kept; or
– the consolidated financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part
of the corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance
Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other
information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate
governance statement, included within the Strategic Report and the Corporate Governance Report, is materially consistent with
the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to:
– The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
– The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging
risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
– The directors’ statement in the consolidated financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the
going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s ability
to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements;
– The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the
period is appropriate; and
– The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an
audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that
the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering
whether the statement is consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the
group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the
corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained
during the audit:
– The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and
provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s position, performance, business model and strategy;
– The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control
systems; and
– The section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the company’s
compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing
Rules for review by the auditor.
OTHER MATTER
In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these consolidated
financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the
Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (“ESEF RTS”). This auditor’s report provides
no assurance over whether the annual consolidated financial report will be prepared using the single electronic format specified
in the ESEF RTS.
MICHAEL BYRNE
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS CI LLP
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditor
Jersey, Channel Islands
14 April 2022
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF JTC PLC CONTINUED
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
102
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Revenue 4 147,502 115,090
Staff costs 5 (89,540) (57,364)
Other operating expenses 6 (30,114) (20,875)
Credit impairment losses 12 (1,690) (2,382)
Other operating income 61 49
Share of profit of equity-accounted investee 32 364 359
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) 26,583 34,877
Comprising:
Underlying EBITDA 48,405 38,724
Non-underlying items 7 (21,822) (3,847)
26,583 34,877
Depreciation and amortisation 8 (17,591) (13,846)
Profit from operating activities 8,992 21,031
Other gains/(losses) 9 24,707 (5,409)
Finance income 10 112 33
Finance cost 10 (6,028) (4,415)
Profit before tax 27,783 11,240
Comprising:
Underlying profit before tax 24,908 20,133
Non-underlying items 7 2,875 (8,893)
27,783 11,240
Income tax 11 (1,135) (707)
Profit for the year 26,648 10,533
Earnings per Ordinary share (“EPS”) Pence Pence
Basic EPS 34.1 20.49 9.02
Diluted EPS 34.2 20.21 8.96
The notes on pages 105 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Profit for the year 26,648 10,533
Other comprehensive loss
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange difference on translation of foreign operations (net of tax) (2,476) (3,928)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations 5 61 (808)
Total comprehensive income for the year 24,233 5,797
The notes on pages 105 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
103
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Assets
Property, plant and equipment 20 48,340 49,249
Goodwill 21 341,605 173,777
Other intangible assets 21 120,715 54,944
Investments 32 2,638 2,274
Other non-financial assets 22 558 303
Other receivables 15 988 64
Deferred tax assets 23 119 104
Total non-current assets 514,963 280,715
Trade receivables 12 28,870 17,230
Work in progress 13 12,834 11,431
Accrued income 14 19,587 13,382
Other non-financial assets 22 4,147 3,671
Other receivables 15 2,090 4,368
Cash and cash equivalents 16 39,326 31,078
Total current assets 106,854 81,160
Total assets 621,817 361,875
Equity
Share capital 26.1 1,476 1,225
Share premium 26.1 285,852 130,823
Own shares 26.2 (3,366) (3,084)
Capital reserve 26.3 17,536 1,456
Translation reserve 26.3 (5,335) (2,859)
Retained earnings 26.3 48,462 30,844
Total equity 344,625 158,405
Liabilities
Trade and other payables 17 23,680 23,027
Loans and borrowings 18 152,578 104,376
Lease liabilities 19 37,916 39,154
Deferred tax liabilities 23 24,355 8,902
Other non-financial liabilities 24 179 311
Provisions 25 1,720 1,601
Total non-current liabilities 240,428 177,371
Trade and other payables 17 19,497 11,684
Loans and borrowings 18 – 2,456
Lease liabilities 19 5,463 4,215
Other non-financial liabilities 24 8,579 5,171
Current tax liabilities 11 2,978 2,534
Provisions 25 247 39
Total current liabilities 36,764 26,099
Total equity and liabilities 621,817 361,875
The consolidated financial statements on pages 103 to 140 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 April 2022 and signed
on its behalf by:
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021
MARTIN FOTHERINGHAM
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
NIGEL LE QUESNE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Note
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Own
shares
£’000
Capital
reserve
£’000
Translation
reserve
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
Balance at 1 January 2021 1,225 130,823 (3,084) 1,456 (2,859) 30,844 158,405
Profit for the year – – – – – 26,648 26,648
Other comprehensive loss – – – – (2,476) 61 (2,415)
Total comprehensive income for the year – – – – (2,476) 26,709 24,233
Issue of share capital 26.1 251 159,537 – – – – 159,788
Cost of share issuance 26.1 – (4,508) – – – – (4,508)
Share-based payments 36.2 – – – 2,164 – – 2,164
EIP share-based payments 36.2 – – – 13,916 – – 13,916
Movement of own shares 26.2 – – (282) – – – (282)
Dividends paid 27 – – – – – (9,091) (9,091)
Total transactions with owners 251 155,029 (282) 16,080 – (9,091) 161,987
Balance at 31 December 2021 1,476 285,852 (3,366) 17,536 (5,335) 48,462 344,625
Balance at 1 January 2020 1,141 100,658 (3,027) 451 1,069 28,265 128,557
Profit for the year – – – – – 10,533 10,533
Other comprehensive loss – – – – (3,928) (808) (4,736)
Total comprehensive income for the year – – – – (3,928) 9,725 5,797
Issue of share capital 26.1 84 30,240 – – – – 30,324
Cost of share issuance – (75) – – – – (75)
Share-based payment expense 36.2 – – – 1,082 – – 1,082
Movement in EBT – – – (77) – – (77)
Movement of own shares 26.2 – – (57) – – – (57)
Dividends paid 27 – – – – – (7,146) (7,146)
Total transactions with owners 84 30,165 (57) 1,005 – (7,146) 24,051
Balance at 31 December 2020 1,225 130,823 (3,084) 1,456 (2,859) 30,844 158,405
The notes on pages 105 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
104
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Cash generated from operations 35.1 30,697 28,997
Income taxes paid (1,835) (1,413)
Net cash generated from operations 28,862 27,584
Comprising:
Underlying cash generated from operations 38,402 35,290
Non-underlying cash items 35.2 (7,705) (6,293)
30,697 28,997
Investing activities
Interest received 87 33
Payment for property, plant and equipment 20 (1,378) (1,518)
Payment for intangible assets 21 (2,620) (2,884)
Payment for business combinations (net of cash acquired) 31 (186,433) (18,912)
Payment for investment 32 – (791)
Net cash used in investing activities (190,344) (24,072)
Financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares 144,801 –
Share issuance costs (4,409) (75)
Purchase of own shares 26.2 (269) (45)
Dividends paid 27 (9,091) (7,146)
Loans to related parties 15 (415) (311)
Repayment of loans and borrowings (127,784) (2,236)
Proceeds from loans and borrowings 178,690 18,914
Loan arrangement fees (3,364) (642)
Interest paid on loans and borrowings (2,571) (2,442)
Facility fees paid on loans and borrowings (285) (156)
Principal paid on lease liabilities (4,639) (3,138)
Interest paid on lease liabilities (1,183) (1,006)
Net cash from financing activities 169,481 1,717
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 7,999 5,229
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 31,078 26,317
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 249 (468)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 16 39,326 31,078
The notes on pages 105 to 140 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021
SECTION 1 – BASIS FOR REPORTING
ANDGENERALINFORMATION
1. Reporting entity
2. Basis of preparation
3. Significant accounting policies
SECTION 2 – RESULT FOR THE YEAR
4. Segmental reporting
5. Staff costs
6. Other operating expenses
7. Non-underlying items
8. Depreciation and amortisation
9. Other gains/(losses)
10. Finance income and finance cost
11. Income tax expense
SECTION 3 – FINANCIAL ASSETS
ANDFINANCIALLIABILITIES
12. Trade receivables
13. Work in progress
14. Accrued income
15. Other receivables
16. Cash and cash equivalents
17. Trade and other payables
18. Loans and borrowings
SECTION 4 – NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
ANDNON-FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
19. Lease liabilities
20. Property, plant and equipment
21. Goodwill and other intangible assets
22. Other non-financial assets
23. Deferred taxation
24. Other non-financial liabilities
25. Provisions
SECTION 5 – EQUITY
26. Share capital and reserves
27. Dividends
SECTION 6 – RISK
28. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
29. Financial risk management
30. Capital management
SECTION 7 – GROUP STRUCTURE
31. Business combinations
32. Investments
33. Subsidiaries
SECTION 8 – OTHER DISCLOSURES
34. Earnings Per Share
35. Cash flow information
36. Share-based payments
37. Contingencies
38. Foreign currency
39. Related party transactions
40. Events occurring after the reporting period
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
105
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
SECTION 1 – BASIS FOR REPORTING AND GENERAL INFORMATION
1. REPORTING ENTITY
JTC PLC (the “Company”) was incorporated on 2 January 2018 and is domiciled in Jersey, Channel Islands. The Company was
admitted to the London Stock Exchange on 14 March 2018 (the “IPO”). The address of the Company’s registered office is
28Es28 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2021 comprise the Company and its
subsidiaries (together the “Group” or “JTC”) and the Group’s interest in an associate and investments.
The Group provides fund, corporate and private wealth services to institutional and private clients.
2. BASIS OF PREPARATION
2.1. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE AND BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as
adopted by the European Union, the interpretations of the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS IC”) and Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention except for
the following:
– Certain financial liabilities measured at fair value (see note 29).
– Defined benefit liabilities/(assets) recognised at the fair value of plan assets less the present value of defined benefit
obligations (see note 5).
In assessing the going concern assumption in light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Directors noted that the Group continued to
grow revenues and generate positive cash flows from operating activities. Considering these factors as part of the review of the
Group’s financial performance and position, forecasts and expected liquidity, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that
the Group will have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 months
from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements. They have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going
concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
2.2. FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY
The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional and reporting currency of the
Company and the presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements. All amounts disclosed in the consolidated
financial statements and notes have been rounded to the nearest thousand (£‘000) unless otherwise stated.
3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
3.1. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND NEW STANDARDS ADOPTED
The accounting policies set out in these consolidated financial statements have been consistently applied to all the years presented,
and have been applied consistently by Group entities. There have been no significant changes compared to the prior year
consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 December 2020.
To the extent relevant, all IFRS standards and interpretations including amendments that were in issue and effective from 1 January
2021, have been adopted by the Group from 1 January 2021. These standards and interpretations had no material impact for the Group.
New standards and interpretations issued and effective from 1 January 2021
(a) Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2: Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16.
The Phase 2 amendments address issues that arise during the reform of an interest rate benchmark, including the replacement
of some interbank offered rates (“IBOR”) with alternative benchmark rates. The key reliefs provided by the Phase 2 amendments
are as follows:
– Where there are changes in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows of financial assets and liabilities (including
lease liabilities), the reliefs have the effect that the changes required by IBOR reform will not result in an immediate gain or
loss in the consolidated income statement.
– Hedge accounting reliefs allow most IAS 39 or IFRS 9 hedge relationships that are directly affected by IBOR reform to continue.
On 6 October 2021, the Group entered into a new multicurrency loan facility agreement where interest payable is based on
SONIA plus a margin rather than LIBOR and EURIBOR. The impact of this replacement is not deemed to be material.
The Group intends to use practical expedients as they become applicable.
(b) Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions – amendments to IFRS 16
This amendment provides relief to lessees from applying IFRS 16 guidance on lease modification accounting for rent concessions
arising as a direct consequence of the Covid-19 pandemic. The Group has no lease modifications arising from the pandemic so
did not require relief from applying IFRS 16.
New standards and interpretations issued but not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2021 reporting
periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity
in the current or future reporting periods or on foreseeable future transactions.
3.2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The basis of consolidation is described below, otherwise significant accounting policies related to specific items are described
under the relevant note. The description of the accounting policy in the notes forms an integral part of the accounting policies.
Unless otherwise stated, these policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company
(its “subsidiaries”). The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with
the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. De-facto control exists
where the Company has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee without holding the majority of the
voting rights. In determining whether de-facto control exists the Company considers the size of the Company’s voting rights
relative to other parties, substantive potential voting rights held by the Company and by other parties, other contractual
arrangements and historical patterns in voting attendance.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the
date that control ceases. When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary,
and any related non-controlling interest and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in the consolidated
income statement. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting
policies in line with the Group. All inter-company transactions and balances, including unrealised gains and losses, arising from
transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (see note 31). Associates are
accounted for via the equity method of accounting (see note 32).
Company only financial statements
Under Article 105(11) of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, the directors of a holding company need not prepare separate financial
statements (i.e. company only financial statements). Separate financial statements for the Company are not prepared unless
required to do so by the members of the Company by ordinary resolution. The members of the Company had not passed a
resolution requiring separate financial statements and, in the Directors’ opinion, the Company meets the definition of a holding
company. As permitted by law, the Directors have elected not to prepare separate financial statements.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
106
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
SECTION 2 – RESULT FOR THE YEAR
4. SEGMENTAL REPORTING
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is measured as the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for satisfying performance obligations
contained in contracts with customers excluding discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes.
To recognise revenue in accordance with IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’, the Group applies the five step
approach: identify the contract(s) with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the
transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognise revenue when, or as, performance
obligations are satisfied by the Group.
The Group enters into contractual agreements with institutional and private clients for the provision of fund, corporate and
private client services. The agreements set out the services to be provided and each component is distinct and can be performed
and delivered separately. For each of these performance obligations, the transaction price can be either a pre-set (fixed) fee
based on the expected amount of work to be performed or a variable time spent fee for the actual amount of work performed.
For some clients, the fee for agreed services is set at a percentage of the net asset value (“NAV”) of funds being administered
or deposits held. Where contracts include multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to each
performance obligation based on its stand-alone selling price.
Revenue is recognised in the consolidated income statement when, or as, the Group satisfies performance obligations by
transferring control of services to clients. This occurs as follows depending upon the nature of the contract for services:
– Variable fees are recognised over time as services are provided at the agreed charge out rates in force at the work date
where there is an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. Time recorded but not invoiced is
shown in the consolidated balance sheet as work in progress (see note 13). To determine the transaction price, an
assessment of the variable consideration for services rendered is performed by estimating the expected value, including
any price concessions, of the unbilled amount due from clients for the work performed to date (see note 28.2).
– Pre-set (fixed) and NAV based fees are recognised over time; based on the actual service provided to the end of the
reporting period as a proportion of the total services to be provided where there is an enforceable right to payment for
performance completed to date. This is determined based on the actual inputs of time and expenses relative to the total
expected inputs.
Where services have been rendered and performance obligations have been met but clients have not been invoiced at the
reporting date, accrued income is recognised, this is recorded based on agreed fees to be billed in arrears (see note 14).
Where fees are billed in advance in respect of services under contract and give rise to a trade receivable when
recognised, deferred income is recognised and released to revenue on a time apportioned basis in the appropriate
reporting period (see note 24).
The Group does not adjust transaction prices for the time value of money as it does not have any contracts where the period
between the transfer of the promised services to the client and the payment by the client exceeds one year.
4.1. BASIS OF SEGMENTATION
The Group has a multi-jurisdictional footprint and the core focus of operations is on providing services to its institutional and
private client base, with revenues from alternative asset managers, financial institutions, corporates, HNW and UHNW individuals
and family office clients. Declared revenue is generated from external customers. Business activities include:
Fund services
Supporting a diverse range of asset classes, including real estate, private equity, renewables, hedge, debt and alternative asset
classes providing a comprehensive set of fund administration services (e.g. fund launch, NAV calculations, accounting, compliance
and risk monitoring, investor reporting, listing services).
Corporate services
Includes clients spanning across small and medium entities, public companies, multinationals, sovereign wealth funds, fund
managers, HNW and UHNW individuals and families requiring a ‘corporate’ service for business and investments. As well as entity
formation, administration and other company secretarial services, the Group also services international and local pension plans,
employee share incentive plans, employee ownership plans and deferred compensation plans.
Private client services
Supporting HNW and UHNW individuals and families, from ‘emerging entrepreneurs’ to established single and multi-family
offices. Services include JTC’s own comprehensive Private Office, a range of cash management, foreign exchange and lending
services, as well as the formation and administration of trusts, companies, partnerships, and other vehicles and structures across
a range of asset classes, including cash and investments.
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are together the Chief Operating Decision Makers of the Group and
determine the appropriate business segments to monitor financial performance. Each segment is defined as a set of business
activities generating a revenue stream determined by divisional responsibility and the management information reviewed by the
Board. They have determined that the Group has two reportable segments: these are Institutional Client Services and Private
Client Services.
4.2. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION
The table below shows the segmental information provided to the Board for the two reportable segments (ICS and PCS) on an
underlying basis:
ICS PCS Total
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Revenue 92,706 64,560 54,796 50,530 147,502 115,090
Direct staff costs (39,256) (26,138) (20,025) (17,248) (59,281) (43,386)
Other direct costs (640) (359) (1,467) (1,540) (2,107) (1,899)
Underlying gross profit 52,810 38,063 33,304 31,742 86,114 69,805
Underlying gross profit margin % 57.0% 59.0% 60.8% 62.8% 58.4% 60.7%
Indirect staff costs (8,225) (7,529) (6,296) (5,429) (14,521) (12,958)
Other operating expenses (16,573) (12,557) (7,040) (5,975) (23,613) (18,532)
Other income 18 18 407 390 425 408
Underlying EBITDA 28,030 17,995 20,375 20,728 48,405 38,724
Underlying EBITDA margin % 30.2% 27.9% 37.2% 41.0% 32.8% 33.6%
The Board evaluates segmental performance based on revenue, underlying EBITDA and underlying EBITDA margin. Profit before
income tax is not used to measure the performance of the individual segments as items such as depreciation, amortisation of
intangibles, other gains/(losses) and finance costs are not allocated to individual segments. Consistent with the aforementioned
reasoning, segment assets and liabilities are not reviewed regularly on a by-segment basis and are therefore not included in the
segmental reporting.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
107
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
5. STAFF COSTS
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected
to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided
by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
Defined contribution pension plans
Under defined contribution pension plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance
plans. The Group has no further payment obligation once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised
as an employee benefit expense when they are due.
Defined benefit pension plans
The liability or asset recognised in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present
value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The calculation of
defined benefit obligations is performed annually by independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using
interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and
that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. In countries where there is no established market in
such bonds, the market rates on local government bonds are used.
The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the
fair value of plan assets. This cost is included as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated income statement.
Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised
in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings in the
consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated balance sheet.
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised
immediately in the consolidated income statement as past service costs.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits and
when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination
benefits. If benefits are not expected to be settled wholly within one year of the end of the reporting period, then they are
discounted to their present value using an appropriate discount rate.
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Salaries and Directors’ fees 62,685 48,658
Employer-related taxes and other staff-related costs 6,141 4,167
Other short-term employee benefits 2,099 1,555
Pension employee benefits
(i) 2,535 1,902
Share-based payments 36.2 2,164 1,082
EIP share-based payments 7
(iv)
, 36.2 13,916 –
89,540 57,364
(i) Pension employee benefits include defined contributions of £2.39m (2020: £1.66m) and defined benefits of £0.14m (2020: £0.24m).
Defined benefit pension plans
The Group operates defined benefit pension plans in Switzerland and Mauritius. Both plans are contribution based with guarantee
of a minimum interest credit and fixed conversion rates at retirement. Disability and death benefits are defined as a percentage
of the insured salary.
At 31 December 2021, the Group’s net defined benefit obligation that was recognised on the consolidated balance sheet in respect
of amounts that are expected to be paid out to employees was £0.8m (2020: £0.9m). The Group does not expect a significant
change in contributions for the following years.
The Swiss plan must be fully funded in accordance with Swiss Federal Law on Occupational Benefits (LPP/BVG) on a static basis
at all times. The subsidiary, JTC (Suisse) SA, is affiliated to the collective foundation Swiss Life. The collective foundation is a
separate legal entity. The foundation is responsible for the governance of the plan, the board is composed of an equal number of
representatives from the employers and the employees chosen from all affiliated companies. The foundation has set up investment
guidelines, defining in particular the strategic allocation with margins. Additionally, there is a pension committee responsible for
the set-up of the plan benefit, this is composed of an equal number of representatives of JTC (Suisse) SA and its employees.
The Mauritius plan is administered by Swan Life Ltd. JTC Fiduciary Services (Mauritius) Limited is required to contribute a specific
percentage of payroll costs to the retirement benefit scheme. Employees under this pension plan are entitled to statutory benefits
prescribed under parts VIII and IX of the Workers’ Rights Act 2019.
The amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Present value of funded obligations (2,010) (2,285)
Fair value of plan assets
(i) 1,233 1,382
Consolidated balance sheet liability (777) (903)
(i) All plan assets are held in insurance contracts.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
108
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
5. STAFF COSTS (CONTINUED)
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
Defined benefit pension plans (continued)
The movement in the net defined benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated balance sheet is as follows:
2021 2020
(i)
Defined
benefit
obligation
£’000
Fair value
of plan
assets
£’000
Net defined
benefit
obligation
£’000
Defined
benefit
obligation
£’000
Fair value
of plan
assets
£’000
Net defined
benefit
obligation
£’000
At 1 January 2,285 1,382 903 1,765 897 868
Included in the consolidated
income statement
Current service cost 207 – 207 235 – 235
Past service cost (66) – (66) – – –
Interest 5 1 4 9 3 6
Total 146 1 145 244 3 241
Included in other
comprehensiveloss
Remeasurements loss/(gain):
– change in demographic
assumptions – – – (191) – (191)
– change in financial assumptions (42) – (42) 118 – 118
– experience adjustment (93) – (93) (15) – (15)
– return on plan assets – (74) 74 – – –
Total (135) (74) (61) (88) – (88)
Other
Contributions:
– Employers – 177 (177) – 149 (149)
– Plan participants 87 87 – 73 73 –
Benefit payments (302) (302) – 216 216 –
Exchange differences (71) (38) (33) 75 44 31
Total (286) (76) (210) 364 482 (118)
At 31 December 2,010 1,233 777 2,285 1,382 903
(i) During the prior year, management reviewed the accounting for their pension schemes across the Group and recognised a defined benefit
pension scheme in Switzerland which was previously accounted for as a defined contribution scheme. The accounting was corrected in the
31 December 2020 consolidated financial statement, it was not considered material for restatement of prior periods.
The plans are exposed to actuarial risks relating to discount rate, interest rate for the projection of the savings capital, salary
increase and pension increase. The principal annual actuarial assumptions used for the IAS 19 disclosures were as follows:
Switzerland Mauritius
Discount rate at 1 January 2021 0.1% 2.8%
Discount rate at 31 December 2021 0.3% 4.6%
Future salary increases 1.0% 5.0%
Rate of increase in deferred pensions 0.0% 0.0%
In Switzerland, longevity must be reflected in the defined benefit liability. The mortality probabilities used were as follows:
2021 2020
Mortality probabilities for pensioners at age 65
– Males 21.70 21.72
– Females 23.41 23.47
Mortality probabilities at age 65 for current members aged 45
– Males 23.29 23.31
– Females 24.98 25.04
6. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
Other operating expenses are accounted for on an accruals basis.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Third party administration fees 2,300 1,994
Legal and professional fees
(i)
9,846 5,923
Auditor’s remuneration for audit services 1,126 1,055
Auditor’s remuneration for other services 190 128
Establishment costs 2,611 1,806
Insurance 1,703 1,183
Travelling 433 438
Marketing 1,493 964
IT expenses 7,942 5,343
Other expenses 2,470 2,041
Other operating expenses 30,114 20,875
(i) Included in legal and professional fees are £5.2m (2020: £2.73m) of non-underlying items (see note 7(i)).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
109
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
8. DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 20 7,157 5,884
Amortisation of intangible assets 21 9,776 7,327
Amortisation of contract assets 22 658 635
Depreciation and amortisation 17,591 13,846
9. OTHER GAINS/(LOSSES)
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains (861) 842
Net profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 2 15
(Loss)/gain on settlement of contingent consideration 7 (701) 213
Gain on bargain purchase 7 5,357 –
Gain/(loss) on revaluation of contingent consideration 7 20,910 (6,479)
Other gains/(losses) 24,707 (5,409)
10. FINANCE INCOME AND FINANCE COST
Finance income includes interest income from loan receivables and bank deposits and is recognised when it is probable that
the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.
Finance costs include interest expenses on loans and borrowings, the unwinding of the discount on provisions, contingent
consideration and lease liabilities and the amortisation of directly attributable transaction costs which have been capitalised
upon issuance of the financial instrument and released to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over
the contractual term.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Bank interest 80 33
Loan interest 32 –
Finance income 112 33
Bank loan interest 1,772 2,319
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees 1,501 603
Unwinding of net present value discounts 1,769 1,043
Other finance expense 986 450
Finance cost 6,028 4,415
7. NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS
Non-underlying items represent specific items of income or expenditure that are not of a continuing operational nature and
donot represent the underlying operating results, and based on their significance in size or nature are presented separately
toprovide further understanding about the financial performance of the Group.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
EBITDA 26,583 34,877
Non-underlying items within EBITDA:
Acquisition and integration costs
(i)
6,610 3,302
Revision of ICS operating model
(ii)
421 401
Other
(iii)
263 144
EIP share-based payments
(iv)
14,528 –
Total non-underlying items within EBITDA 21,822 3,847
Underlying EBITDA 48,405 38,724
Profit before tax 27,783 11,240
Total non-underlying items within EBITDA 21,822 3,847
Unwinding of discount on capital distribution – 33
Gain on bargain purchase
(v)
(5,357) –
(Gain)/loss on revaluation of contingent consideration
(vi)
(20,910) 6,479
Loss/(gain) on settlement of contingent consideration
(vii)
701 (213)
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
(viii)
869 (1,253)
Total non-underlying items within profit before tax (2,875) 8,893
Underlying profit before tax 24,908 20,133
(i) During 2021, the Group expensed £6.61m (2020: £3.3m) in relation to business combinations. For those completed in the year: RBC cees
£1.83m (see note 31.1), INDOS £0.6m (see note 31.2), Segue £0.33m (see note 31.3), perfORM £0.06m (see note 31.4), Ballybunion £0.2m
(see note 31.5), SALI £3.17m (see note 31.6) and EFS £0.22m (see note 31.7). For those completed in prior periods: NESF (£0.08m) (see note
31.8) and Sanne Private Client Business £0.07m (see note 31.9). For potential projects there was £0.21m. Acquisition and integration costs
includes but is not limited to: travel costs, professional fees, legal fees, tax advisory fees, onerous leases, transitional services agreement
costs, any client-acquired penalties and staff reorganisation costs.
(ii) During 2021, the Group incurred further costs in relation to the implementation of a revised operating model for the fund services practice.
This exercise was prolonged due to the impact of Covid-19 and is expected to be completed in 2022.
(iii) One-off costs relating to other items not considered to represent the ongoing operations of the business. This includes aborted project
costs and legal costs relating to a regulatory action from the Dutch Central Bank.
(iv) Following the conclusion of the Odyssey business plan era, share awards were made to staff members under the EIP (see note 36.1); this
includes employer-related taxes relating to the share awards.
(v) Gain on bargain purchase arising on the acquisition of RBS cees (see note 31.1).
(vi) The NESF earn-out is a liability-classified contingent consideration and the fair value is updated at each reporting date. At 31 December
2021, a gain on revaluation was recognised as management concluded that the required EBITDA threshold would not be met and no
earn-out was due (see note 31.8). At 31 December 2020, a loss was recognised as a result of applying an increase to the estimated share
price (from £4.01 to £5.58) to the number of shares calculated as due for the previously anticipated earn-out.
(vii) In the current year, a loss was recognised on settlement of the holdback fund share consideration for NESF (see note 31.8). In the prior year,
a gain was recognised on final settlement of contingent consideration for the Swiss & Global Fund Administration (Cayman) Ltd
acquisition.
(viii) Foreign exchange losses relate to the revaluation of both intercompany loans and the Group’s former Euro loan facility. Management
consider these foreign exchange movements to be non-underlying items and have removed these in calculating EBITDA in order to reflect
the Group’s underlying performance.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
110
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
11. INCOME TAX
INCOME TAX
Income tax includes current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax are recognised in the consolidated income statement,
except when they relate to items that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the
current and deferred tax are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current
tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting
for the business combination.
CURRENT TAX
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year using tax laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
DEFERRED TAX
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can
be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of
goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction
that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised using
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax assets offset with deferred tax liabilities when there is a legally enforceable right to set off tax assets against
current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to
settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Current tax
Jersey tax on current year profit 1,362 692
Foreign company taxes on current year profit 1,249 1,128
2,611 1,820
Deferred tax (see note 23)
Jersey origination and reversal of temporary differences (15) (10)
Temporary differences in relation to acquired intangible assets (1,446) (1,102)
Foreign company origination and reversal of temporary differences (15) (1)
(1,476) (1,113)
Total tax charge for the year 1,135 707
The difference between the total current tax shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of Jersey
income tax to the profit before tax is as follows:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Profit on ordinary activities before tax 27,783 11,240
Tax on profit on ordinary activities at standard Jersey income tax rate of 10% (2020: 10%) 2,778 1,124
Effects of:
Results from entities subject to tax at a rate of 0% (Jersey company) (432) (485)
Results from tax exempt entities (foreign company) (120) 56
Foreign taxes not at Jersey rate 664 670
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances (Jersey company) (15) (10)
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances (foreign company) (15) (1)
Temporary differences in relation to acquired intangible assets (1,446) (1,102)
Non-deductible expenses
(i)
1,398 15
Consolidation adjustments
(ii)
(1,738) 463
Other differences 61 (23)
Total tax charge for the year 1,135 707
(i) The current year includes £13.9m of expenses relating to share awards made under the EIP (see note 36.1).
(ii) The current year includes gains of £20.9m and £5.4m relating to the revaluation and settlement of contingent consideration (see notes
31.1 and 31.8).
Income tax expense computations are based on the jurisdictions in which profits were earned at prevailing rates in the respective jurisdictions.
The Company is subject to Jersey income tax at the general rate of 0%; however, the majority of the Group’s profits are reported
in Jersey by Jersey financial services companies. The income tax rate applicable to certain financial services companies in Jersey
is 10%. It is therefore appropriate to use this rate for reconciliation purposes.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Reconciliation of effective tax rates
Tax on profit on ordinary activities 10.00% 10.00%
Effect of:
Results from entities subject to tax at a rate of 0% (Jersey company) (1.55%) (4.32%)
Results from tax exempt entities (foreign company) (0.43%) 0.49%
Foreign taxes not at Jersey rate 2.39% 5.96%
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances (Jersey company) (0.05%) (0.09%)
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances (foreign company) (0.06%) (0.01%)
Temporary differences in relation to acquired intangible assets (5.20%) (9.80%)
Non-deductible expenses 5.03% 0.13%
Consolidation adjustments (6.26%) 4.12%
Other differences 0.22% (0.21%)
Effective tax rate 4.09% 6.27%
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
111
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
SECTION 3 – FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
This section provides information about the Group’s financial instruments, including; accounting policies; specific information
about each type of financial instrument; and, where applicable, information about determining the fair value, including
judgements and estimation uncertainty involved.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Group classifies its financial assets as either amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or fair value through
other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) depending on the Group’s business model objective for managing financial assets
and their contractual cash flow characteristics.
As the Group’s financial assets arise principally from the provision of services to clients (e.g. trade receivables), but also
incorporate other types of financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect contractual cash
flows and the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, they are classified at amortised cost.
Financial assets are recognised initially on the trade date, which is the date that the Group became party to the contractual
provisions of the instrument and are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the
rights to receive the contractual cash flows from the transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership
of the financial asset have been transferred.
Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition or
issue, and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses (“ECL”) associated with its financial assets carried
at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied takes into consideration whether there has been a significant increase
in credit risk.
Financial assets comprise trade receivables, work in progress, accrued income, other receivables and cash and cash equivalents.
For further details on impairment for each, see notes 12 to 16.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
The Group classifies its financial liabilities as either amortised cost or FVTPL depending on the purpose for which the liability
was acquired.
As the Group does not have any financial liabilities held for trading (derivatives), all other financial liabilities are classified as
measured at amortised cost. Other financial liabilities include trade and other payables, borrowings and lease liabilities.
Trade and other payables represent liabilities incurred for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of
thefinancial year which are unpaid. They are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost
using the effective interest method and are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after
the reporting period. The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled
or expired.
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at
amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in
the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method.
Borrowings are removed from the consolidated balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged,
cancelled or has expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or
transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is
recognised in the consolidated income statement as finance income or finance cost.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability
for at least 12 months after the reporting period.
Lease liabilities are financial liabilities measured at amortised cost. They are initially measured at the net present value of the
following lease payments:
– fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable;
– variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
– amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
– the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and
– payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.
Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, which is
generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would
have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic
environment with similar terms, security and conditions.
The incremental borrowing rate applied to each lease was determined considering the Group’s borrowing rate and the risk-free
interest rate, adjusted for factors specific to the country, currency and term of the lease.
The Group can be exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate which are not
included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect,
the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the consolidated income
statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability
for each period.
OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated balance sheet where there is a
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset
and settle the liability simultaneously.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
112
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
12. TRADE RECEIVABLES
The ageing analysis of trade receivables with the loss allowance is as follows:
2021
Gross
£’000
Loss allowance
£’000
Net
£’000
<30 days 15,167 (164) 15,003
30 – 60 days 3,493 (100) 3,393
61 – 90 days 1,868 (136) 1,732
91 – 120 days 3,579 (203) 3,376
121 – 180 days 1,965 (412) 1,553
180> days 7,629 (3,816) 3,813
Total 33,701 (4,831) 28,870
2020
Gross
£’000
Loss allowance
£’000
Net
£’000
<30 days 7,990 (113) 7,877
30 – 60 days 1,770 (36) 1,734
61 – 90 days 1,834 (127) 1,707
91 – 120 days 967 (126) 841
121 – 180 days 1,369 (262) 1,107
180> days 8,192 (4,228) 3,964
Total 22,122 (4,892) 17,230
The movement in the allowances for trade receivables is as follows:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Balance at the beginning of the year (4,892) (4,002)
Credit impairment losses (1,690) (2,382)
Amounts written off (including unused amounts reversed) 1,750 1,492
Total allowance for doubtful debts (4,832) (4,892)
To measure the ECL, trade receivables are grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The ECL are
estimated collectively using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that
are specific to the debtor’s financial position (this includes unlikely to pay indicators such as liquidity issues, insolvency or other
financial difficulties) and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of macroeconomic conditions at the
reporting date. Management have identified gross domestic product and inflation in each country the Group provides services in
to be the most relevant macroeconomic factors.
Management have given consideration to these factors and the challenging trading environment presented by the Covid-19
pandemic and are satisfied that any impact is highly immaterial to the ultimate recovery of receivables, such is the diversification
across the book in industries and geographies. The loss allowance at 31 December 2021 supports this conclusion. See note 29.2
for further comment on credit risk management.
Provision rates are segregated according to geographical location and by business line. The Group considers specific impairment
on a by-client basis rather than on a collective basis. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance
account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement as a credit impairment loss. When a trade
receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written
off are credited against credit impairment losses.
13. WORK IN PROGRESS
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Total 12,906 11,491
Loss allowance (72) (60)
Net 12,834 11,431
Work in progress (“WIP”) relates to variable fee contracts and represents the net unbilled amount expected to be collected from
clients for work performed to date. It is measured at the chargeable rate agreed with the individual clients less progress billed,
allowances for unrecoverable amounts and ECL. As these financial assets relate to unbilled work and have substantially the same
risk characteristics as trade receivables, the Group has concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables <30 days is
an appropriate estimation of the ECL.
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The total carrying amount of WIP (before ECL allowances) is £12.91m (2020: £11.49m). If management’s estimate of the recoverability
of the WIP (the amount expected to be billed and collected from clients for work performed to date) is 10% lower than expected
on the total WIP balance due to allowances for unrecoverable amounts, revenue would be £1.29m lower (2020: £1.15m lower).
14. ACCRUED INCOME
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Total 19,621 13,400
Loss allowance (34) (18)
Net 19,587 13,382
Accrued income relates to fixed and NAV based fees across all service lines and represents the billable amount relating to the
provision of services to clients which has not been invoiced at the reporting date. Accrued income is recorded based on agreed
fees billed in arrears less ECL. As these financial assets relate to unbilled work and have substantially the same risk characteristics
as trade receivables, the Group has concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables <30 days is an appropriate
estimation of the ECL.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
113
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
15. OTHER RECEIVABLES
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current
Loans receivable from related undertakings 833 64
Loan receivable from third party 155 –
Total non-current 988 64
Current
Other receivables 1,884 1,934
Loans receivable from employees 206 2,214
Loan receivable from related undertakings – 220
Total current 2,090 4,368
Total other receivables 3,078 4,432
Non-current loans receivable from related undertakings are due from Harmonate Corp. (£0.77m), Northpoint Byala IC (£0.05m) and
Northpoint Finance IC (£0.01m). The loan receivable from Harmonate Corp. (see note 32) is unsecured, interest bearing at 4% per annum
and repayable on demand at any time on or after 31 December 2023. The Northpoint Byala IC and Northpoint Finance IC loans are
considered related parties due to common directorships. The loans are unsecured, interest free and with an unspecified repayment date.
Non-current loan receivable from a third party is due 19 October 2024 and is interest bearing at 2.5% per annum.
Loans receivable from employees in the current year includes £0.2m due from employees participating in Advance to Buy
programmes (2020: £0.05m). These are interest bearing at 3% per annum and repayable two years after the commencement
date of each annual programme unless the employment contract is terminated at an earlier date. In the prior year, £2.16m was
due from employees of NESF in order to participate in JTC share options as part of the acquisition; these were repaid during 2021.
These were interest bearing at 2% per annum.
Other receivables are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 but as balances are primarily with related parties or part
of a business combination, they were assessed to have low credit risk and no loss allowance is recognised.
16. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Cash attributable to the Group 39,326 31,078
Total 39,326 31,078
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flow, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at
call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts.
Cash and cash equivalents are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 but, as balances are mainly held with reputable
international banking institutions, they were assessed to have low credit risk and no loss allowance is recognised.
17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current
Other payables 382 –
Contingent consideration 22,521 22,124
Employee benefit obligations 5 777 903
Total non-current 23,680 23,027
Current
Trade payables 2,091 1,970
Other taxation and social security 642 312
Other payables 3,803 3,006
Accruals 7,059 5,022
Contingent consideration 5,902 1,374
Total current 19,497 11,684
Total trade and other payables 43,177 34,711
Contingent consideration payable is discounted to net present value, split between current and non-current and is due by acquisition
as follows: £1.32m for INDOS (see note 31.2), £1.69m for Segue (see note 31.3), £2.77m for perfORM (see note 31.4), £1.61m for
Ballybunion (see note 31.5), £21.01m for SALI (see note 31.6) and £0.02m for EFS (see note 31.7). At 31 December 2020, contingent
consideration payable was £23.35m for NESF (see note 31.8) and £0.15m for Sanne Private Client Business (see note 31.9)).
For current trade and other payables, due to their short-term nature, management consider the carrying value of these financial
liabilities to approximate to their fair value.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
114
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
18. LOANS AND BORROWINGS
This note provides information about the contractual term of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are
measured at amortised cost. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign currency and liquidity
risk, see note 29.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current
Bank loans 152,578 104,376
Current
Other loans – 2,456
Total loans and borrowings 152,578 106,832
18.1. BANK LOANS
The terms and conditions of outstanding bank loans are as follows:
Facility Currency Termination date Interest rate
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Term facility GBP 8 October 2024 SONIA + 1.9% margin 75,000 45,000
Revolving credit facility GBP 8 October 2024 SONIA + 1.9% margin 80,662 35,425
Revolving credit facility EUR – 25,169
Total principal value 155,662 105,594
Issue costs (3,084) (1,218)
Total bank loans 152,578 104,376
The interest rate applied to loan facilities was previously determined using LIBOR and EURIBOR plus a margin based on net leverage
calculations. At 1 January 2021, the margin was 2%. This changed in May 2021 to 1.75% and in August 2021 to 1.25%.
Following the refinancing on 6 October 2021 and as at 31 December 2021, the interest rate applied to loan facilities is determined
using SONIA plus a margin of 1.9% (2020: using LIBOR AND EURIBOR plus a margin of 2%).
Under the terms of the facility, the debt is supported by guarantees from JTC PLC and other applicable subsidiaries deemed to be
obligors, and in the event of default, demand could be placed on these entities to settle outstanding liabilities.
Movement in bank facilities is as follows:
At 1
January
2021
£’000
Drawdowns
£’000
Repayment
£’000
Amortisation
release
£’000
Effect of
foreign
exchange
£’000
At 31
December
2021
£’000
Principal value 105,594 176,662 (125,099) – (1,495) 155,662
Issue costs (1,218) (3,364) – 1,498 – (3,084)
Total 104,376 173,298 (125,099) 1,498 (1,495) 152,578
At 1
January
2020
£’000
Drawdowns
£’000
Repayment
£’000
Amortisation
release
£’000
Effect of
foreign
exchange
£’000
At 31
December
2020
£’000
Principal value 87,836 16,425 – – 1,333 105,594
Issue costs (1,155) (625) – 562 – (1,218)
Total 86,681 15,800 – 562 1,333 104,376
During the current year, a withdrawal was made on 30 March 2021 for £21m to fund the acquisition of RBC cees (see note 31.1),
following the placing on 5 May 2021 (see note 26.1), this amount was refunded to the facility. In the prior year, withdrawals were
made from the facility for £6.425m to assist with settlement of contingent consideration for Exequtive (£5.5m) and Aufisco
(£0.58m) and for £10m to partially fund the acquisition of Sanne Private Clients (see note 31.9).
In the current year, on 6 October 2021, the Group entered into a multicurrency loan facility agreement with HSBC for a total
commitment of £225m consisting of a term loan of £75m and a revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £150m. The initial termination
date is the third anniversary of the date of the agreement (being 6 October 2024) and for the RCF, the termination date can be
extended for two one year extensions. The loan agreement was amended on 22 November 2021 and introduced Fifth Third Bank
and Citibank N.A. as incoming lenders, joining the syndicate that includes existing lenders HSBC, Barclays Bank Plc, Santander
UK Plc and the Bank of Ireland. The new facility was used to repay in full the drawn amounts on the existing facility and amounts
of £45.6m and £6m were drawn to part satisfy the cash consideration for the acquisition of SALI (see note 31.6) and fully fund
the cash consideration of EFS (see note 31.7).
The cost of the facility depends upon net leverage, being the ratio of total net debt to underlying EBITDA (for LTM at average FX
rates and adjusted for pro-forma contributions from acquisitions) for a relevant period as defined in the facilities agreement.
At 31 December 2021, arrangement and legal fees amounting to £3.36m have been capitalised for amortisation over the term of
the loan.
At 31 December 2021, the Group had available £69.3m of committed facilities currently undrawn (2020: £44.4m). All facilities
are due to be repaid on or before the termination date of 6 October 2024.
18.2. COMPLIANCE WITH LOAN COVENANTS
The Company has complied with the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during the 2021 and 2020 reporting periods,
see note 30.
18.3. OTHER LOANS
On 25 January 2021, the Company repaid £2.5m ($3.4m) for the revolving credit note acquired with NESF that was held with
CIBC Bank USA, an Illinois banking corporation.
18.4. FAIR VALUE
For the majority of the borrowings, the fair values are not materially different from their carrying amounts, since the interest
payable on those borrowings is close to current market rates or the borrowings are short term in nature.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
115
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
SECTION 4 – NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS AND NON-FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
19. LEASE LIABILITIES
Where the Group is a lessee its lease contracts are for the rental of buildings for office space and also some office furniture and equipment.
In accordance with IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the Group recognises right-of-use assets which are shown with property, plant and equipment
(see note 20) and lease liabilities which are shown separately on the consolidated balance sheet.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current 37,916 39,154
Current 5,463 4,215
Total lease liabilities 43,379 43,369
20. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The movements of all tangible assets are as follows:
Computer
equipment
£’000
Office furniture
and equipment
£’000
Leasehold
improvements
£’000
Right-of-use
assets
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2020 3,175 1,821 8,060 33,466 46,522
Additions 935 430 414 13,324 15,103
Additions through business combinations 38 151 – 2,068 2,257
Disposals (1) (29) (66) (352) (448)
Exchange differences 15 25 33 304 377
At 31 December 2020 4,162 2,398 8,441 48,810 63,811
Additions 114 299 1,092 4,037 5,542
Additions through business combinations 20 100 – 1,495 1,615
Disposals (6) – – (79) (85)
Exchange differences (102) (87) (76) (959) (1,224)
At 31 December 2021 4,188 2,710 9,457 53,304 69,659
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2020 2,390 767 2,264 3,236 8,657
Charge for the year 406 361 773 4,440 5,980
Disposals (1) (26) (55) – (82)
Exchange differences 10 5 6 (14) 7
At 31 December 2020 2,805 1,107 2,988 7,662 14,562
Charge for the year 471 449 687 5,500 7,107
Disposals (6) – – – (6)
Exchange differences (55) (45) (48) (196) (344)
At 31 December 2021 3,215 1,511 3,627 12,966 21,319
Carrying amount
At 31 December 2021 973 1,199 5,830 40,338 48,340
At 31 December 2020 1,357 1,291 5,453 41,148 49,249
Items of property, plant and equipment are initially recorded at cost and are stated at historical cost less depreciation and
impairment losses. Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over
their useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:
– Computer equipment – 4 years
– Office furniture and equipment – 4 years
– Leasehold improvements – over the period of the lease
The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting period with
the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis. Assets under the course of construction are stated
at cost. These assets are not depreciated until they are available for use.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater
than its estimated recoverable amount.
An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognised is derecognised upon disposal or when
no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the
consolidated income statement when the asset is derecognised.
For right-of-use assets, upon inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract conveys the right to control the
use of an identified asset for a period in exchange for consideration, in which case it is classified as a lease. The Group recognises
a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising
of the following: the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability; any lease payments made at or before the
commencement date less any lease incentives received; any initial direct costs; and estimated restoration costs.
The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end
of the useful life, this is considered to be the end of the lease term as assessed by management. The lease asset is periodically
adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability and impairment losses (if any).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
116
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
The movements in goodwill and other intangible assets are as follows:
Goodwill
£’000
Customer
relationships
£’000
Regulatory
licence
£’000
Software
(i)
£’000
Brands
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost
At 1 January 2020 124,880 57,780 238 4,034 – 186,932
Additions 39 106 – 1,368 – 1,513
Additions through business
combinations 50,927 8,926 81 2,757 691 63,382
Exchange differences (2,069) 539 19 (233) (61) (1,805)
At 31 December 2020 173,777 67,351 338 7,926 630 250,022
Additions – – – 1,771 – 1,771
Additions through business
combinations 171,983 72,393 – 1,151 1,993 247,520
Exchange differences (4,155) (1,975) (24) 13 (10) (6,151)
At 31 December 2021 341,605 137,769 314 10,861 2,613 493,162
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2020 – 11,129 69 2,815 – 14,013
Charge for the year – 6,038 57 1,143 89 7,327
Exchange differences – (18) 5 (21) (5) (39)
At 31 December 2020 – 17,149 131 3,937 84 21,301
Charge for the year – 8,070 58 1,462 186 9,776
Exchange differences – (235) (11) 7 4 (235)
At 31 December 2021 – 24,984 178 5,406 274 30,842
Carrying amount
At 31 December 2021 341,605 112,785 136 5,455 2,339 462,320
At 31 December 2020 173,777 50,202 207 3,989 546 228,721
(i) Included in software are internally generated software intangible assets with a net book value of £0.89m; within this, £0.18m is classified
as assets under construction.
GOODWILL
Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries is considered an intangible asset. See note 31 for the measurement of
goodwill at initial recognition; subsequent to this, measurement is at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS ACQUIRED IN A BUSINESS COMBINATION
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at their
fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost). Subsequent to initial recognition, these are measured at
cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised in the consolidated
income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset from the date of acquisition. The estimated
useful lives are as follows:
– Customer relationships – 2 to 25 years
– Software – 4 to 10 years
– Brand – 5 years
The estimated useful lives and residual value are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate, with the effect
of any change in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS ACQUIRED SEPARATELY
Intangible assets that are acquired separately by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised in the consolidated income statement on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful
lives are as follows:
– Customer relationships – 10 years
– Regulatory licence – 12 years
– Software – 4 years
The estimated useful lives and residual value are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate, with the effect
of any change in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.
Intangible assets under the course of construction are stated at cost and are not amortised until they are available for use.
INTERNALLY GENERATED SOFTWARE INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products
controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible assets where the following criteria are met:
– It is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use
– Management intend to complete the software and use or sell it
– There is an ability to use or sell the software
– It can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits
– Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software are available
– The expenditure attributable to the software during its development stage can be reliably measured
Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of the software include employee costs and an appropriate portion of
relevant overheads
21. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortisation is recognised in the consolidated income
statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset from the date at which the asset is ready to use.
The estimated useful life for internally generated software intangible assets is 4 years.
The estimated useful lives and residual value are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate, with the effect
of any change in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.
IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for
impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other non-financial
assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount might not
be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which
are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (“CGUs”). Non-financial assets other than
goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
117
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
21. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)
21.1. GOODWILL
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is monitored at a jurisdictional level by management.
Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing and this allocation is made to those CGUs that are expected
to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The aggregate carrying amount of goodwill allocated to
each CGU is as follows:
In the current year:
CGU
Balance at
1 Jan 2021
£’000
Business
combinations
£’000
Post-
acquisition
adjustments
£’000
Exchange
differences
£’000
Balance at
31 Dec 2021
£’000
Jersey 66,569 – (465) – 66,104
Guernsey 10,761 – – – 10,761
BVI 752 – – – 752
Switzerland 2,400 – – (34) 2,366
Cayman 222 – – 2 224
Luxembourg 29,721 – – (1,912) 27,809
Netherlands 15,292 – – (1,072) 14,220
Dubai 1,746 – – 17 1,763
Mauritius 2,357 – – 22 2,379
US – NESF 43,957 – – 430 44,387
US – Other – 151,724 – (1,548) 150,176
Ireland – 8,748 – (60) 8,688
UK – 11,976 – – 11,976
Total 173,777 172,448 (465) (4,155) 341,605
In the prior year:
CGU
Balance at
1 Jan 2020
£’000
Business
combinations
£’000
Post-acquisition
adjustments
£’000
Exchange
differences
£’000
Balance at
31 Dec 2020
£’000
Jersey 63,987 2,582 – – 66,569
Guernsey 10,598 163 – – 10,761
BVI 752 – – – 752
Switzerland 2,328 – – 72 2,400
Cayman 231 – – (9) 222
Luxembourg 28,240 – 39 1,442 29,721
Netherlands 14,482 – – 810 15,292
Dubai 1,815 – – (69) 1,746
Mauritius 2,447 – – (90) 2,357
US – 48,118 64 (4,225) 43,957
Total 124,880 50,863 103 (2,069) 173,777
Key assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amount for each CGU
The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined based on the higher of the value in use calculation using cash flow
projections or fair value less cost to sell. Projected cash flows are calculated with reference to each CGU’s latest budget and
business plan which are subject to a rigorous review and challenge process. Management prepare the budgets through an assessment
of historical revenues from existing clients, the pipeline of new projects, historical pricing, and the required resource base needed
to service new and existing clients, coupled with their knowledge of wider industry trends and the economic environment.
The year 1 cash flow projections are based on the latest approved budget and years 2 to 5 on detailed outlooks prepared by
management. The terminal growth rate value beyond the initial five year period is based on the expected long-term inflation rate
of the relevant jurisdiction of the CGU.
Management estimate discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money.
In assessing the discount rate applicable to the Group the following factors have been considered:
– Long-term treasury bond rate for the relevant jurisdiction
– The cost of equity based on an adjusted Beta for the relevant jurisdiction
– The risk premium to reflect the increased risk of investing in equities
A summary of the values assigned to the key assumptions used in the value in use calculations are as follows:
– Revenue growth rate: up to 25.1% (the maximum annual growth rate excluding the US – NESF CGU was 18.6%)
– Terminal value growth rate: between 0% to 3%
– Discount rate: between 10.5% to 16.4%
– EBIT margin: between 19.8% to 66.7%
Conclusion
The recoverable amount of goodwill determined for each CGU as at 31 December 2021 was found to be higher than its carrying amount.
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
Management believe that any reasonable changes to the key assumptions on which recoverable amounts are based would not
cause the aggregate carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of the CGUs, except for the US – NESF CGU where the
sensitivity of key assumptions have been detailed below.
The following would cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount:
– A reduction of 5% in the forecast annual revenue growth rates used for years 1 – 5 would result in a £3.1m impairment
– A reduction of 6% in the forecast EBIT margin used for years 1 – 5 would result in a £3.1m impairment
The following would cause the recoverable amount to be equal to the carrying amount:
– A reduction of 3.2% in the forecast annual revenue growth rates used for years 1 – 5
– A reduction of 3.9% in the forecast EBIT margin used for years 1 – 5
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
118
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
21. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)
21.2. CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The carrying amount of identifiable customer relationship intangible assets acquired separately and through business combinations
are as follows:
Acquisition Note Amortisation period end
Useful
economic
life
(“UEL”)
Carrying
amount
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Signes
(i)
30 April 2025 10 years 928 1,284
KB Group
(i)
30 June 2027 12 years 1,918 2,267
S&GFA
(i)
30 September 2025 10 years 1,392 1,747
BAML
(i)
30 September 2029 12 years 6,168 6,896
NACT
(i)
31 July 2027 10 years 1,146 1,544
Van Doorn
(i)
28 February 2030 11.4 years 5,114 6,182
Minerva
(i)
30 May 2027 – 30 July 2030 8.7 – 11.8 years 9,759 11,003
Exequtive
(i)
31 March 2029 10 years 7,012 8,581
Aufisco
(i)
30 June 2029 10 years 1,494 1,821
Sackville
(i)
28 February 2029 10 years 703 790
NESF
(i)
30 April 2022 – 30 April 2028 2 – 8 years 1,555 1,987
Sanne Private Clients
(i)
30 June 2030 10 years 5,433 6,072
Anson Registrars
(i)
28 February 2030 10 years 25 28
RBC cees 31.1 31 March 2033 12 years 20,969 –
INDOS 31.2 31 May 2031 10 years 1,273 –
Segue 31.3 30 September 2031 10 years 1,036 –
perfORM 31.4 30 September 2031 10 years 26 –
Ballybunion 31.5 31 October 2031 10 years 2,494 –
SALI 31.6 31 October 2046 25 years 42,999 –
EFS 31.7 30 November 2031 10 years 1,341 –
Total 112,785 50,202
(i) Acquisitions in previous years included: Signes S.a.r.l and Signes S.A. (“Signes”), Kleinwort Benson (Channel Islands) Fund Services Limited
(“KB Group”), Swiss & Global Fund Administration (Cayman) Ltd (“S&GFA”), International Trust and Wealth Structuring Business of Bank of
America (“BAML”), New Amsterdam Cititrust B.V. (“NACT”), Van Doorn B.V. (“Van Doorn”), Minerva Holdings Limited and MHL Holdings
S.A. (“Minerva”), Exequtive Partners S.A. (“Exequtive”), Aufisco B.V. (“Aufisco”), Sackville Bank and Trust Company Limited (“Sackville”),
NES Financial Corp. (“NESF”), Sanne Private Client Business (“Sanne Private Clients”) and Anson Registrars Limited and Anson Registrars
(UK) Limited (“Anson Registrars”).
(a) Customer relationships acquired in a business combination
Customer relationship intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. In 2021, the Group recognised customer relationship intangible assets as
follows: RBC cees £22.37m, INDOS £1.35m, Segue £1.07m, perfORM £0.03m, Ballybunion £2.55m, SALI £43.65m and EFS £1.37m.
The UEL and carrying amounts at 31 December 2021 are shown in the previous table.
Key assumptions in determining fair value
The fair value at acquisition was derived using the multi-period excess earnings method (“MEEM”) financial valuation model.
Management consider the following key assumptions to be significant for the valuation of new customer relationships:
– Year on year revenue growth
– The discount rate applied to free cash flow
– Year on year client attrition rate
Sensitivity analysis
Management carried out a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used in the valuation of new customer relationship intangible
assets for RBC cees and SALI. For the RBC cees customer relationships, an increase of 2.5% in year on year client attrition rates would
decrease fair value by £0.9m. For the SALI customer relationships, an increase of 2.5% in year on year client attrition rates would
decrease fair value by £1.4m. A decrease of 2.5% in the forecast year on year revenue growth for years 1 to 5 would result in a
decrease in fair value of £3.8m. Management estimate that any other reasonable change to the key assumptions for the new customer
relationship intangible assets recognised in the year would not result in a significant change to fair value.
(b) Customer relationship intangibles impairment
Management review customer relationship intangible assets for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and have concluded
that no indicators were present as at 31 December 2021.
21.3. SOFTWARE INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(a) Software intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Software intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at
their fair value at the acquisition date. In 2021, the Group recognised £1.15m of software intangible assets for the INDOS acquisition.
Key assumptions in determining fair value
The fair value at acquisition was derived using a relief from royalty methodology. Management consider the key assumptions
in this model to be the projected revenue growth and the royalty rate applied.
Sensitivity analysis
Management carried out a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used in the valuation of new brand intangible assets and
have concluded that any reasonable change to the key assumptions would not result in a significant change to fair value.
(b) Software intangible assets impairment
Management review software intangible assets for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and have concluded that no
indicators were present as at 31 December 2021.
21.4. BRAND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(a) Brand intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Brand intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at
their fair value at the acquisition date. In 2021, the Group recognised brand intangible assets upon acquisition as follows: SALI
£1.61m and INDOS £0.38m.
Key assumptions in determining fair value
The fair value at acquisition was derived using a relief from royalty methodology. Management consider the key assumptions in
this model to be the UEL and the royalty rate applied to projected revenue growth.
Sensitivity analysis
Management carried out a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used in the valuation of the SALI brand intangible asset.
An increase in UEL of 2.5 years would increase fair value by £1.08m and a 1pp decrease to the royalty rate would decrease fair
value by £0.8m. Management estimate that any other reasonable change to the key assumptions for the new brand intangible
assets recognised in the year would not result in a significant change to fair value.
(b) Brand intangible assets impairment
Management review brand intangible assets for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and have concluded that no
indicators were present as at 31 December 2021.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
119
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
The movement in the year is analysed as follows:
Intangible assets Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Balance at the beginning of the year 8,784 7,528
Recognised through business combinations
(i)
31 17,349 2,247
Recognised in the consolidated income statement 11 (1,446) (1,102)
Foreign exchange (to other comprehensive income) (449) 111
Balance at 31 December 24,238 8,784
Other origination and reversal of temporary differences
Balance at the beginning of the year 14 25
Acquired through acquisitions 14 –
Recognised in the consolidated income statement (30) (11)
Balance at 31 December (2) 14
(i) Deferred tax liabilities have been recognised in relation to identified intangible assets, the amortisation of which is non-deductible against
Corporation Tax in the jurisdictions in which the business operates and therefore creates temporary differences between the accounting
and taxable profits. See note 31.
24. OTHER NON-FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
DEFERRED INCOME
Fixed fees received in advance across all the service lines and up-front fees in respect of services due under contract are time
apportioned to respective accounting periods, and those billed but not yet earned are included in deferred income in the
consolidated balance sheet. As such liabilities are associated with future services, they do not give rise to a contractual obligation
to pay cash or another financial asset.
CONTRACT LIABILITIES
Commissions expected to be paid over the term of a customer contract are discounted and recognised at the net present value.
The finance cost is charged to the consolidated income statement over the contract life so as to produce a constant periodic rate
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current
Contract liabilities 179 311
Current
Deferred income 8,205 4,801
Contract liabilities 374 370
Total current 8,579 5,171
Total other non-financial liabilities 8,758 5,482
CONTRACT ASSETS
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract (i.e. costs that would not have been incurred if the contract had not been obtained)
and the costs incurred to fulfil a contract are recognised as a contract cost within non-financial assets if the costs are expected
to be recovered. The capitalised costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful economic life of the
contract. The carrying amount of contract asset is tested for impairment in accordance with the policy described in note 21.
22. OTHER NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current
Prepayments 42 99
Contract assets 516 204
Total non-current 558 303
Current
Prepayments 3,468 2,803
Contract assets 247 544
Current tax receivables 432 324
Total current 4,147 3,671
Total other non-financial assets 4,705 3,974
Current and non-current contract assets include £0.6m for costs to obtain a contract (2020: £0.75m) and £0.17m for costs incurred
tofulfila contract (2020: nil). The amortisation charge for the year was £0.66m (2020: £0.64m). Management review contract assets
for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and have concluded that no indicators were present at 31 December 2021.
23. DEFERRED TAXATION
For the accounting policy on deferred income tax, see note 11.
The deferred taxation (assets) and liabilities recognised in the consolidated financial statements are set out below:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Deferred tax assets (119) (104)
Deferred tax liabilities 24,355 8,902
24,236 8,798
Intangible assets 24,238 8,784
Other origination and reversal of temporary differences (2) 14
24,236 8,798
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
120
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
25. PROVISIONS
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the
amount of the obligation. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.
The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at
the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. If the impact of
the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding
of the discount is recognised as a finance cost in the consolidated income statement.
DILAPIDATIONS
The Group has entered into lease agreements for the rental of office space in different countries. There are a number of leases
which include an obligation to remove any leasehold improvements (thus returning the premises to an agreed condition at
the end of the respective lease terms) and to restore wear and tear by repairing and repainting (this is known as “dilapidations”).
The estimated cost of the dilapidations payable at the end of each tenancy, unless specified, is generally estimated by reference
to the square footage of the building and in consultation with local property agents, landlords and prior experience.
Having estimated the likely amount due, a country specific discount rate is applied to calculate the present value of the
expected outflow. The provisions are expected to be utilised when the leases expire or upon exit. The discounted dilapidation
cost has been capitalised against the leasehold improvement asset in accordance with IFRS 16.
Dilapidation
provisions
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 January 2020 1,189 1,189
Additions 528 528
Disposals (73) (73)
Unwind of discount 28 28
Amounts utilised 36 36
Impact of foreign exchange (68) (68)
At 31 December 2020 1,640 1,640
Additions 294 294
Unwind of discount 60 60
Amounts utilised (31) (31)
Impact of foreign exchange 4 4
At 31 December 2021 1,967 1,967
Analysis of total provisions:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current 1,720 1,601
Current 247 39
Total 1,967 1,640
SECTION 5 – EQUITY
26. SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES
26.1. SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM
The Group’s Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of Ordinary shares
are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Authorised
300,000,000 Ordinary shares (2020: 300,000,000 Ordinary shares) 3,000 3,000
Called up, issued and fully paid
147,585,261 Ordinary shares (2020: 122,521,974 Ordinary shares) 1,476 1,225
Ordinary shares have a par value of £0.01 each. All shares are equally eligible to receive dividends and the repayment of capital
and represent one vote at shareholders’ meetings of JTC PLC.
Movements in Ordinary shares Note
No. of shares
(thousands)
Par value
£’000
Share premium
£’000
At 1 January 2020 114,068 1,141 100,658
PLC EBT issue 1,146 11 (13)
Acquisition of NESF 31.8 6,747 67 27,813
Acquisition of Exequtive 31.10 561 6 2,364
Movement in the year 8,454 84 30,165
At 31 December 2020 122,522 1,225 130,823
Shares issued for equity raises 21,618 216 140,135
PLC EBT issue 1,333 13 (19)
Acquisition of INDOS 31.2(b) 177 2 1,065
Acquisition of Segue 31.3(b) 110 1 789
Acquisition of Ballybunion 31.5(b) 77 1 664
Acquisition of SALI 31.6(b) 1,260 13 8,570
Acquisition of EFS 31.7(b) 85 1 706
Acquisition of NESF 31.8 404 4 3,119
Movement in the year 25,064 251 155,029
At 31 December 2021 147,586 1,476 285,852
On 5 May 2021, the Company issued 10,626,078 Placing shares at a price of £6.20 per share, raising gross proceeds of £65.9m
for the Company. On 11 October 2021, the Company issued 10,991,543 Placing shares at a price of £7.18 per share, raising gross
proceeds of £78.9m for the Company. The share issuance costs for both equity raises were £1.99m and £2.46m respectively.
The Placing shares are fully paid and rank pari passu in all respects with the existing shares, including the right to receive all
dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid after the issue date.
On 1 July 2021, the Company issued an additional 1,333,248 Ordinary shares in order for PLC EBT to satisfy future exercises of
awards granted to beneficiaries (27 April 2020: 1,146,291 Ordinary shares).
For detailed information on Ordinary shares issued for business combinations in the current and prior year, see note 31.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
121
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
26. SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES (CONTINUED)
26.2. OWN SHARES
Own shares represent the shares of the Company that are unallocated and currently held by PLC EBT. They are recorded at
cost and deducted from equity. When shares vest unconditionally, are cancelled or are reissued, they are transferred from the
own shares reserve at their cost. Any consideration paid or received for the purchase or sale of the Company’s own shares is
shown as a movement in shareholders’ equity.
Movements in Ordinary shares Note
No. of shares
(thousands)
PLC EBT
£’000
At 1 January 2020 2,161 3,027
PLC EBT issue 26.1 1,146 11
Purchase of own shares 10 46
Movement in year 1,157 57
At 31 December 2020 3,317 3,084
EIP awards 36.1 (1,545) –
PSP and DBSP awards 36.1 (252) –
PLC EBT issue 26.1 1,333 13
Acquisition of Segue 31.3(b) 26 –
Acquisition of Ballybunion 31.5(b) 30 –
Acquisition of SALI 31.6(b) 215 –
Purchase of own shares 47 269
Movement in year (146) 282
At 31 December 2021 3,171 3,366
Share awards
On 22 July 2021, as part of the EIP, 1,544,950 Ordinary shares were exercised by employees of the Company.
During the current year, 249,758 Ordinary shares were exercised by employees of the Company for fully vested PSP and DBSP awards.
Other movements
On 11 October 2021, as part of the consideration for Segue and Ballybunion, 25,844 and 29,865 Ordinary shares respectively
were purchased for PLC EBT; this is shown within cash consideration.
On 8 December 2021, as part of the consideration for SALI, 214,585 Ordinary shares were purchased for PLC EBT; this is shown
within cash consideration.
Purchase of own shares
Shares were purchased for PLC EBT using its surplus cash held as a result of dividend income.
26.3. OTHER RESERVES
Capital reserve
This reserve is used to record the gains or losses recognised on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own
shares, which may arise from capital transactions by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust as well as any movements in share-based
awards to employees (see note 36).
Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings includes accumulated profits and losses.
27. DIVIDENDS
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of
the entity, on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period. Interim dividends
are recognised when paid.
The following dividends were declared and paid by the Company for the year:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Final dividend for 2019 of 3.6p per qualifying Ordinary share – 4,288
Interim dividend for 2020 of 2.4p per qualifying Ordinary share – 2,858
Final dividend for 2020 of 4.35p per qualifying Ordinary share 5,670 –
Interim dividend for 2021 of 2.6p per qualifying Ordinary share 3,421 –
Total dividend declared and paid 9,091 7,146
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
122
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
SECTION 6 – RISK
28. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, management are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions
about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated
assumptions are regularly evaluated based on historical experience, current circumstances, expectation of future events and other
factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Management continue to be vigilant
in monitoring for any potential effects whilst uncertainties relating to the Covid-19 pandemic remain.
This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and of items which are
more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be wrong.
The following are the critical judgements and estimates that management have made in the process of applying the Group’s
accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.
28.1. CRITICAL JUDGEMENTS IN APPLYING THE GROUP’S ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Recognition of separately identifiable intangibles
In 2021, the Group made seven acquisitions and, in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’, management are required
to identify assets and liabilities purchased, including intangible assets. Following their assessment, management concluded that
the intangible assets meeting the recognition criteria were customer relationships, brand and software. The fair value at acquisition
date is as follows:
Acquisition Note
Customer
relationships
£’000
Software
£’000
Brands
£’000
RBC cees 31.1 22,367 – –
INDOS 31.2 1,352 1,150 383
Segue 31.3 1,073 – –
perfORM 31.4 27 – –
Ballybunion 31.5 2,553 – –
SALI 31.6 43,647 – 1,610
EFS 31.7 1,374 – –
Extension options on leases
Many of the leases for office space contain extension options as these provide operational flexibility. The Group assesses at each
reporting period if they are reasonably certain that an extension option will be exercised. Such assessment involves judgement
and is based on the information available at the time the assessments are made. This includes the following factors: the length
of time remaining before the option is exercisable, current trading, future trading forecasts and business plans for the jurisdiction
taking into account any potential business combinations. As at the reporting date, management have assessed the extension
options available in their leases and have deemed they cannot be reasonably certain at this time that they would exercise the
extension options.
28.2. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
Recoverability of WIP
To assess the fair value of consideration received for services rendered, management are required to make an assessment of the
net unbilled amount expected to be collected from clients for work performed to date. To make this assessment, WIP balances
are reviewed regularly on a by-client basis and the following factors are taken into account: the ageing profile of the WIP, the
agreed billing arrangements, value added and status of the client relationship. See note 13 for the sensitivity analysis.
Goodwill impairment – key assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amount for each CGU
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and the recoverable amount of CGUs is determined based on a value in use calculation
using cash flow projections containing key assumptions. See note 21.1 for further detail on key assumptions and sensitivity analysis.
Fair value of customer relationship intangibles
The customer relationship intangible assets are valued using the MEEM financial valuation model. Cash flow forecasts and
projections are produced by management and form the basis of the valuation analysis. Other key estimates and assumptions used
in the modelling to derive the fair values include: year on year growth rates, client attrition rates, EBIT margins and the discount
rate applied to free cash flow. See note 21.2(a) for the sensitivity analysis.
Fair value of earn-out consideration for SALI
To derive the fair value of the earn-out contingent consideration, management assessed the likelihood of achieving pre-defined
revenue targets across a two year period to determine the value of contingent consideration. Management consider the forecast
revenue to be the key assumption in the calculation of the fair value. See note 31.6(b) for the sensitivity analysis.
Fair value of SALI brand
To derive the fair value of the brand acquired as part of the SALI acquisition, a relief from royalty valuation methodology was
used. Management consider the key assumptions in this model to be the UEL and the royalty rate applied to projected revenue
growth. See note 21.4(a) for the sensitivity analysis.
29. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks: market risk (including foreign currency risk and interest
rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.
The Group is exposed to risks that arise from the use of its financial instruments. This note describes the Group’s objectives,
policies and processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them.
There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial instrument risks, its objectives, policies and processes
for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous periods unless otherwise stated in this note.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
123
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
29. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows. All are classified
as measured at amortised cost:
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Financial assets – measured at amortised cost
Trade receivables 12 28,870 17,230
Work in progress 13 12,834 11,431
Accrued income 14 19,587 13,382
Other receivables 15 3,078 4,432
Cash and cash equivalents 16 39,326 31,078
103,695 77,553
Financial liabilities – measured at amortised cost
Trade and other payables 17 41,835 11,366
Loans and borrowings 18 152,578 106,832
Lease liabilities 19 43,379 43,369
237,792 161,567
Financial liabilities – measured at fair value
Trade and other payables
(i)
17 1,342 23,345
1,342 23,345
(i) All financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost which is deemed to be representative of fair value. The exception to this is
liability-classified contingent consideration of £1.3m for perfORM (see note 31.4) and £23.35m for NESF in the prior year that was
measured at fair value in line with IAS 32. As at 31 December 2021, management have concluded that the earn-out thresholds would not
be met for NESF and no further consideration would be payable (see note 31.8).
Management considered the following fair value hierarchy levels in line with IFRS 13.
– Level 1 – Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
– Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset and liability, either
directly or indirectly.
– Level 3 – Inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
Management concluded that the contingent consideration was classified under the level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies and, whilst
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it delegates the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure effective
implementation of the objectives and policies to management, in conjunction with the Group’s finance department.
The financial risk management policies are considered on a regular basis to ensure that these are in line with the overall business
strategies and the Board’s risk management philosophy. The overall objective is to set policies to minimise risk as far as possible
without adversely affecting the Group’s financial performance, competitiveness and flexibility.
GENERAL OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies and, whilst
retaining ultimate responsibility for them, it delegates the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure effective
implementation of the objectives and policies to management, in conjunction with the Group’s finance department.
The financial risk management policies are considered on a regular basis to ensure that these are in line with the overall business
strategies and the Board’s risk management philosophy. The overall objective is to set policies to minimise risk as far as possible
without adversely affecting the Group’s financial performance, competitiveness and flexibility.
29.1. MARKET RISK
Market risk arises from the Group’s use of interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. It is the risk that
changes in interest rates (interest rate risk) or foreign exchange rates (currency risk) will affect the Group’s future cash flows or
the fair value of the financial instruments held. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk
exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return.
Foreign currency risk management
Foreign currency risk arises when individual Group entities enter into transactions denominated in a currency other than their
functional currency. The Group’s policy is, where possible, to allow Group entities to settle liabilities denominated in their functional
currency with the cash generated from their own operations in that currency. Where Group entities have liabilities denominated
in a currency other than their functional currency (and have insufficient reserves of that currency to settle them), cash already
denominated in the required currency will, where possible and ensuring no adverse impact on local regulatory capital adequacy
requirements (see note 30), be transferred from elsewhere in the Group.
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating activities when the
revenue or expenses are denominated in a different currency from the Group’s functional and presentation currency of pounds
sterling (“£”). For trading entities that principally affect the profit or net assets of the Group, the exposure is mainly from Euro,
US dollar and South African rand. The Group’s bank loans were denominated in £ and Euros, and following the refinancing during
2021 they are all now denominated in £, although the facility is multicurrency.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group’s exposure to the Group’s material foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities
is as follows:
Net foreign currency
assets/(liabilities)
£ Euro US dollar South African rand
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Trade receivables 18,048 9,966 1,712 2,936 5,031 3,949 – 10
Work in progress 10,327 8,760 1,518 1,530 1,062 907 – –
Accrued income 9,499 7,158 1,243 454 8,207 5,523 94 –
Other receivables 1,141 561 317 416 1,487 3,285 13 –
Cash and cash
equivalents 11,361 7,812 7,418 10,134 19,178 11,789 892 619
Trade and other
payables (11,665) (28,324) (4,070) (1,720) (25,840) (2,134) (380) (990)
Loans and borrowings (152,578) (79,207) – (25,169) – (2,456) – –
Lease liabilities (28,149) (26,440) (9,387) (11,401) (3,986) (4,243) (846) (139)
Total net exposure (142,016) (99,714) (1,249) (22,820) 5,139 16,620 (227) (500)
In order to implement and monitor this policy, management receive a monthly analysis showing cash reserves by individual Group
entities and in major currencies together with information on expected liabilities due for settlement. The effectiveness of this policy
is measured by the number of resulting cash transfers made between entities and any necessary foreign exchange trades.
Management consider this policy to be working effectively but continues to regularly assess if a foreign currency hedge is appropriate.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
124
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
29. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
29.1. MARKET RISK (CONTINUED)
Foreign currency risk sensitivity
The following table illustrates the possible effect on comprehensive income for the year and net assets arising from a 10%
strengthening or weakening of pounds sterling against other currencies.
Strengthening/
(weakening) of
pounds sterling
(i)
Effect on comprehensive
incomeand net assets
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Euro +20% 208 3,804
US dollars +20% (857) (2,770)
South African rand +20% 38 83
Total (611) 1,117
Euro (20%) (312) (5,705)
US dollars (20%) 1,285 4,155
South African rand (20%) (57) (125)
Total 916 (1,675)
(i) Holding all other variables constant.
Interest rate risk management and sensitivity
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows all funds at floating interest rates. The interest rate applied to loan facilities
was previously determined using LIBOR and EURIBOR plus a margin based on net leverage calculations. Following the refinancing
on 6 October 2021 (see note 18.1), the interest rate applied to loan facilities is determined using SONIA plus a margin based on
net leverage calculations. The impact of this replacement is not deemed to be material. The interest rate risk is managed by the
Group maintaining an appropriate leverage ratio and through this ensuring that the interest rate is kept as low as possible.
The interest fluctuations have historically been low, which has minimised the Group’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations. As a
result, no hedging instruments have been put in place.
Sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments
An increase/decrease of 50 basis points in interest rates on loans and borrowing with floating interest rates would have decreased/
increased the profit and loss before tax by £778k (2020: £528k). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
The Group’s exposures to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities are detailed in the liquidity risk management
section of this note.
29.2. CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group should a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fail to meet its
contractual obligations. The Group’s principal exposure to credit risk arises from contracts with customers and therefore the
following financial assets: trade receivables, work in progress and accrued income (together “customer receivables”).
The Group manages credit risk for each new customer by giving consideration to the risk of insolvency or closure of the customer’s
business, current or forecast liquidity issues and general creditworthiness (including past default experience of the customer or
customer type).
Subsequently, customer credit risk is managed by each of the Group entities subject to the Group’s policy, procedures and control
relating to customer credit risk management. Outstanding customer receivables are monitored and followed up continuously.
Specific provisions incremental to ECL are made when there is objective forward-looking evidence that the Group will not be able
to bill the customer in line with the contract or collect the debts arising from previous invoices. This evidence can include the
following: indication that the customer is experiencing significant financial difficulty or default, probability of bankruptcy, problems
in contacting the customer, disputes with a customer, or similar factors. This analysis is performed on a customer-by-customer
basis. For more commentary on this, the ageing of trade receivables and the provisions thereon at the year end, including the
movement in the provision, see note 12.
Credit risk in relation to other receivables is considered for each separate contractual arrangement by management. As these are
primarily with related parties the risk of the counterparty defaulting is considered to be low.
Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents
are held mainly with banks which are rated ‘A-’ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd for long-term
credit rating.
The financial assets are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, for further detail of how this is assessed and measured,
see notes 12 to 16.
Credit risk exposure
Trade receivables, work in progress and accrued income result from the provision of services to a large number of customers
(individuals and corporate), spread across different industries and geographies. The gross carrying amount of financial assets
represents the maximum credit exposure and as at the reporting date this can be summarised as follows:
Total
2021
£’000
Loss
allowance
2021
£’000
Net
2021
£’000
Total
2020
£’000
Loss
allowance
2020
£’000
Net
2020
£’000
Trade receivables 33,701 (4,831) 28,870 22,122 (4,892) 17,230
Work in progress 12,906 (72) 12,834 11,491 (60) 11,431
Accrued income 19,621 (34) 19,587 13,400 (18) 13,382
Other receivables 3,078 – 3,078 4,432 – 4,432
Cash and cash equivalents 39,326 – 39,326 31,078 – 31,078
108,632 (4,937) 103,695 82,523 (4,970) 77,553
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
125
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
29. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
29.3. LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages
liquidity risk to maintain adequate reserves by regular review around the working capital cycle using information on forecast and
actual cash flows.
The Board is responsible for liquidity risk management and they have established an appropriate liquidity risk management framework
for the management of the Group’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. Regulation in
most jurisdictions also requires the Group to maintain a level of liquidity in order that the Group does not become exposed.
Liquidity tables
The tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities with agreed repayment years. The tables
have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group
can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. To the extent that interest flows are floating
rate, the undiscounted amount is derived from interest rates at the balance sheet date. The contractual maturity is based on the
earliest date on which the Group may be required to pay.
2021
<3 months
£’000
3 – 12 months
£’000
1 – 5 years
£’000
>5 years
£’000
Total
contractual
cash flow
£’000
Loans and borrowings
(i)
510 2,548 161,013 – 164,071
Trade payables and accruals 13,483 – 1,047 – 14,530
Contingent consideration 177 4,196 23,002 – 27,375
Lease liabilities 1,644 4,932 21,119 25,056 52,751
Total 15,814 11,676 206,181 25,056 258,727
2020
<3 months
£’000
3 – 12 months
£’000
1 – 5 years
£’000
>5 years
£’000
Total
contractual
cash flow
£’000
Loans and borrowings
.
2,814 1,786 108,273 – 112,873
Trade payables and accruals 10,680 – 311 – 10,991
Contingent consideration – 153 – – 153
Lease liabilities 1,295 3,885 19,477 27,345 52,002
Total 14,789 5,824 128,061 27,345 176,019
(i) This includes the future interest payments not yet accrued and the repayment of capital upon maturity.
30. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s objective for managing capital is to safeguard the ability to continue as a going concern, while maximising the return
to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance and to ensure that capital adequacy requirements are
met for local regulatory requirements at entity level.
The managed capital refers to the Group’s debt and equity balances. For quantitative disclosures, see note 18 for loans and
borrowings and note 26 for share capital.
LOAN COVENANTS
The Group has bank loans which require it to meet leverage and interest cover covenants. In order to achieve the Group’s capital
risk management objective, the Group aims to ensure that it meets financial covenants attached to bank borrowings. Breaches in
meeting the financial covenants would permit the lender to immediately recall the loan. In line with the new loan agreement the
Group tests compliance with the financial covenants on a bi-annual basis.
Under the terms of the new loan facility, the Group is required to comply with the following financial covenants:
– Leverage (being the ratio of total net debt to underlying EBITDA (for LTM at average FX rates and adjusted for pro-forma
contributions from acquisitions) for a relevant period) must not be more than 3:1)
– Interest cover (being the ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges must not be less than 4:1)
The Group has complied with all financial covenants throughout the reporting period.
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
Individual regulated entities within the Group are subject to regulatory requirements to ensure adequate capital and liquidity to
meet local requirements in Jersey, Guernsey, Ireland, the Isle of Man, the UK, the US, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Luxembourg,
Mauritius, South Africa and the Caribbean; all are monitored regularly to ensure compliance. There have been no breaches of
applicable regulatory requirements during the reporting period.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
126
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
£’000
Property, plant and equipment 855
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 22,367
Trade receivables 1,609
Accrued income 4,698
Cash and cash equivalents 4,083
Assets 33,612
Deferred income 3,901
Deferred tax liabilities 2,237
Trade and other payables 1,953
Liabilities 8,091
Total identifiable net assets 25,521
Between the acquisition date and 31 December 2021, the following fair value adjustments were made to identifiable assets acquired:
– To recognise £0.515m of additional accrued income for pre-acquisition fees and retrocession income
– To accrue £0.05m for additional third party administration fees due
– To write off £3.1m of deferred tax assets
(b) Consideration
Consideration for the acquisition was cash of £20.164m with £20m paid upon completion and £0.164m thereafter for purchase
price adjustments.
(c) Goodwill
£’000
Total consideration 20,164
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (25,521)
Negative goodwill (5,357)
Negative goodwill represents a bargain purchase. This is supported by: (i) the synergies management expect to realise and (ii) the
transaction price being impacted by RBC cees previously suffering from high central cost allocations and that the acquired business
was viewed as non-core by the sellers.
(d) Impact on cash flow
£’000
Cash consideration 20,164
Less: cash balances acquired (4,083)
Net cash outflow from acquisition 16,081
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £1.83m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
SECTION 7 – GROUP STRUCTURE
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
A business combination is defined as a transaction or other event in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses.
Where the business combination does not include the purchase of a legal entity but the transaction includes acquired inputs
and processes applied to those inputs in order to generate outputs, the transaction is also considered a business combination.
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred in an acquisition
comprises the fair value of assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity
interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
in a business combination are measured at their fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are recognised
in the consolidated income statement as non-underlying items within operating expenses.
The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition
date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is
recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the business acquired, the
difference is recognised directly in the consolidated income statement as a gain on bargain purchase.
When the consideration transferred includes an asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, this
is measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement
period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period
adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the measurement period (which cannot
exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.
The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement
period adjustments depend on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as
equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.
Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates at fair value
with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in the consolidated income statement.
31.1. RBC CEES LIMITED (“RBC CEES”)
On 6 April 2021, JTC (Jersey) Limited entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of RBC cees from RBC
Holdings (Channel Islands) Limited, part of RBC Wealth Management. RBC cees provides a market-leading employee benefits
platform for an internationally diverse blue chip corporate client base. The acquisition is complementary to JTC’s existing corporate
and Trustee services and significantly enhances the Group’s employee benefits offering.
Regulatory approval for the transaction was received on 19 February 2021 and 24 March 2021 from the Guernsey and Jersey Financial
Services Commissions respectively and consideration was transferred on 6 April 2021. The results of the acquired business have been
consolidated from 6 April 2021 as management concluded that this was the date control was obtained by the Group.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £16.6m and underlying profit before tax (before central costs have been applied) of
£8.8m to the Group for the period from 6 April 2021 to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021,
the consolidated pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £153m and £26.2m respectively.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
127
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
31.2. INDOS FINANCIAL LIMITED (“INDOS”)
On 1 June 2021, JTC acquired 100% of INDOS, a privately owned UK and Irish based specialist provider of depositary and other
high value services for alternative investment funds. This acquisition adds further technical expertise in the fund services business
line within the ICS Division and directly adds scale in the UK and Ireland, two growth jurisdictions.
Regulatory approval for the transaction was received on 24 May 2021 from the Financial Conduct Authority and consideration
was transferred on 1 June 2021. The results of the acquired business have been consolidated from 1 June 2021 as management
concluded that this was the date control was obtained by the Group.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £2.3m and underlying profit before tax (before central costs have been applied) of
£0.1m to the Group for the period from 1 June to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021, the
consolidated pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £149.1m and £25m respectively.
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
£’000
Property, plant and equipment 111
Intangible assets – Brand 383
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 1,352
Intangible assets – Software 1,150
Trade receivables 573
Other receivables 115
Cash and cash equivalents 584
Assets 4,268
Deferred income 9
Deferred tax liabilities 703
Trade and other payables 422
Lease liabilities 95
Liabilities 1,229
Total identifiable net assets 3,039
(b) Consideration
£’000
Cash consideration 10,019
Equity instruments
(i)
1,080
Contingent consideration – Earn-out
(ii)
1,192
Deferred consideration relating to aged receivables 37
Fair value of total consideration 12,328
(i) On 4 June 2021, the Company issued and admitted an additional 176,783 Ordinary shares at fair value to satisfy the equity element of
initial consideration.
(ii) Contingent consideration of £1.5m is payable subject to JTC PLC meeting an underlying EPS target for the period ending 31 December
2022. Based on historic performance and the forecast for 2022, management anticipate this will be paid in full. The consideration is
payable in equity and is subject to a one year lock in period which expires on 31 December 2023. The amount payable has been discounted
to its present value of £1.19m.
(c) Goodwill
£’000
Total consideration 12,328
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (3,039)
Goodwill 9,289
Goodwill is represented by assets that do not qualify for separate recognition or other factors. These include new business wins
to new customers, effects of an assembled workforce and synergies from combining operations of the acquiree and the acquirer.
(d) Impact on cash flow
£’000
Cash consideration paid 10,019
Less: cash balances acquired (584)
Net cash outflow from acquisition 9,435
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £0.6m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
128
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
31.3. SEGUE PARTNERS LLC (“SEGUE”)
On 15 September 2021, JTC entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the membership interest of Segue, an innovative fund
services provider headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri, US. The business provides a range of sophisticated fund solutions to meet
the needs of private equity, venture capital, debt funds and family offices. Segue also delivers accounting services specifically
designed to meet the needs of entrepreneurs, portfolio companies and start-ups.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £0.3m and underlying loss before tax (before central costs have been applied) of £0.03m
to the Group for the period from 15 September 2021 to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021, the
consolidated pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £148.6m and £25.1m respectively.
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
$’000 £’000
Property, plant and equipment 321 239
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 1,441 1,073
Trade receivables 68 51
Other receivables 12 9
Cash and cash equivalents 320 238
Assets 2,162 1,610
Deferred tax liabilities 359 267
Trade and other payables 244 182
Lease liabilities 264 197
Liabilities 867 646
Total identifiable net assets 1,295 964
(b) Consideration
$’000 £’000
Cash consideration 5,171 3,837
Equity instruments
(i)
1,111 803
Contingent consideration – Earn-out
(ii)
2,164 1,611
Fair value of total consideration at acquisition 8,446 6,251
(i) On 17 September 2021, the Company issued and admitted an additional 109,741 Ordinary shares at fair value to satisfy the equity
element initial consideration.
(ii) Contingent consideration of £2.2m ($3m) is subject to Segue meeting adjusted EBITDA targets for the calendar years 2022 and 2023.
Based on the historical performance of the business and management’s view of expected adjusted EBITDA, it is anticipated that this
willbepaid in full. The estimated contingent consideration has been discounted to its present value of £1.6m ($2.2m) and is payable
ina80%/20% ratio of cash and JTC PLC Ordinary shares.
(c) Goodwill
$’000 £’000
Total consideration 8,446 6,251
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (1,295) (964)
Goodwill 7,151 5,287
(d) Impact on cash flow
$’000 £’000
Cash consideration paid 5,171 3,837
Less: cash balances acquired (320) (238)
Net cash outflow from acquisition 4,851 3,599
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £0.33m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
129
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
31.4 PERFORM DUE DILIGENCE SERVICES LIMITED (“PERFORM”)
On 18 October 2021, JTC entered into an agreement to purchase 100% of the membership interest of perfORM, a London based
technology-led provider of due diligence services for a diverse base of UK and international investment managers and allocators.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £0.1m and underlying loss before tax (before central costs have been applied) of £0.1m
to the Group for the period from 18 October 2021 to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021, the
consolidated pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £147.9m and £24.3m respectively.
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
£’000
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 27
Work in progress 43
Assets 70
Trade and other payables 13
Deferred tax liabilities 6
Liabilities 19
Total identifiable net assets 51
(b) Consideration
£’000
Cash consideration 53
Contingent consideration – Earn-out
(i)
2,685
Fair value of total consideration at acquisition 2,738
(i) The earn-out contingent consideration is calculated based on a multiple of perfORM’s underlying EBITDA for the year ended 31 December
2024, up to a maximum of £6m. To calculate the anticipated earn-out at the acquisition date, management applied a probability weighting
to EBITDA forecasts and, based on their assessment, it is estimated that £4.44m will be due, payable in a 50%/50% ratio of cash and JTC
PLC Ordinary shares. To determine the fair value of the 283 JTC Ordinary shares, an estimated share price was calculated using a Monte
Carlo simulation based on JTC’s share price at acquisition and historical volatility, adjusted for any projected dividend payments and then
discounted using an appropriate risk free rate. This derived a share price estimate of £7.99 to be applied to the number of shares to
determine a fair value at acquisition of £2.26m in addition to the cash proportion of £2.22m. The total estimated earn-out contingent
consideration due of £4.48m was then discounted to a present value of £2.68m.
(c) Goodwill
£’000
Total consideration 2,738
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (51)
Goodwill 2,687
(d) Impact on cash flow
£’000
Cash consideration paid 53
Less: cash balances acquired –
Net cash outflow from acquisition 53
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £0.06m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
130
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
31.5. BALLYBUNION CAPITAL LIMITED (“BALLYBUNION”)
On 26 March 2021, JTC entered into an agreement to acquire the share capital of Ballybunion, a boutique asset manager based
in Dublin that provides management and regulatory oversight services to investment funds. Regulatory approval for the transaction
was received on 7 September 2021 but the results of the acquired business have been consolidated from 3 November 2021 as
management concluded that this was the date control was obtained by the Group.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £0.35m and underlying profit before tax (before central costs have been applied) of £0.1m
to the Group for the period from 3 November 2021 to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021, the
consolidated pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £149.1m and £25.7m respectively.
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
¤’000 £’000
Property, plant and equipment 47 40
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 3,023 2,553
Accrued income 38 32
Other receivables 16 14
Cash and cash equivalents 1,510 1,276
Assets 4,634 3,915
Deferred income 218 184
Deferred tax liabilities 378 319
Trade and other payables 237 200
Corporation Tax 65 55
Lease liabilities 37 31
Liabilities 935 789
Total identifiable net assets 3,699 3,126
(b) Consideration
¤’000 £’000
Cash consideration 11,409 9,677
Equity instruments
(i)
780 665
Contingent consideration – Earn-out
(ii)
1,200 1,014
Contingent consideration – Put/call option
(iii)
669 565
Fair value of total consideration at acquisition 14,058 11,921
(i) On 2 December 2021, the Company issued and admitted an additional 77,225 Ordinary shares at fair value to satisfy the equity element
of initial consideration.
(ii) Contingent consideration of £1.3m (¤1.5m) is payable subject to meeting an underlying EBITDA target for the period ended 30 June 2022.
Based on the historical performance of the business and management’s view of expected future EBITDA, it is anticipated that this will be
paid in full. The amount payable has been discounted to its present value of £1m (¤1.2m).
(iii) JTC entered into a put/call option agreement to acquire the remaining 5% of equity in Ballybunion for a value of £0.6m (¤0.7m).
The agreement has a maturity date of 1.5 years from the date of acquisition and it is management’s view that this option will be exercised.
(c) Goodwill
¤’000 £’000
Total consideration 14,058 11,921
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (3,699) (3,126)
Goodwill 10,359 8,795
(d) Impact on cash flow
¤’000 £’000
Cash consideration paid 11,427 9,692
Less: cash balances acquired (1,510) (1,276)
Net cash outflow from acquisition 9,917 8,416
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £0.2m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
131
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
31.6. SALI FUND MANAGEMENT, LLC AND SALI GP HOLDINGS, LLC (“SALI”)
On 12 November 2021, JTC entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital in SALI Fund Management, LLC and
SALI GP Holdings, LLC (together “SALI”). SALI is a US based and market-leading provider of fund services to the Insurance Dedicated
Fund and Separately Managed Account market and provides a sophisticated turn-key solution for the creation and administration
of these products.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £1.6m and underlying profit before tax (before central costs have been applied) of £0.8m
to the Group for the period from 12 November 2021 to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021, the
consolidated pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £157.4m and £29.6m respectively.
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
$’000 £’000
Property, plant and equipment 405 303
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 58,334 43,647
Intangible assets – Brand 2,152 1,610
Trade receivables 2,836 2,122
Loan receivable 308 230
Other receivables 166 124
Cash and cash equivalents 2,003 1,499
Assets 66,204 49,535
Deferred income 1,320 987
Deferred tax liabilities 17,964 13,441
Trade and other payables 1,572 1,176
Loan payable 389 291
Lease liabilities 321 240
Liabilities 21,566 16,135
Total identifiable net assets 44,638 33,400
(b) Consideration
$’000 £’000
Cash consideration 193,593 144,791
Equity instruments
(i)
11,471 8,583
Contingent consideration – EBT contribution
(ii)
2,500 1,871
Contingent consideration – Closing payment
(iii)
212 159
Contingent consideration – Earn-out
(iv)
25,258 18,899
Fair value of total consideration at acquisition 233,034 174,303
(i) On 19 November 2021, the Company issued and admitted an additional 1,260,457 Ordinary shares at fair value to satisfy the equity
element of initial consideration.
(ii) This relates to a £1.9m ($2.5m) contribution to PLC EBT due to be paid during 2022.
(iii) This relates to a £0.2m ($0.2m) purchase price adjustment due to be paid during 2022.
(iv) A total of up to £23.6m ($31.5m) is payable subject to meeting revenue targets for the two year period following acquisition. Based on
management’s assessment of the budgeted forecast for the period, it is estimated that the contingent consideration payable will be £23.6m
($31.5m), therefore meeting the earn-out in full. The amount payable in cash has been discounted to its present value of £18.9m ($25.3m).
Sensitivity analysis on fair value of earn-out consideration
Management carried out a sensitivity analysis on the output of the key assumptions and estimates used to calculate the fair value
of the earn-out contingent consideration. Management consider the key assumption and estimate to be forecast revenue for the
two year period. A decrease in the forecast revenue of 10% would decrease the earn-out contingent consideration by £2.3m
($3.2m). Discounted to its present value, this would be equal to a £1.9m ($2.6m) decrease.
(c) Goodwill
$’000 £’000
Total consideration 233,034 174,303
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (44,638) (33,400)
Goodwill 188,396 140,903
(d) Impact on cash flow
$’000 £’000
Cash consideration paid 193,593 144,791
Less: cash balances acquired (2,003) (1,499)
Net cash outflow from acquisition 191,590 143,292
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £3.17m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
132
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
31. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
31.7. ESSENTIAL FUND SERVICES, LLC (“EFS”)
On 15 December 2021, JTC entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the membership interest in Essential Fund Services
LLC. EFS is a fund services provider, a Delaware limited liability company headquartered in New York, US. The business provides
a broad range of services in the alternative assets space, including accounting, reporting and administrative services to investment
partnerships and their investment managers.
The acquired business contributed revenues of £0.05m and profit before tax (before central costs have been applied) of £0.03m to the
Group for the period from 15 December 2021 to 31 December 2021. If the business had been acquired on 1 January 2021, the consolidated
pro-forma revenue and underlying profit before tax for the period would have been £148.8m and £25.2m respectively.
(a) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition
The following table shows, at fair value, the recognised assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:
$’000 £’000
Property, plant and equipment 108 82
Intangible assets – Customer relationships 1,818 1,374
Trade receivables 57 43
Other receivables 5 4
Cash and cash equivalents 252 191
Assets 2,240 1,694
Deferred income 62 47
Deferred tax liabilities 514 389
Trade and other payables 202 152
Lease liabilities 108 82
Liabilities 886 670
Total identifiable net assets 1,354 1,024
(b) Consideration
$’000 £’000
Cash consideration 7,589 5,745
Equity instruments
(i)
932 705
Contingent consideration
(ii)
25 19
Fair value of total consideration at acquisition 8,546 6,469
(i) On 6 December 2021, the Company issued and admitted an additional 84,619 Ordinary shares at fair value to satisfy the equity
elementofinitial consideration.
(ii) Contingent consideration of £0.02m ($0.03m) is payable following a reconciliation of the closing cash reserve.
(c) Goodwill
$’000 £’000
Total consideration 8,546 6,469
Less: fair value of identifiable net assets (1,354) (1,024)
Goodwill 7,192 5,445
(d) Impact on cash flow
$’000 £’000
Cash consideration paid 7,589 5,745
Less: cash balances acquired (252) (191)
Net cash outflow from acquisition 7,337 5,554
(e) Acquisition-related costs
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of £0.22m for professional, legal and advisory fees. These costs have been recognised
in other operating expenses in the Group’s consolidated income statement (see note 6) and are treated as non-underlying items
to calculate underlying EBITDA (see note 7).
31.8. NES FINANCIAL CORP (“NESF”)
On 29 April 2020, JTC acquired 100% of NESF, a US based, technology-enabled, market-leading provider of specialist fund
administration services. On 4 May 2020, the Company issued and admitted an additional 6,746,623 Ordinary shares at fair value
to satisfy the initial consideration payable.
The transaction included an earn-out and an indemnification holdback, both of which are liability-classified contingent consideration.
Management are required to assess and update the fair value of both at each reporting date. At 31 December 2020, the values
were as follows: earn-out £20.91m ($26.69m) and indemnification holdback £2.44m ($3.11m). In light of trading since 1 January
2021, management have reassessed these and concluded as follows:
(i) The earn-out contingent consideration was subject to NESF meeting certain EBITDA thresholds across assessment periods
1 June 2020 to 31 May 2021 (“earn-out AP1”) and 1 June 2021 to 31 May 2022 (“earn-out AP2”). As management had
anticipated, the required threshold for earn-out AP1 was not met. For earn-out AP2, the forecast scenarios were revisited
at 31 December 2021. In light of the continued impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on trading, management have concluded
that this threshold would also not be met and therefore no earn-out contingent consideration would be payable. As a result,
a gain on revaluation of £20.91m is recognised in other gains/(losses) in the consolidated income statement (see note 9).
(ii) On 25 November 2021, the indemnification holdback consideration was approved for release and the Company issued and
admitted an additional 403,593 Ordinary shares at a fair value of £3.14m. As a result, a loss on settlement of £0.7m is
recognised in other gains/(losses) in the consolidated income statement (see note 9).
31.9. SANNE PRIVATE CLIENT BUSINESS (“SANNE PRIVATE CLIENTS”)
On 1 July 2020, JTC acquired 100% of Sanne Private Clients, the private client services division of Sanne PLC (“Sanne”), the division
providing specialist expertise in fiduciary, administration and family office services.
The consideration payable for the shares was a completion payment of £12m less a non-transferred client adjustment; a net balance
due for working capital would also be payable/receivable when completion accounts were available. Following an assessment of the
actual transferring revenue at completion (including any subsequently transferred clients), the purchase price adjustment for non-
transferring clients reduced the fair value of total consideration to £9.12m. During 2021, following agreement between both parties
of the net balance due for working capital, £0.465m was received by JTC, reducing the total cash consideration to £8.65m.
31.10. EXEQUTIVE PARTNERS S.A. (“EXEQUTIVE”)
On 8 April 2020, the Company issued and admitted an additional 560,707 Ordinary shares at fair value to satisfy the final earn-
out consideration payable.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
133
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
32. INVESTMENTS
The Group’s interest in other entities includes an associate and an investment held at cost.
An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and
operating policies. The Group’s interest in an equity-accounted investee solely comprises of an interest in an associate.
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the investment in an associate
is initially recognised at cost, which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the carrying amount of the
investment is adjusted to recognise the Group’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses in the consolidated income statement
within EBITDA, and the Group’s share of movements in other comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive
income. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the associate are eliminated to the
extent of the interest in the associate.
The carrying amount of equity-accounted investments is tested for impairment in accordance with the policy described in note 21.
Where the Group has an interest in an entity but does not have significant influence, the investment is held at cost.
The following table details the associate and an investment the Group holds as at 31 December 2021. The entities listed have
share capital consisting solely of Ordinary shares, which are held directly by the Group. The country of incorporation is also their
principal place of business, and the proportion of ownership interest is the same as the proportion of voting rights held.
Name of entity
Country of
incorporation
Nature of
relationship
Measurement
method
% of ownership interest Carrying amount
2021
%
2020
%
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Kensington
International
GroupPte. Ltd Singapore Associate
(i)
Equity method 42 42 1,847 1,483
Harmonate Corp. US Investment
(ii)
Cost method 16 16 791 791
Total investments 2,638 2,274
(i) Kensington International Group Pte. Ltd (“KIG”) provides corporate, fiduciary, trust and accounting services and is a strategic partner of the
Group, providing access to new clients and markets in the Far East.
(ii) Harmonate Corp. (“Harmonate”) provides fund operation and data management solutions to clients in the financial services industry.
The summarised financial information for KIG, which is accounted for using the equity method, is as follows:
Summarised income statement
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Revenue 6,184 5,336
Gross profit 5,217 4,327
Profit for the year 654 947
Summarised balance sheet
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Total non-current assets 637 667
Total current assets 6,043 5,134
Total assets 6,680 5,801
Total current liabilities 3,547 3,529
Net assets less current liabilities 3,133 2,272
Reconciliation of summarised financial information
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Opening net assets 2,272 1,423
Profit for the year 654 947
Foreign exchange differences 207 (98)
Closing net assets 3,133 2,272
Group’s share of closing net assets 1,325 961
Goodwill 522 522
Carrying value of investment in associate 1,847 1,483
Impact on consolidated income statement £’000
Balance at 1 January 2020 1,124
Share of profit of equity-accounted investee 359
Balance at 31 December 2020 1,483
Balance at 1 January 2021 1,483
Share of profit of equity-accounted investee 364
Balance at 31 December 2021 1,847
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
134
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
33. SUBSIDIARIES
The Group’s subsidiaries at 31 December 2021 which, in the opinion of management, principally affect the profit or the net assets
of the Group are listed below. Unless otherwise stated, the Company owns 100% of share capital consisting solely of Ordinary
shares, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the Group. The country of incorporation
is also their principal place of business.
Where the shareholding and voting rights are equal to or less than 50%, management have concluded that it is appropriate to
include these entities as subsidiaries in the consolidation, in accordance with the basis of consolidation accounting policy described
in note 3.2. The interests in subsidiaries not 100% owned are attributed to the Company and no minority interest is recognised.
Name of subsidiary
Country of incorporation
and place of business Activity Holding
JTC Fund Solutions (Jersey) Limited Jersey Trading 100
JTC Group Holdings Limited Jersey Holding 100
JTC Group Limited Jersey Head office services 100
JTC (Jersey) Limited Jersey Trading 100
JTC Fund Services (UK) Limited United Kingdom Trading 100
JTC Group Holdings (UK) Limited United Kingdom Holding 100
JTC Trust Company (UK) Limited United Kingdom Trading 100
JTC UK (Amsterdam) Limited United Kingdom Holding 100
JTC (UK) Limited United Kingdom Trading 100
JTC Miami Corporation US Trading 50
JTC Trustees (USA) Ltd US Trading 100
JTC Fund Solutions (Guernsey) Limited Guernsey Trading 100
JTC Global AIFM Solutions Limited Guernsey Trading 100
JTC Fund Solutions RSA (Pty) Ltd South Africa Trading 100
JTC Fiduciary Services (Singapore) Pte Limited Singapore Trading 100
JTC (BVI) Limited British Virgin Islands Trading 100
Exequtive Management S.à r.l. Luxembourg Trading 49
Exequtive Partners S.A. Luxembourg Trading 100
Exequtive Services S.à r.l. Luxembourg Trading 100
JTC Global AIFM Solutions SA Luxembourg Trading 100
JTC Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l. Luxembourg Holding 100
JTC (Luxembourg) S.A. Luxembourg Trading 100
JTC Signes S.à r.l. Luxembourg Trading 100
JTC Signes Services SA Luxembourg Trading 100
JTC (Suisse) SA Switzerland Trading 100
JTC Trustees (Suisse) Sàrl Switzerland Trading 100
JTC Trustees (IOM) Limited Isle of Man Trading 100
Global Tax Support B.V.
(i)
Netherlands Trading –
JTC Holdings (Netherlands) B.V. Netherlands Holding 100
JTC Institutional Services Netherlands B.V. Netherlands Trading 100
JTC (Netherlands) B.V. Netherlands Trading 100
JTC Trust Company (New Zealand) Limited New Zealand Trading 100
JTC (Cayman) Limited Cayman Islands Trading 100
JTC Fund Services (Cayman) Ltd Cayman Islands Trading 100
Name of subsidiary
Country of incorporation
and place of business Activity Holding
JTC Fiduciary Services (Mauritius) Limited Mauritius Trading 100
JTC Corporate Services (DIFC) Limited Dubai Trading 100
JTC Corporate Services (Ireland) Limited Ireland Trading 100
JTC Registrars Limited Guernsey Trading 100
JTC Registrars (UK) Limited UK Trading 100
JTC USA Holdings, Inc. US Trading 100
JTC Employer Solutions Limited Jersey Trading 100
JTC Employer Solutions (Guernsey) Limited Guernsey Trading 100
JTC Americas Holdings, LLC US Holding 100
Segue Partners, LLC US Trading 100
perfORM Due Diligence Services Limited United Kingdom Trading 100
SALI Fund Management, LLC US Trading 100
Essential Fund Services, LLC US Trading 100
INDOS Financial Limited United Kingdom Trading 100
INDOS Financial (Ireland) Limited Ireland Trading 100
Ballybunion Capital Limited Ireland Trading 95
(i) As the parent company JTC Group Holdings (UK) Limited has a call option to purchase Global Tax Support B.V. for ¤1 from its parent,
management consider it has control of this entity and it has, therefore, been consolidated.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
135
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
SECTION 8 – OTHER DISCLOSURES
34. EARNINGS PER SHARE
34. EARNINGS PER SHARE
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of basic Earnings Per Share is based on the profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of
Ordinary shares for the same year.
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of diluted Earnings Per Share is based on basic Earnings Per Share after adjusting for the potentially dilutive
effect of Ordinary shares that have been granted.
UNDERLYING BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of underlying basic Earnings Per Share is based on basic Earnings Per Share after adjusting profit for the year for
non-underlying items and to remove the amortisation of acquired intangible assets and associated deferred tax, amortisation
of loan arrangement fees and unwinding of net present value discounts.
The Group calculates basic, diluted and underlying basic Earnings Per Share. The results can be summarised as follows:
Note
2021
Pence
2020
Pence
Basic EPS 34.1 20.49 9.02
Diluted EPS 34.2 20.21 8.96
Underlying basic EPS 34.3 25.55 21.77
34.1. BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Profit for the year 26,648 10,533
No. of shares
(thousands)
No. of shares
(thousands)
Issued Ordinary shares at 1 January 119,097 111,821
Effect of shares issued to acquire business combinations 362 4,947
Effect of movement in treasury shares held 850 (31)
Effect of placing 9,735 –
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares (basic): 130,044 116,737
Basic EPS 20.49 9.02
34.2. DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Profit for the year 26,648 10,533
Note
No. of shares
(thousands)
No. of shares
(thousands)
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares (basic) 34.1 130,044 116,737
Effect of share-based payments issued 1,796 858
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares (diluted): 131,840 117,594
Diluted EPS 20.21 8.96
34.3. UNDERLYING BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Profit for the year 34.1 26,648 10,533
Non-underlying items 7 (2,875) 8,893
Amortisation of customer relationships, acquired software and brands 21 8,809 6,445
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees 10 1,501 603
Unwinding of net present value discounts 586 38
Temporary differences on amortisation of acquired intangible assets 11 (1,446) (1,102)
Adjusted underlying profit for the year 33,223 25,410
Note
No. of shares
(thousands)
No. of shares
(thousands)
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares (basic) 34.1 130,044 116,737
Underlying basic EPS 25.55 21.77
Underlying basic EPS is an alternative performance measure which reflects the underlying activities of the Group excluding specific
non-recurring items.
The definition of underlying basic Earnings Per Share has been updated to include amortisation for acquired software and brand
intangibles and to remove non-underlying foreign exchange losses/(gains) which management consider require adjustment in
order to reflect the Group’s underlying trading. Prior to these adjustments, underlying basic Earnings Per Share was 24.26p
(2020: 22.49p).
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
136
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
35. CASH FLOW INFORMATION
35.1. CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Operating profit 8,992 21,031
Adjustments:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 7,157 5,884
Amortisation of intangible assets 10,434 7,962
Share-based payment expense 1,708 1,082
EIP share-based payment expense 13,778 –
Share of profit of equity-accounted investee (364) (359)
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 41,705 35,600
Net changes in working capital:
Increase in receivables (9,972) (1,226)
Decrease in payables (1,036) (5,377)
Cash generated from operations 30,697 28,997
35.2. NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS WITHIN CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Cash generated from operations 30,697 28,997
Non-underlying items:
Capital distribution from EBT 581 2,641
Acquisition and integration 6,440 3,108
Revision of ICS operating model 421 401
Other 263 143
Total non-underlying items within cash generated from operations 7,705 6,293
Underlying cash generated from operations 38,402 35,290
35.3. FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities:
Lease
liabilities
due within
one year
£’000
Lease
liabilities
due after
one year
£’000
Borrowings
due within
one year
£’000
Borrowings
due after
one year
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 January 2020 2,875 28,616 508 86,681 118,680
Cash flows:
Acquired on acquisition 743 2,293 3,070 – 6,106
Drawdowns – 16,425 16,425
Repayments (132) (4,012) (883) – (5,027)
Other non-cash movements
(i)
729 12,258 (239) 1,270 14,018
At 31 December 2020 4,215 39,155 2,456 104,376 150,202
Cash flows:
Acquired on acquisition 324 1,018 – – 1,342
Drawdowns – 176,662 176,662
Repayments (74) (5,748) (2,434) (125,099) (133,355)
Other non-cash movements
(i)
(285) 4,775 (22) (3,361) 1,107
At 31 December 2021 4,180 39,200 – 152,578 195,958
(i) Other non-cash movements include the capitalisation and amortisation of loan arrangement fees, foreign exchange movement, additions
and disposals of lease liabilities relating to right-of-use assets and the unwinding of net present value discounts.
35.4. NET DEBT
Note
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Bank loans 18 (152,578) (104,376)
Other loans 18 – (2,456)
Trapped cash
(i)
(3,903) (2,444)
Loans receivable from employees 15 3 2,164
Less: cash and cash equivalents 39,326 31,078
Total net debt (117,152) (76,034)
(i) Trapped cash represents the minimum cash balance to be held to meet regulatory capital requirements.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
137
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
36. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The Company operates equity-settled share-based payment arrangements under which services are received from eligible
employees as consideration for equity instruments. The total amount to be expensed for services received is determined by
reference to the fair value at grant date of the share-based payment awards made, including the impact of any non-vesting
and market conditions.
The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on management’s
estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, management revises its estimate of the
number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact
of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the consolidated income statement such that the cumulative
expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
36.1. DESCRIPTION OF SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS
The Group has implemented and made awards to eligible employees under three equity-settled share-based payment plans; it
also continues to make awards when employees join the business, for the retention of key employees as part of business combinations
and to incentivise key employees. Details of the share plans are as follows:
Employee Incentive Plan
JTC has an ongoing commitment to the concept of Shared Ownership and adopted the EIP upon listing on the London Stock Exchange
in March 2018. The EIP is designed to recognise and reward long-term performance across the whole Group and its alignment of
employees’ and shareholders’ interests is linked to multi-year business plans. All permanent employees of the Group (excluding all
Executive Directors of JTC PLC) are eligible to be granted an award under the EIP at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.
On 22 July 2021, following the conclusion of the Odyssey business plan (which ran from the IPO until the end of 2020), JTC PLC
granted 3,104,007 shares to employees of the Company. Each award is separated into two tranches: 50% vests at the grant date
(“Tranche one”) and 50% is a deferred award in the form of a conditional right to receive shares on the first anniversary of grant,
subject to the achievement of the applicable performance conditions (“Tranche two”). Tranche one is expensed in full upon grant
and Tranche two will be expensed over the one year vesting period.
Details of movements in the number of shares are as follows:
No. of shares
(thousands)
2021
£’000
No. of shares
(thousands)
2020
£’000
Granted 3,104 19,372 – –
Exercised (1,545) (9,652) – –
Forfeited (80) (480) – –
Outstanding at the end of the year 1,479 9,240 – –
Performance share plan
Executive Directors and senior managers may receive awards of shares, which may be granted annually under the PSP. The maximum
policy opportunity award size under the PSP for an Executive Director is 150% of annual base salary; however, the plan rules allow
the Remuneration Committee the discretion to award up to 250% of annual base salary in exceptional circumstances.
The Remuneration Committee determines the appropriate performance measures, weightings and targets prior to granting any
awards. Performance conditions specific to each Executive Director include Total Shareholder Return relative to a relevant
comparator group and the Company’s absolute underlying Earnings Per Share performance. Please refer to the Remuneration
Committee report on p67.
The following table provides details for each PSP award:
Plan name Performance period Grant date Vest date
No. of shares
(thousands)
Fixed amount
at fair value
£’000
PSP 2018 14 March 2018 to
31 December 2020
18 September2018 15 April 2021 157 534
PSP 2019 1 January 2019 to
31 December 2021
3 April 2019
(i)
254 614
PSP 2020 1 January 2020 to
31 December 2022
23 April 2020
(i)
213 825
PSP 2021 1 January 2021 to
31 December 2023
20 May 2021
(i)
283 1,507
(i) The vesting of awards is subject to continued employment and achievement of performance conditions over the specified period.
The awards will vest for each PSP when the conditions have been measured for the relevant performance period.
Details of movements in the number of shares are as follows:
No. of shares
(thousands)
2021
£’000
No. of shares
(thousands)
2020
£’000
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 607 1,930 411 1,148
Awarded 283 1,507 213 825
Exercised (153) (519) – –
Forfeited (4) (15) (17) (43)
Outstanding at the end of the year 733 2,903 607 1,930
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
138
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
36. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)
36.1. DESCRIPTION OF SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Deferred bonus share plan
Certain employees at Director level may be eligible for an annual bonus designed to incentivise high performance based on
financial and non-financial performance measures. In line with market practice, a portion of the bonus due, as determined by the
Remuneration Committee, may be deferred into shares before it is paid.
Depending on the performance of the Group, consideration is given annually by the Remuneration Committee to the granting of
share awards under DBSP to eligible Directors as part of the annual bonus award for performance during the preceding financial
year end.
The following table provides details for each DBSP award:
Plan name Performance period Grant date Vest date(i)
No. of shares
(thousands)
Fixed amount
£’000
DBSP 1 Year-ended
31 December 2018
3 April 2019 3 April 2021 50 149
DBSP 2 Year-ended
31 December 2019
23 April 2020 23 April 2022 73 313
DBSP 3 Year-ended
31 December 2020
14 April 2021 1 January 2023 56 364
DBSP 4 Year-ended
31 December 2021
(ii)
1 January 2024
(ii)
469
(i) The vesting of awards is subject to continued employment up to the vest date.
(ii) The date of vest will be determined following the release of the annual report for the relevant performance period.
Details of movements in the number of shares are as follows:
No. of shares
(thousands)
2021
£’000
No. of shares
(thousands)
2020
£’000
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 108 411 45 137
Awarded 56 364 73 313
Exercised (42) (127) – –
Forfeited (8) (34) (10) (39)
Outstanding at the end of the year 114 614 108 411
Other awards
The Group has continued to make awards to employees joining the business. The grant date of each award is the start date of
employment, with the fair value being a fixed amount stated in an employee’s offer letter. The number of shares awarded is
determined by the market value at the grant date. The awards will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date subject to
continued employment.
Details of movements in the number of shares are as follows:
No. of shares
(thousands)
2021
£’000
No. of shares
(thousands)
2020
£’000
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 102 398 26 95
Awarded
(i)
217 1,933 82 328
Exercised (57) (219) (6) (25)
Forfeited (2) (10) – –
Outstanding at the end of the year 260 2,102 102 398
(i) As part of the RBC cees acquisition, the Group inherited historic share awards for the eligible Directors of the acquired entities.
These awards are settled in cash or a combination of 50% cash and 50% equity; as such they are recorded as a liability with the fair value
being remeasured at each reporting period end. At the date of acquisition, 141,875 shares with a fair value of £0.88m were awarded.
36.2. EXPENSES RECOGNISED DURING THE YEAR
The equity-settled share-based payment expenses recognised during the year, per plan and in total, are as follows:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
PSP awards 988 630
DBSP awards 334 242
Other awards 842 210
Share-based payments 2,164 1,082
EIP share-based payments
(i)
13,778 –
Total share-based payments expense 15,942 1,082
(i) The total EIP expense of £13.92m, as disclosed in note 5, included £0.14m of cash awards.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
139
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 CONTINUED
37. CONTINGENCIES
The Group operates in a number of jurisdictions and enjoys a close working relationship with all of its regulators. It is not unusual
for the Group to find itself in discussion with regulators in relation to past events. With any such discussions there is inherent
uncertainty in the ultimate outcome but the Board currently does not believe that any such current discussions are likely to result
in an outcome that would have a material impact upon the Group.
38. FOREIGN CURRENCY
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment
in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial
position of each Group company are expressed in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company and the
presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements.
In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional
currency (foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions.
At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates
prevailing at that date. Exchange differences are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the year in which they arise.
For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s operations with a
functional currency other than pounds sterling are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and
expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the year, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during
that year, in which case the exchange rates at the date of transactions are used. Goodwill and other intangible assets arising
on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and are translated at the
closing rate. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity
in the translation reserve.
39. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on
consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
39.1. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
The Group has defined key management personnel as Directors and members of senior management who have the authority and
responsibility to plan, direct and control the activities of the Group. The remuneration of key management personnel in aggregate
for each of the specified categories is as follows:
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 2,723 2,199
Post-employment and other long-term benefits 133 130
Share-based payments 1,066 625
EIP share-based payments 418 –
Total payments 4,340 2,954
39.2. OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Loans receivable from employees, associates and other related undertakings are disclosed in note 15.
The Group’s associate, KIG (see note 32), has provided £802k of services to Group entities during the year (2020: £838k).
The Group has an interest in Harmonate (see note 32); the Group has provided £76k of services (2020: £273k) to it and received
£155k of services (2020: £nil) from it during the year.
39.3. ULTIMATE CONTROLLING PARTY
JTC PLC is the ultimate controlling party of the Group.
40. EVENTS OCCURRING AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD
There are no material subsequent events to disclose other than those already noted in the consolidated financial statements.
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
140
COMPANY
INVESTOR RELATIONS
DAVID VIEIRA
Chief Communications Officer
JTC House
28 Esplanade
St Helier
Jersey
JE4 2QP
Email david.vieira@jtcgroup.com
Call +44 1534 816 246
MEDIA RELATIONS
DAVID VIEIRA
Chief Communications Officer
JTC House
28 Esplanade
St Helier
Jersey
JE4 2QP
Email david.vieira@jtcgroup.com
Call +44 1534 916 246
COMPANY SECRETARY
JTC (JERSEY) LIMITED
JTC House
28 Esplanade
St Helier
Jersey
JE4 2QP
Email jtc@jtcgroup.com
Call +44 1534 700 000
REGISTRAR
COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR
SERVICES(JERSEY)LIMITED
Queensway House
Hilgrove Street
St Helier
Jersey
JE1 1ES
Call +44 370 707 4040
ADVISERS
FINANCIAL ADVISERS
NUMIS SECURITIES LIMITED
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London
EC4M 7LT
Email mail@numis.com
Call +44 20 7260 1000
BERENBERG
60 Threadneedle Street
London
EC2R 8HP
Email JTC@berenberg.com
Call +44 20 3207 7800
AUDITOR
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS CI LLP
37 Esplanade
St Helier
Jersey
JE1 4XA
Call +44 1534 838200
FINANCIAL PUBLIC RELATIONS
CAMARCO
107 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6DN
United Kingdom
Email info@camarco.co.uk
Call +44 20 3757 4980
BANKERS
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND
INTERNATIONALLIMITED
71 Bath Street
St Helier
Jersey
JE4 8PJ
Call +44 1534 285200
Investor relations information
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
141
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
DEFINED TERMS
The following list of defined terms is not intended tobeanexhaustive list
of definitions, but provides a listof the defined terms used in this Annual Report
A2B
Advance to Buy programme created to help staff purchase JTC shares directly, independent of
eligibility or participation in other parts of the Ownership for Allprogramme (e.g. EIP, DBSP or PSP)
AEOI
Automatic Exchange of Information
AGM
Annual General Meeting
AML
Anti-Money Laundering
APM
Alternative Performance Measures
ANSON REGISTRARS
Anson Registrars Limited and Anson Registrars (UK) Limited
AUA
Assets under Administration
AUM
Assets under Management
AVNBW
Annualised value of new business won
BALLYBUNION
Ballybunion Capital Limited
BCP
Business continuity planning
BOARD
The Board of JTC PLC
CAGR
Compounded Annual Growth Rate
CASH CONVERSION
The ratio of net cash from operating activitiescomparedwith EBITDA
CCO
Chief Commercial Officer
CEO
Chief Executive Officer
CFO
Chief Financial Officer
CFT
Combating the Financing of Terrorism
CGU
Cash-generating unit
COMPANY
JTC PLC
COVID-19 OR COVID
The global pandemic caused by Covid-19
CPD
Continuing Professional Development
CRO
Chief Risk Officer
CSR
Corporate Social Responsibility
DBSP
Deferred Bonus Share Plan
EBIT
Profit before interest and tax
EBITDA
Profit from operating activities before depreciation, amortisation, interest and tax
EBT
Employee Benefit Trust
ECL
Expected credit losses
EDGE
Internally developed client portal for private clients andpart of the JTC Private Office proposition
Glossary
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
142
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
E4A
‘Equity for All’ – JTC’s programme to promote wide employee share ownership in the Company
EFS
Essential Fund Services, LLC
EIP
JTC PLC Employee Incentive Plan
EPS
Earnings Per Share
ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance
EU
The European Union
EUR OR ¤
The single currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union
pursuant to the Treaty on the functioning of the European Community, as amended from time to time
EURIBOR
Euro Interbank Offered Rate
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority
FRC
Financial Reporting Council
FTSE
Financial Times Stock Exchange
FVOCI
Fair value through other comprehensive income
FVTPL
Fair value through profit or loss
FX
Foreign exchange
GBP, £ OR STERLING
The lawful currency of the United Kingdom
GDC
Group Development Committee
GDP
Gross domestic product
GDPR
The General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679) ondata protection and privacy
for all individuals within the European Union and the European Economic Area
GHB
Group Holdings Board
GROUP
The Company and its subsidiaries
HNW OR HNWI
High net worth or High net worth individual
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
ICS
Institutional Client Services
IDF
Insurance Dedicated Fund
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards asadoptedby the European Union
ILP
Irish Limited Partnership
INDOS
INDOS Financial Limited
IPO
Initial Public Offering
ISAE 3402
Assurance standard developed by the International Auditing and Assurance
Standards Board and supported by the International Federation of Accountants
ISAS
International Standards on Auditing
KIG
Kensington International Group Pte. Ltd
LIBOR
The London Interbank Offered Rate is an average value of the interest rate which
is calculated from estimates submitted by the leading global banks on a daily basis
LION
‘Leaders In Our Name’ – JTC’s in-house management development programme
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
143
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
LSE
London Stock Exchange
LTIP
Long-Term Incentive Plan
LTM
Last twelve months
LVW
Lifetime Value Won is 10 times annualised value ofwork won minus value of attrition in past year
M&A
Merger and acquisition
MANAGEMENT
The Directors of JTC Group Holdings Limited
MEEM
Multi-period excess earnings method financial valuationmodel
NED
Non-Executive Director
NESF
NES Financial Corp
NET DEBT
Total debt and total committed capital distributions lesscash and cash equivalents
NET LEVERAGE
Total net debt divided by underlying EBITDA (fortheLTM at average FX rates) adjusted for pro-formacontribution
from acquisitions and synergies
NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS
These represent specific items of income or expenditurethat are not of an operational nature anddo not represent
the underlying operating results, and based on their significance in size or nature are presented separately to provide
further understanding about the financial performance of the Group
NPV
Net present value
OECD
Organisation for Economic Co-operation andDevelopment
O4A
‘Ownership for All’ – the evolution of JTC’s Shared Ownership programme for all employees post IPO
PCS
Private Client Services
PDMR
Person Discharging Managerial Responsibility
PERFORM
perfORM Due Diligence Services Limited
PLC EBT
JTC PLC Employee Benefit Trust
PRO-FORMA
Taking into account a full year’s trading
PSP
Performance Share Plan
PWC
PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP
RBC CEES
RBC cees Limited
RECOMMENDATION FOR SIGNING OR RFS
A JTC internal control tool ensuring that decisions madeby the business are thoroughly documented,
reviewed and approved at an appropriate level on a‘six-eyes’ basis
RFP
Request for proposal
ROCE
Return on Capital Employed
SALI
SALI Fund Management, LLC and SALI GP Holdings, LLC
SANNE PRIVATE CLIENTS
Sanne’s Private Clients business in Jersey
SASB
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
SEGUE
Segue Partners LLC
SHAREHOLDER
Any holder of Ordinary shares at any time
SHARES
The Ordinary shares in the capital of the Company
SME
Small and medium sized enterprise
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
144
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTINUED
SPAC
Special Purpose Acquisition Company
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
TSR
Total Shareholder Return
UHNW OR UHNWI
Ultra high net worth or Ultra high net worth individual
UNDERLYING BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
Profit for the year is adjusted to remove the impact ofnon-underlying items within profit after tax, amortisation
of acquired intangible assets and associated deferred tax, amortisation of loan arrangement fees and unwinding
of net present value discounts then divided by the weighted averagenumber of Ordinary shares
UNDERLYING EBITDA
EBITDA excluding specific items of income or expenditure that are not of an operational nature anddo not
represent the underlying operating results
UNDERLYING EBITDA MARGIN
Underlying EBITDA divided by revenue, and expressed as a percentage
UNDERLYING GROSS PROFIT
Gross profit (being revenue less direct staff and other direct costs) excluding specific items of income
or expenditure that are not of an operational nature and do not represent the underlying operating results
UNDERLYING GROSS PROFIT MARGIN
Underlying gross profit divided by revenue, and expressed as a percentage
UNDERLYING PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
Profit for the year excluding specific items of income or expenditure that are not
of an operational nature and do not represent the underlying operating results
UNHCR
The UN Refugee Agency
UNPRI
UN Principles for Responsible Investment
USD OR $
The lawful currency of the United States
Strategic ReportJTC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2021
Corporate Governance Financial Statements Additional Information
145
Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk
Design and production
www.luminous.co.uk
JTC PLC
JTC House
28 Esplanade
St Helier
Jersey
JE2 3QA
Channel Islands
jtcgroup.com